Upload
others
View
3
Download
0
Embed Size (px)
Citation preview
THE DEVELOPMENT OF NEURODEGENERATION AND BEHAVIOURAL ALTERATIONS FOLLOWING LITHIUM/PILOCARPINE-INDUCED STATUS
EPILEPTICUS IN RATS
by
Crystal Maureen Dykstra
A thesis submitted in conformity with the requirements for the degree of doctor of philosophy
Institute of Medical Science University of Toronto
© Copyright by Crystal Maureen Dykstra (2011)
ii
THE DEVELOPMENT OF NEURODEGENERATION AND
BEHAVIOURAL ALTERATIONS AFTER
LITHIUM/PILOCARPINE-INDUCED STATUS EPILEPTICUS IN
RATS
Crystal Maureen Dykstra
Doctor of Philosophy
Institute of Medical Science
University of Toronto
2011
The lithium/pilocarpine model of epilepsy mimics mesial temporal lobe epilepsy with
hippocampal sclerosis (MTLE-HS) in humans. Systemic injection of pilocarpine in lithium
chloride (LiCL) pretreated adult rats results in an acute episode of severe continuous seizure
activity (status epilepticus, SE). SE causes a latent period, whereby the animal appears
neurologically normal, with subsequent development of spontaneous recurrent seizures (SRSs).
Neuropathological changes that occur during the latent period are believed to contribute to the
epileptic condition. The present thesis characterized the development of neuronal death and
behavioural alterations in rats after SE induced by the repeated low-dose pilocarpine procedure
(RLDP), and investigated the causal relationship between these two processes.
Our data demonstrated that the RLDP procedure for the induction of SE results in widespread
neurodegeneration and behavioural alterations comparable to the pilocarpine and low-dose
pilocarpine (LDP) procedures. However, the advantage to using this protocol was strain-
dependent as it reduced mortality in Wistar, but not in Long Evans Hooded (LEH), rats.
Stereological analysis of neurons (stained for the neuronal specific marker [NeuN]) at various
times (1 hr to 3 months) following SE showed that different brain regions within the
iii
hippocampus, amygdala, thalamus and piriform cortex exhibited differential rates of neuronal
loss, with the majority of SE-induced neuronal death present by 24 hours. SE resulted in
decreased exploratory behavior as assessed in the open field test, increased aggression to
handling, increased hyperreactivity as assessed in the touch-response test, and anxiolytic effects
as measured in the elevated-plus maze. Furthermore, deficits in search strategies used, as well as
impaired spatial learning and memory, contributed to poor Morris water maze (MWM)
performance. Partial neuroprotection within the hippocampus (by tat-NR2B9c) had no effect on
the number of rats developing SRSs or on behavioural alterations; this argues against a causal
relationship between neurodegeneration within this region, genesis of SRSs, and behavioural
morbidity.
iv
Acknowledgments
This thesis would not have been possible without the support of many people. First and
foremost, I offer my sincerest gratitude to Dr. James Gurd, whose encouragement, guidance and
support from the initial to the final level enabled me to complete this thesis. I greatly appreciate
his patience and knowledge whilst allowing me the room to work in my own way. I would like
to extend my gratitude to Dr. Bill Milgram, who was abundantly helpful and offered invaluable
assistance, support and guidance. I would also like to thank my program advisory committee
members, Drs. Mac Burnham and Mike Tymianski, for their time, guidance and constructive
criticism.
There are many individuals who have offered their time and expertise in training me in specific
laboratory techniques. I would like to thank Dr. Gwen Ivy for teaching me histological
techniques that were invaluable for this work and for sharing her lab space. I would like to
express my gratitude to Raymond Or for training on the microscopes, and to Candace Ikeda-
Douglas for introducing me to the lithium/pilocarpine seizure model. I am grateful to Dr.
Stephen Reid for sharing his time and expertise in animal surgeries. I am extremely grateful to
Nankie Bissoon for not only sharing her vast knowledge of experimental techniques, but also for
her guidance and friendship in the lab. I would like to extend my gratitude to Dr. Janelle
Leboutillier for her knowledge, guidance and support.
Finally, I owe my deepest gratitude to my parents for their love and support and to the rest of my
family for their encouragement.
v
List of Publications
Some of the material presented in this thesis has been published. This is to certify that I, Crystal
Dykstra, carried out the research documented in the following publications:
Dykstra CM, Ratnam M, Gurd JW (2009) Neuroprotection after status epilepticus by targeting
protein interactions with postsynaptic density protein 95. J Neuropathol Exp Neurol 68:823-831.
vi
Table of Contents
Acknowledgments ........................................................................................................................ iv
List of Publications ....................................................................................................................... v
Table of Contents ......................................................................................................................... vi
List of Tables ............................................................................................................................... xv
List of Figures ............................................................................................................................. xvi
List of Appendices ...................................................................................................................... xix
List of Abbreviations .................................................................................................................. xx
Chapter 1 General Introduction .................................................................................................. 1
1.1Main features of mesial temporal lobe epilepsy with hippocampal sclerosis ..................... 1
1.2 Animal models of seizure development and epilepsy ........................................................... 6
1.2.1 Kindling............................................................................................................................. 6
1.2.2 Post-status epilepticus models ........................................................................................... 7
1.3 Background information on the pilocarpine and lithium/pilocarpine models .................. 8
1.3.1 The pilocarpine model ....................................................................................................... 8
1.3.2 Convulsive effects of pilocarpine are mediated by activation of M1 receptors ................ 9
1.3.3 The cholinergic system is involved in the initiation but not the maintenance of SE ...... 10
1.3.4 The lithium/pilocarpine model ........................................................................................ 10
1.3.5 The proconvulsive mechanisms of lithium ..................................................................... 11
1.3.6 Use of diazepam to control SE duration and reduce mortality ....................................... 12
1.4 Behavioural and clinical features of seizure development in the lithium/pilocarpine
model ....................................................................................................................................... 12
1.4.1 The acute phase ............................................................................................................... 13
1.4.1.1 Behavioural seizures during the acute phase ........................................................ 13
1.4.1.2 Electroencephalographic patterns during motor limbic seizures and SE .............. 14
1.4.1.3 Scoring of pilocarpine-induced seizures ............................................................... 14
vii
1.4.1.4 Effect of SE duration on mortality and neuropathology ....................................... 16
1.4.2 Epileptogenesis ............................................................................................................... 17
1.4.2.1 Duration of the latent phase .................................................................................. 17
1.4.3 The chronic phase ........................................................................................................... 19
1.4.3.1 Behaviour during the chronic phase ..................................................................... 19
1.4.3.2 Electroencephalographic patterns observed during SRSs ..................................... 19
1.5 Neuropathology ..................................................................................................................... 20
1.5.1 Neurodegeneration .......................................................................................................... 20
1.5.1.1 SE-induced neurodegeneration ............................................................................. 20
1.5.1.2 Progression and severity of neuronal loss following SE ...................................... 21
1.5.1.3 Mechanisms underlying SE-induced neuronal death ............................................ 21
1.5.1.4 Types of cell death mechanisms initiated by SE .................................................. 22
1.5.1.5 Factors determining the extent and phenotype of SE-induced neuronal death ..... 24
1.5.2 Synaptic reorganization ................................................................................................... 27
1.5.3 Reactive gliosis ............................................................................................................... 28
1.5.4 Neurogenesis ................................................................................................................... 29
1.6 Co-morbid interictal disorders in mesial temporal lobe epilepsy .................................... 30
1.6.1 The relationship between epilepsy and cognitive and interictal behavioural
alterations .......................................................................................................................... 30
1.6.2 Shared neurodevelopmental, genetic or environmental causes predispose subjects to
develop both epilepsy and co-morbid behavioural and cognitive disturbances ............... 31
1.6.3 Neuropathological changes underlying the genesis of interictal behavioural
disturbances are closely related to those mediating epileptogenesis itself ....................... 32
1.6.4 Spontaneous recurrent seizures contribute to interictal behavioural and cognitive
impairment in post-SE models .......................................................................................... 33
1.6.5 Other factors affecting severity of interictal behavioural and cognitive impairment ..... 33
1.6.6 Interictal behavioural disturbances following SE ........................................................... 34
1.6.6.1 Anxiety .................................................................................................................. 34
viii
1.6.6.2 Exploration ............................................................................................................ 36
1.6.6.3 Aggression ............................................................................................................ 38
1.6.7 The effect of SE on spatial learning and memory ........................................................... 38
1.6.7.1 The Morris water maze as a test of visual-spatial learning and memory .............. 39
1.6.7.2 The effect of SE on performance in the MWM task ............................................. 40
1.7 The goals of the thesis ........................................................................................................... 42
Chapter 2 Hypotheses and Specific Objectives ........................................................................ 43
2.1 Comparison of procedures for the induction of SE ............................................................ 44
2.2 The effect of recovery time on SE-induced neurodegeneration ......................................... 44
2.3 The effect of tat-NR2B9c on SE-induced neuropathology and cognitive impairment ...... 45
2.4 The effect of SE on behavioural performance in tasks assessing anxiety, exploration
and aggression ................................................................................................................... 45
2.5 The effect of SE on search strategy use in the Morris water maze .................................... 46
Chapter 3 ..................................................................................................................................... 47
A comparison between Long-Evans hooded and Wistar rats related to the induction
and severity of status epilepticus in the low-dose and repeated low-dose
lithium/pilocarpine procedures ............................................................................................. 47
3.1 Introduction ........................................................................................................................... 47
3.2 Methods .................................................................................................................................. 48
3.2.1 Animals ........................................................................................................................... 48
3.2.2 Induction of status epilepticus ......................................................................................... 48
3.2.3 Monitoring of seizure activity ......................................................................................... 49
3.2.4 Post-seizure animal care: ................................................................................................. 49
3.2.5 Histology and Stereological analysis: ............................................................................. 50
3.2.6 Drugs: .............................................................................................................................. 54
3.2.7 Statistical Analysis: ......................................................................................................... 54
3.3 Results .................................................................................................................................... 54
ix
3.3.1 Induction of SE in Wistars and Long Evans Hooded rats ............................................... 54
3.3.2 The effect of SE on mortality .......................................................................................... 54
3.3.3 Severity of seizures in LEH and Wistar rats ................................................................... 55
3.3.4 SE-induced neuropathology in LEH and Wistar rats following SE induced with the
RLDP procedure ............................................................................................................... 59
3.3.5 Comparison of SE-induced neuropathology resulting from the LDP and RLDP
protocols in Wistar rats ..................................................................................................... 59
3.4 Discussion ............................................................................................................................... 64
3.4.1 Differential effects of induction procedure in LEH and Wistar rats ............................... 64
3.4.2 Comparison of SE-induced neuropathology in LEH and Wistar rats following SE
induction with the RLDP procedure ................................................................................. 65
3.4.3 Comparison of the effect of the LDP and RLDP protocols on SE-induced
neurodegeneration in Wistar rats ...................................................................................... 66
3.4.4 Conclusion....................................................................................................................... 67
Chapter 4 ..................................................................................................................................... 68
Temporal profile of neuronal death following lithium/pilocarpine-induced status
epilepticus................................................................................................................................ 68
4.1 Introduction ........................................................................................................................... 68
4.2 Methods .................................................................................................................................. 70
4.2.1 Animals ........................................................................................................................... 70
4.2.2 Induction of status epilepticus ......................................................................................... 70
4.2.3 Post-seizure care .............................................................................................................. 70
4.2.4 Detection of SRSs ........................................................................................................... 70
4.2.5 Histology and Stereological analysis .............................................................................. 71
4.2.6 Fluoro-Jade B staining .................................................................................................... 74
4.2.7 Statistical Analysis: ......................................................................................................... 75
4.3 Results .................................................................................................................................... 80
4.3.1 SE induction and survival rates: ...................................................................................... 80
x
4.3.2 Spontaneous seizures after lithium/pilocarpine induced SE ........................................... 80
4.3.2 Neuropathology following status epilepticus: Overview ................................................ 80
4.3.3 SE-induced neurodegeneration in the hippocampus: ...................................................... 82
4.3.5 SE-induced neurodegeneration in amygdaloid nuclei: ................................................... 98
4.3.6 SE-induced neurodegeneration in the piriform cortex: ................................................... 98
4.3.7 Detection of Fluoro-jade B stained neurons .................................................................... 98
4.4 Discussion ............................................................................................................................. 107
4.4.1 The neuropathological effect of increasing survival time following status epilepticus 107
4.4.2 The relationship between SE, SRSs and delayed neuronal death ................................. 110
4.4.3 Differences in the severity and spatial pattern of neuronal death following SE ........... 111
4.4.4 The type of cell death produced by SE ......................................................................... 112
4.4.5 Conclusion..................................................................................................................... 113
Chapter 5 ................................................................................................................................... 118
Neuroprotection following status epilepticus by targeting protein interactions with
PSD-95 ................................................................................................................................... 118
5.1 Introduction .................................................................................................................... 118
5.2 Methods ........................................................................................................................... 119
5.2.1 Induction of status epilepticus ............................................................................... 119
5.2.2 Administration of peptides ..................................................................................... 120
5.2.3 NeuN Immunohistochemistry ................................................................................ 121
5.2.4 Statistical Analysis ................................................................................................. 122
5.3 Results ............................................................................................................................. 122
5.3.1 Induction of status epilepticus ............................................................................... 122
5.3.2 SE induced by repeated low doses of pilocarpine results in neurodegeneration in
the hippocampus and piriform cortex ................................................................. 125
5.3.3 Tat-NR2B9c reduces SE-induced neurodegeneration in the hippocampus ........... 129
xi
5.3.4 Preferential neuroprotection of Tat-NR2B9c is found within specific regions of
the CA1 and CA3 ................................................................................................ 132
5.3.5 Tat-NR2B9c did not provide neuroprotection in CA1 when administered during
SE ........................................................................................................................ 135
5.4 Discussion ........................................................................................................................ 138
5.4.1 Tat-NR2B9c provided significant neuroprotection in the hippocampus ............... 138
5.4.2 Regional specificity of neuroprotection by Tat-NR2B9c within CA1 and CA3 ... 139
5.4.3 Neuroprotective effect of tat-NR2B9c is dependent on time of administration .... 140
5.4.4 Conclusion ............................................................................................................. 141
Chapter 6 ................................................................................................................................... 142
Long-lasting behavioural and anxiolytic changes in rats following status epilepticus ....... 142
6.1 Introduction .................................................................................................................... 142
6.2 Methods ........................................................................................................................... 144
6.2.1 Animals .................................................................................................................. 144
6.2.2 Induction of status epilepticus and administration of peptides .............................. 144
6.2.3 Behavioural tests .................................................................................................... 148
6.3 Results ............................................................................................................................. 151
6.3.1 SE induction ........................................................................................................... 151
6.3.2 Open field test ........................................................................................................ 152
6.3.3 Hyperexcitability tests ........................................................................................... 155
6.3.4 Elevated-plus maze: ............................................................................................... 158
6.3.5 The effect of Tat-NR2B9c on behaviour following SE ......................................... 161
6.4 Discussion ........................................................................................................................ 168
6.4.1 SE causes anxiolytic changes in behaviour and increased hyperexcitability ........ 168
6.4.2 Behavioural changes in rats following SE are long-lasting ................................... 170
6.4.3 Treatment with tat-NR2B9c did not have neuroprotective effects as assessed
behaviourally. ...................................................................................................... 171
xii
6.4.4 Conclusion ............................................................................................................. 172
Chapter 7 ................................................................................................................................... 174
The effect of SE on performance in the Morris water maze and use of exploratory
strategies ................................................................................................................................ 174
7.1 Introduction .................................................................................................................... 174
7.2 Methods ........................................................................................................................... 176
7.2.1 Animals .................................................................................................................. 176
7.2.2 Induction of status epilepticus and administration of peptides .............................. 176
7.2.3 Morris water maze testing ...................................................................................... 177
7.3 Results ............................................................................................................................. 183
7.3.1 SE induction ........................................................................................................... 183
7.3.2 Visible platform testing .......................................................................................... 183
7.3.3 The effect of SE on spatial acquisition .................................................................. 186
7.3.4 The effect of SE on spatial reversal ....................................................................... 186
7.3.5 Acquisition and reversal probe tests ...................................................................... 189
7.3.6 Effect of SE on search strategy use during spatial acquisition .............................. 192
7.3.7 Effect of SE on search strategy use during spatial reversal ................................... 192
7.3.8 Quantitative assessment of the contribution of search strategy to overall
performance ........................................................................................................ 198
7.3.9 SE results in differential impairment in Morris water maze performance and
search strategy use .............................................................................................. 202
7.3.10 The effect of Tat-NR2B9c on visual-spatial learning and use of search
strategies following SE ....................................................................................... 208
7.4 Discussion ........................................................................................................................ 213
7.4.1 SE rats exhibit impaired performance in the MWM and improve during
prolonged training ............................................................................................... 213
7.4.2 SE rats use less efficient strategies in the MWM .................................................. 214
7.4.3 Improvement in search strategy selection contributed to improved performance
epileptic rats ........................................................................................................ 215
xiii
7.4.4 The pathological effects of SE may interfere with the selection of more efficient
search strategies .................................................................................................. 216
7.4.5 Rats following SE exhibited variability in behaviour during MWM testing ......... 217
7.4.6 Neuroprotection of the dorsal hippocampus by tat-NR2B9c did not modify
performance in the MWM .................................................................................. 218
7.4.7 Conclusion ............................................................................................................. 219
Chapter 8 ................................................................................................................................... 220
General Discussion .................................................................................................................... 220
8.1 The lithium/pilocarpine model of mesial temporal lobe epilepsy ............................. 220
8.2 Comparison of the low-dose (LDP) and repeated low dose lithium/pilocarpine
(RLDP) procedures ....................................................................................................... 221
8.3 The severity and pattern of neuronal death in the lithium/pilocarpine model ........ 222
8.3.1 Pattern of neuronal death in the hippocampus ....................................................... 222
8.3.2 Pattern of neuronal death in extrahippocampal structures ..................................... 223
8.3.3 Differences in the pattern of neuronal loss between human MTLE and rats after
SE ........................................................................................................................ 225
8.4 The effect of increasing survival time on SE-induced neuronal death ...................... 226
8.4.1 Majority of neuronal death occurs early in rats following SE ............................... 226
8.4.2 Majority of neuronal death is the consequence of SE and not of spontaneous
recurrent seizures (SRSs) .................................................................................... 227
8.5 Cognitive and behavioural alterations following lithium/pilocarpine-induced SE .. 229
8.5.1 The effect of SE on spatial learning and memory .................................................. 229
8.5.2 The effect of SE on use of behavioural search strategies ...................................... 231
8.5.3 Impaired use of behavioural strategies in human MTLE-HS ................................ 233
8.6 The temporal relationship between neuronal death, behavioural alterations and
cognitive impairment following status epilepticus ..................................................... 235
8.7 The effect of neuroprotection on epileptogenesis, behavioural alterations, and
cognitive impairment .................................................................................................... 237
8.7.1 Neuroprotection within the hippocampus .............................................................. 237
xiv
8.7.2 Effect of neuroprotection in extrahippocampal regions ......................................... 240
8.8 Conclusion ........................................................................................................................... 248
Chapter 9 ................................................................................................................................... 250
Future directions ....................................................................................................................... 250
9.1 Cell death mechanisms contributing to differential rates of neuronal loss
following SE ................................................................................................................... 250
9.1.1 Previous literature .................................................................................................. 250
9.1.2 Summary of our findings ....................................................................................... 250
9.1.3 Proposed studies ..................................................................................................... 251
9.2 Specific cognitive alterations in rats following SE ...................................................... 252
9.2.1 Previous literature .................................................................................................. 252
9.2.2 Summary of our findings ....................................................................................... 253
9.2.3 Proposed studies ..................................................................................................... 253
9.3 The causal relationship between neurodegeneration, genesis of SRSs and
behavioural alterations ................................................................................................. 257
9.3.1 Previous literature .................................................................................................. 257
9.3.2 Summary of our findings ....................................................................................... 258
9.3.3 Proposed studies ..................................................................................................... 259
References .................................................................................................................................. 261
Appendices ................................................................................................................................. 308
Appendix I: Literature comparison .................................................................................. 308
Appendix II: Temporal reduction in neuron densities within regions of the
hippocampus, thalamus, amygdala and piriform cortex .................................................. 322
Appendix III: Convolution analyses .................................................................................. 326
3.1 Assessment of performance based on shift in strategy use ....................................... 326
3.2 Assessment of performance based on improved efficacy within each strategy ........ 327
xv
List of Tables
Table 1.1 Scoring system for pilocarpine-induced seizures ......................................................... 16
Table 3.1 Comparison of rat strain and SE-inducing protocols between SE induction and
mortality rates at 3 days following SE ..................................................................................... 55
Table 4.1 The effect of SE on the area (mm2) of the hippocampus, thalamus and amygdala ...... 81
Table 4.2 Temporal progression of brain regions exhibiting initial neuronal loss significantly
different from corresponding shams. ..................................................................................... 116
Table 4.3 Temporal progression of brain regions exhibiting maximal neuronal death
following ................................................................................................................................ 117
Table 5.1 Comparison of the effect of treatment on mortality, seizure severity and weight
gain following SE .................................................................................................................. 124
Table 5.2 Comparison of SE-induced pyramidal cell loss in individual counting frames ......... 126
Table 6.1 Comparison of experimental groups in seizure susceptibility and mortality at 3
months following SE .............................................................................................................. 151
Table 7.1 Performance as a function of strategy use in hidden platform Morris water maze
testing ..................................................................................................................................... 199
Table 7.2 Comparison of RLDP SE rats that exhibit differences in Morris water maze
performance ............................................................................................................................ 203
Table 8.1 Consequences of neuroprotective drug treatment ....................................................... 242
xvi
List of Figures
Figure 1.1 Epileptogenesis is caused by an initial precipitating injury .......................................... 4
Figure 3.1 Placement of counting frames within the hippocampus, hilus and piriform cortex .... 52
Figure 3.2 Comparison of behavioural seizure activity between rat strain and SE-inducing
protocol .................................................................................................................................... 57
Figure 3.3 Comparison of neuron cell densities in the hippocampus and piriform cortex of
LEH and Wistar rats following SE........................................................................................... 60
Figure 3.4 Comparison of neuronal cell densities in the hippocampus and piriform cortex of
Wistar rats following SE .......................................................................................................... 62
Figure 4.1 Placement of counting frames .................................................................................... 76
Figure 4.2 The area size of different brain regions assessed ........................................................ 78
Figure 4.3 Anti-NeuN immunohistochemical staining decreases following SE in the dorsal
and ventral hippocampus .......................................................................................................... 83
Figure 4.4 Confocal micrographs (400X) of NeuN stained cells in hippocampal subfields ........ 85
Figure 4.5 Total length of dentate gyrus remains constant following lithium/pilocarpine
induced SE ............................................................................................................................... 87
Figure 4.6 Temporal profiles of neuronal loss in hippocampal subfields following
lithium/pilocarpine induced SE ................................................................................................ 89
Figure 4.7 Anti-NeuN immunohistochemical staining decreases following SE in several
thalamic nuclei ........................................................................................................................ 92
Figure 4.8 Confocal micrographs (400X) of NeuN stained cells in several thalamic nuclei ....... 94
Figure 4.9 Temporal profiles of neuronal loss in several thalamic nuclei following
lithium/pilocarpine induced status epilepticus (SE) ................................................................. 96
Figure 4.10 Anti-NeuN immunohistochemistry staining decreases following SE in several
amygdaloid nuclei and in the posterior piriform cortex ........................................................... 99
Figure 4.11 Confocal micrographs (400X) of NeuN stained cells in several amygdaloid
nuclei and in the piriform cortex ............................................................................................ 101
Figure 4.12 Temporal profiles of neuronal loss in several amygdaloid nuclei and in the
posterior piriform cortex ........................................................................................................ 103
Figure 4.13 Confocal micrographs (400X) of Fluoro-jade B (FJB) stained cells present at 24
hours but not at 3 months after SE in the hippocampus, thalamus and amygdala ................. 105
xvii
Figure 4.14 The number of damaged brain regions as a function of increasing recovery time
after 60-min of SE .................................................................................................................. 114
Figure 5.1 Neurodegeneration depicted in NeuN-stained coronal sections of the rat dorsal
hippocampus and posterior piriform cortex (PPC) 14 days following SE ............................. 127
Figure 5.2 Tat-NR2B9c reduces pyramidal cell loss in the dorsal hippocampus when
administered 3 hours after SE ................................................................................................ 130
Figure 5.3 Tat-NR2B9c exhibits differential neuroprotection within different regions of the
CA1 and CA3 subfields of the hippocampus ......................................................................... 133
Figure 5.4 Tat-NR2B9c is not neuroprotective when administered 10 minutes following the
onset of SE ............................................................................................................................. 136
Figure 6.1 Schematic of SE-induction protocols and treatments in SE and non-SE groups ...... 146
Figure 6.2 The effect of SE on behaviour in the open field ........................................................ 153
Figure 6.3 The effect of SE on behaviour in the four hyperexcitability tests ............................. 156
Figure 6.4 The effect of SE on behaviour in the elevated-plus maze ......................................... 159
Figure 6.5 Tat-NR2B9c had no effect on behaviour in the open field ....................................... 162
Figure 6.6 Tat-NR2B9c had no effect on behaviour in the four hyperexcitability ..................... 164
Figure 6.7 Tat-NR2B9c had no effect on behaviour in the elevated-plus maze ......................... 166
Figure 7.1 Behavioural categories .............................................................................................. 181
Figure 7.2 Number of trials performed to reach criterion during visible platform
testing .......................................................................................................................................... 184
Figure 7.3 The effect of SE on hidden platform testing in the Morris water maze .................... 187
Figure 7.4 Number of platform crossings in spatial acquisition and spatial reversal probe
trials and swim speed ............................................................................................................. 190
Figure 7.5 The effect of SE on the distribution of search strategies used during spatial
acquisition and spatial reversal testing ................................................................................... 194
Figure 7.6 Summary of search strategy use between groups during Morris water maze testing 196
Figure 7.7 SE results in differential impairment in Morris water maze performance ................ 204
Figure 7.8 SE results in differential use of search strategies during Morris water maze testing 206
Figure 7.9 Tat-NR2B9c did not improve performance in SE rats during hidden platform
learning ................................................................................................................................... 209
xviii
Figure 7.10 Tat-NR2B9c has no effect on the distribution of search strategies used during
spatial acquisition in rats following SE .................................................................................. 211
xix
List of Appendices
Appendix I: Literature comparison ....................................................................................... 308
Table A1-1 Summary of studies assessing severity and progression of neuronal loss after
pilocarpine-induced SE in the hippocampus, thalamus, amygdala and
piriform cortex ........................................................................................................... 309
Table A1-2 Summary of studies investigating the effect of status epilepticus on behaviours of
anxiety, aggression and exploration in rodents .......................................................... 310
Table A1-3 Summary of studies investigating the effect of status epilepticus on visual-spatial
learning and memory ................................................................................................. 314
Appendix II: Temporal reduction in neuron densities within regions of the
hippocampus, thalamus, amygdala and piriform cortex .................................................. 322
Table A2-1 Reduction in neuronal densities within hippocampal regions following 60 min of
SE ............................................................................................................................... 323
Table A2-2 Reduction in neuronal densities within several thalamic nuclei following 60 min of
SE ............................................................................................................................... 324
Table A2-3 Reduction in neuronal densities within several amygdaloid nuclei and posterior
piriform cortex following 60 min of SE .................................................................... 325
Appendix III: Convolution analyses ....................................................................................... 326
3.1 Assessment of performance based on shift in strategy use ................................................... 326
3.2 Assessment of performance based on improved efficacy within each strategy .................... 327
xx
List of Abbreviations AD afterdischarges
Ave average
ºC degree Celsius
ACh acetylcholine
AMPA α-amino-3-hydroxy-5-methylisoxazole-4-propionic acid
ANOVA one-way analysis of variance
BDZ benzodiazepine
CNS central nervous system
Cy5 cyanine dye 5
DAG diacylglycerol
DGCs dentate granule cells
EEG electroencephalogram
EPM elevated plus maze
FJ fluoro-jade
FJB fluoro-Jade B
g gram
GABA gamma-aminobutyric acid
GAERS genetic absence epilepsy rats from Strasbourg
GCL granule cell layer
GFAP glial fibrillary acidic protein
hr hour
HS hippocampal sclerosis
ILAE The international league against epilepsy
IMPase inositol monophosphatase
i.p. intraperitoneal injection
IPI initial precipitating injury
KA kainic acid
kg kilogram
LTP long-term potentiation
LiCl lithium chloride
LDP low-dose lithium/pilocarpine
LEH Long Evans hooded
M molar (mole/liter)
mEq milliequivalent
MPEP 2-methyl-6(pehnylethynyl)pyridine
MTLE mesial temporal lobe epilepsy
MTLE-HS mesial temporal lobe epilepsy with hippocampal sclerosis
mg milligram
mGluR5 metabotropic glutamate receptor 5 antagonist
M molarity
min minutes
ml milliliter
mm millimeter
mM millimolar
MWM Morris water maze
NeuN neuronal nuclear protein
xxi
nNOS neuronal nitric oxide synthase
NSC neuronal stem cells
NMDA N-methyl-D-aspartate
NMDAR N-methyl-D-aspartate receptor
PBS phosphate buffered saline
PTLE paradoxical temporal lobe epilepsy
IP3 inositial triphosphate
PI phosphatidylinositol cycle
PIP2 phosphatidylinositol 4,5-bisphosphate
PLCβ phospholipase C-beta
PSD-95 postsynaptic density protein-95
RLDP Repeated low-dose lithium/pilocarpine
s.c. subcutaneous
SE status epilepticus
SRS spontaneous recurrent seizure
TLE temporal lobe epilepsy
SD standard deviation
SEM standard error of means
SE status epilepticus
μg microgram
μm micrometer
w/v weight/volume
(v/v) volume/volume
For brain regions:
BLP basolateral amygdaloid nucleus, posterior part
BMP basomedial amygdaloid nucleus, posterior part
CM central medial thalamic nucleus
DG dentate gyrus
DMD dorsomedial hypothalamic nucleus, dorsal part
DMV dorsomedial hypothalamic nucleus, ventral part
d3V dorsal 3rd
ventricle
3V 3rd
ventricle
LaDL lateral amygdaloid nucleus, dorsolateral part
LaVM lateral amygdaloid nucleus, ventrolateral part
LDDM laterodorsal thalamic nucleus, dorsomedial part
LDVL laterodorsal thalamic nucleus, ventrolateral part
LV lateral ventricle
MD mediodorsal thalamic nucleus
MePV medial amygdaloid nucleus, posteroventral part
MePD medial amygdaloid nucleus, posterodorsal part
MTu medial tuberal nucleus
Rt reticular thalamus nucleus
Pir Pirform cortex
PMCo posteromedial cortical amygdaloid nucleus
xxii
Po posterior thalamic nuclei
PoDG` polymorph layer of the dentate gyrus
PPC posterior piriform cortex
pyr pyramidal cell layer
STh subthalamic nucleus
STIA the bed nucleus of the stria terminalis, intraamygdaloid division
VPL ventral posterolateral thalamic nucleus
VPM ventral posteromedial thalamic nucleus
1
Chapter 1
General Introduction
1.1 Main features of mesial temporal lobe epilepsy with hippocampal sclerosis
Epilepsy is the most frequent neurodegenerative disease after stroke (Acharya et al., 2008), and
accounts for a significant portion of the disease burden worldwide (de Boer et al., 2008). It
afflicts more than 170,000 Canadians (5.2 – 5.6 per 1000 population) (Tellez-Zenteno et al.,
2004) and at least 50 million people globally (de Boer et al., 2008). The International League
against Epilepsy (ILAE) proposed the definitions of epileptic seizures and epilepsy, stating that
―an epileptic seizure is a transient occurrence of signs and/or symptoms due to abnormal
excessive or synchronous neuronal activity in the brain. Epilepsy is a disorder of the brain
characterized by an enduring predisposition to generate epileptic seizures and by the
neurobiological, cognitive, psychological, and social consequences of this condition. The
definition of epilepsy requires the occurrence of at least one epileptic seizure (Fisher et al.,
2005).‖ The current ILAE classification of epileptic seizures was approved in 1981, and later
extended for the classification of epilepsies and epilepsy syndromes in 1989 (Commission on
classification and terminology of the international league against epilepsy. 1989). Revisions
have since been proposed to update the nomenclature to reflect modern neuroimaging, genomic
technologies and basic sciences (reviewed in: Engel, 2001; Seino, 2006; Berg et al., 2010).
The 1989 classification divides epilepsies into generalized and focal epileptic seizures,
depending on whether the characteristic seizures begin simultaneously on both sides of the brain
or are confined to one hemisphere (Commission on classification and terminology of the
international league against epilepsy, 1989). Focal epileptic seizures may spread to both
hemispheres and become secondarily generalized. Epilepsy syndromes are further classified into
idiopathic, symptomatic and cryptogenic categories based on their underlying etiologies; these
terms were recently changed to genetic, structural/metabolic and unknown cause, respectively
(Berg et al., 2010). More than half of the epilepsies are classified as structural/metabolic
disturbances (Engel and Schwartzkroin, 2006); the most common of these, and also the most
common form of human epilepsy is mesial temporal lobe epilepsy with hippocampal sclerosis
2
(MTLE-HS) (Wieser, 2004). MTLE-HS is characterized by focal epileptic seizures with or
without secondary generalization originating from the mesial temporal lobe (Margerison and
Corsellis, 1966; King and Spencer, 1995; Bartolomei et al., 2005; Bertram, 2009). While this
review focuses on the characteristics of MTLE-HS, an extensive list of other epilepsies, epileptic
syndromes and related seizure disorders are extensively reviewed elsewhere (Engel, 2001;
Chabolla, 2002; Engel and Schwartzkroin, 2006; Seino, 2006; Berg et al., 2010).
The main features of MTLE-HS are: (i) the localization of seizure foci in the limbic system,
particularly in the hippocampus, entorhinal cortex, and amygdala (Margerison and Corsellis,
1966; King and Spencer, 1995; Bartolomei et al., 2005; Bertram, 2009); (ii) the frequent finding
of an initial precipitating injury (IPI) that precedes the appearance of mesial temporal lobe
epilepsy (MTLE) (Mathern et al., 2002; Mathern et al., 1996); (iii) a seizure-free time interval
following the IPI known as epileptogenesis or latent phase ( Engel, 1993; Wieser, 2004); (iv) a
high incidence of hippocampal sclerosis (HS) (also referred to as mesial temporal sclerosis or
Ammon‘s horn sclerosis) (Babb, 1986; Babb and Brown, 1986; Babb et al., 1991; Sharma et al.,
2007) and; (v) a high prevalence of interictal behavioural disturbances and cognitive impairment
(Boro and Haut, 2003; Devinsky, 2004a; Gaitatzis et al., 2004; Swinkels et al., 2005; Cornaggia
et al., 2006; Marcangelo and Ovsiew, 2007; Garcia-Morales et al., 2008). As illustrated in
Figure 1.1, neuronal loss and synaptic reorganization are proposed to be the cause of chronic
epileptic seizures and interictal behavioural and cognitive morbidity (Wieser, 2004; Sharma et
al., 2007; Acharya et al., 2008). Even though these conditions exist prior to development of
MTLE-HS as a consequence of the IPI (Mathern et al., 1996; Wieser, 2004), several studies have
suggested that repeated ictal events may contribute to further deterioration (Mathern et al., 1996;
Wieser, 2004; Bernasconi et al., 2005).
The main features of MTLE-HS are recapitulated in chronic animal models of temporal lobe
epilepsy (TLE), particularly in the kindling and status epilepticus (SE) models. The subject of
this thesis, the lithium/pilocarpine model, belongs to SE models. The lithium/pilocarpine model
has been used in many laboratories to investigate the pathogenesis of MTLE-HS and to evaluate
the efficacy of anti-epileptogenic drugs (reviewed in: Leite et al., 2002; Curia et al., 2008;
Scorza et al., 2009). This introduction begins with a brief overview of the commonly used
animal models of TLE. The subsequent sections provide an overview on background
information and important features of the lithium/pilocarpine model, including: (i) the
3
occurrence of SE as the IPI, (ii) the presence of a latent period followed by the appearance of
spontaneous recurrent seizures (SRSs), (iii) the occurrence of widespread neurodegeneration
(including hippocampal sclerosis) and synaptic reorganization, and (iv) the development of
interictal behavioural disturbances and cognitive impairment.
4
Figure 1.1: Epileptogenesis is caused by an initial precipitating injury. During this period,
neurodegeneration and synaptic reorganization occur and contribute to the development of
recurrent seizures and behavioural and cognitive dysfunction. Recurrent seizures may also
contribute to additional morbidity and pathophysiological changes. Different factors can affect
seizure development and cognitive and behavioural outcomes.
5
6
1.2 Animal models of seizure development and epilepsy
The two most commonly used animal models to investigate epileptogenesis and MTLE-HS are
kindling and SE. Although major procedural differences exist between the two models, and each
has its own characteristics, both are capable of inducing a persistent, epileptic-like condition
(reviewed in: Leite et al., 2002; Loscher, 2002; McIntyre et al., 2002; Morimoto et al., 2004;
Martin and Pozo, 2006; Sharma et al., 2007). The major emphasis of this thesis is SE. The
ILAE defined SE in 1964 as ‗a seizure that persists for a sufficient length of time or is repeated
frequently enough to produce a fixed and enduring epileptic condition‘ (Arnautova and
Nesmeianova, 1964). Although a specific length of time is not specified in the definition, many
investigators have traditionally identified SE as prolonged seizures lasting 30 minutes or longer,
the time necessary to produce neuronal death in animal models of SE (DeLorenzo et al., 1999;
Fujikawa, 2005; Knake et al., 2009); others have argued, however, that SE should be defined as
seizures lasting 5 minutes or longer for several reasons: (1) the relationship between seizure
activity and neuronal loss in humans is not well understood, (2) self-terminating seizures rarely
last longer than 2 minutes, and (3) earlier medical treatment of SE is likely to reduce the
mortality and morbidity associated with this condition (Lowenstein et al., 1999; Meldrum, 1999).
Despite this ambiguity, SE rodent models have significantly contributed to our understanding of
the pathophysiological mechanisms underlying SE, and this is discussed in detail in the
subsequent sections. Several extensive reviews related to the kindling model are available
(McIntyre et al., 2002; Morimoto et al., 2004; Sutula and Ockuly, 2006), and this model is only
briefly described here.
1.2.1 Kindling
Induction of epilepsy by kindling involves periodic application of a brief stimulus that evokes
repetitive epileptic spikes (an afterdischarge, or AD) (reviewed in: McIntyre et al., 2002;
Morimoto et al., 2004; Sutula and Ockuly, 2006). Over repeated stimulations, the duration of
the evoked ADs and the intensity of behavioural seizures increase, while the stimulus threshold
to evoke epileptiform activity decreases. This process results in an overall increase and long-
lasting susceptibility of the animal to additional seizures. Most studies terminate kindling once
an animal exhibits a few secondary generalized (stage v) seizures (kindling scale described by
Racine, 1972). The gradual development and progression of epileptogenesis by kindling allows
7
investigators to reliably quantify both electrographic measures (AD number and duration) and
behavioural responses (seizure stages and number of class v seizures). Because this process
occurs in the absence of overt brain damage, it may be an ideal model for studying paradoxical
TLE (defined in section 1.5). A limitation of the kindling model may be that the standard stage v
criterion results in an incomplete epileptogenesis in which SRSs do not occur. A minimum of 90
to 100 kindled seizures beyond the stage v criterion is required in rats for development of SRSs
(Sutula and Ockuly, 2006). This process, referred to as over-kindling, is rarely used because of
the intensive work and time involved. Of particular interest, over-kindled rats exhibit similar
neuropathological changes to those found in SE models (Sutula and Ockuly, 2006).
1.2.2 Post-status epilepticus models
In contrast to kindling, SE is easier to produce and reliably generates epileptic animals. SE can
be induced by electrical stimulation of limbic brain structures (e.g., amygdala and hippocampus),
or by systemic administration of chemoconvulsants (e.g., kainate or pilocarpine) (reviewed in:
Leite et al., 2002; Loscher, 2002; Morimoto et al., 2004; Martin and Pozo, 2006; Sharma et al.,
2007). Loscher (2002) referred to models that involve SE as post status epilpeticus models,
since the latent phase that follows SE and precedes SRSs is of most interest to many researchers.
Pathological changes that occur during this period are proposed to contribute to the development
of epilepsy; therefore, therapeutic treatments that affect these changes may also be anti-
epileptogenic, and prevent ‗at risk‘ individuals from developing epilepsy (Loscher, 2002). The
morphological damage that occurs in animal models of SE is very similar to that seen in human
MTLE-HS, although the damage in SE models can be more severe and widespread (Sharma et
al., 2007). The use of electrical stimulation to induce SE is described as being more labour-
intensive and thus less desirable as a model as compared to the use of chemoconvulsants
(Sharma et al., 2007). However, high mortality rates are a disadvantage in some kainate and
pilocarpine models, but can be minimized by administering lower doses of the chemoconvulsant
(Hellier et al., 1998; Glien et al., 2001). In the present thesis we used pilocarpine in conjunction
with lithium chloride (LiCl) to induce SE.
8
1.3 Background information on the pilocarpine and lithium/pilocarpine models
The pilocarpine model, especially in combination with LiCl, reproduces many clinical and
morphological aspects of MTLE-HS in rodents. These features are outlined in section 1.1 and
are further described in the subsequent sections. A major drawback to the pilocarpine and
lithium/pilocarpine models is high mortality. However, mortality can be limited by modification
of the SE-inducing procedure and by controlling SE duration. In this section, background
information and cellular mechanisms underlying SE induction in the pilocarpine and
lithium/pilocarpine models are reviewed.
1.3.1 The pilocarpine model
The pilocarpine model was first used in rats (Turski et al., 1983a; Turski et al., 1983b) and then
in mice (Turski et al., 1984) to produce limbic seizures. Pilocarpine is a muscarinic
acetylcholine receptor agonist. Several extensive reviews describe a variety of protocols
available for administering pilocarpine to induce SE, and these are briefly described here
(Cavalheiro et al., 2006; Curia et al., 2008; Scorza et al., 2009). With systemic administration,
the pilocarpine dose necessary to induce SE ranges from 300 to 400 mg/kg in adult rats (Clifford
et al., 1987; Liu et al., 1994; Melloa and Mendez-Oterobs, 1996). Lower pilocarpine doses (100
- 200 mg/kg) occasionally produce brief limbic seizures, but do not result in SE (Turski et al.,
1983b). The dose of pilocarpine administered to induce SE significantly affects seizure
development, survival rates, and neuropathology. When compared to lower doses of pilocarpine
(350 mg/kg, i.p.), higher doses (380 – 400 mg/kg, i.p.) have resulted in a reduced latency to SE
onset and a greater percentage of rats developing SRSs (Clifford et al., 1987; Liu et al., 1994).
However, higher doses of pilocarpine have also resulted in greater mortality rates, and this may
be caused by the greater convulsive seizure severity and brain damage observed in these animals
(Clifford et al., 1987; Liu et al., 1994). Pilocarpine can also induce SE in rats after
intracerebroventricular (Croiset and De Wied, 1992) and intrahippocampal (Furtado et al., 2002)
administration.
9
1.3.2 Convulsive effects of pilocarpine are mediated by activation of M1 receptors
The cholinergic system is involved in the initiation of SE following pilocarpine treatment, as
pretreatment of the animals with scopolamine (a muscarinic antagonist) prevents the
development of convulsive seizures (Turski et al., 1983a). Other cholinomimetics, such as
carbachol and oxotremorine, are also able to induce seizures and seizure-induced brain damage
(Turski et al., 1983a; Olney et al., 1986). Subsequent studies have showed that the ability of
pilocarpine to induce SE is dependent on activation of the M1 muscarinic receptor subtype, since
M1 receptor knockout mice do not develop seizures in response to pilocarpine (Hamilton et al.,
1997), and epileptic activity is blocked by pirenzepine, an M1-specific antagonist (Maslansky et
al., 1994). Various mechanisms downstream of M1 receptor activation has been proposed to
account for the effect of pilocarpine on neuronal excitability, including activation of
phospholipase C-beta (PLCβ) (Scarr, 2009) and/or Src kinase (Rosenblum et al., 2000; Murthy,
2008), both of which activate subsequent downstream events resulting in enhanced excitability.
Each of these signaling mechanisms is briefly described.
1. M1 receptors are coupled to Gq/G11-type G proteins, which are in turn coupled to the
activation of PLCβ (reviewed in: Wess et al., 2007; Scarr, 2009). PLCβ cleavage of
phosphatidylinositol 4,5-bisphosphate (PIP2) generates inositial triphosphate (IP3) and
diacylglycerol (DAG) (Berridge, 2009), resulting in an alteration in a Ca2+
and K+ current
and increasing the excitability of the brain (Segal, 1988). A well-known mechanism of
cholinergic excitation involves the M1-mediated depletion of PIP2, which results in
closure of voltage-gated K+ channels (termed M-channels), since the presence of PIP2 is
necessary for the open state of these channels to remain stabilized (reviewed in: Brown,
2010).
2. An alternative mechanism by which M1 receptors may generate excitatory responses
independent of PLCβ signaling involves Src kinase activation (Rosenblum et al., 2000).
Activation of M1 receptors can induce elevation of intracellular Ca2+
, which stimulates
Src kinase activation (Felder, 1995). Src kinase is able to subsequently phosphorylate
other signaling molecules, including soluble guanylyl cyclase (Murthy, 2008) and
extracellular signal-regulated kinase (ERK) (Rosenblum et al., 2000), both of which have
10
been implicated in cholinergic excitation (Rosenblum et al., 2000; Kuzmiski and
MacVicar, 2001).
1.3.3 The cholinergic system is involved in the initiation but not the maintenance of SE
The development of SE requires a pool of neurons capable of initiating and sustaining abnormal
firing (Noe and Manno, 2005). The generation of synchronized neuronal activity is facilitated by
the loss of inhibitory synaptic transmission mediated by GABA and sustained by the excitatory
transmission mediated by glutamate (Smolders et al., 1997; Priel and Albuquerque, 2002; Noe
and Manno, 2005; Meurs et al., 2008). Experiments in cultured hippocampal neurons have
demonstrated that pilocarpine acting through muscarinic receptors causes an imbalance between
excitatory and inhibitory transmission resulting in the generation of SE (Priel and Albuquerque,
2002). Furthermore, in-vivo microdialysis has showed that pilocarpine induces an elevation in
glutamate levels in the hippocampus following the appearance of seizures (Smolders et al., 1997;
Meurs et al., 2008). The increase in neuronal activity leads to a loss of inhibition by accelerated
internalization of the GABAA receptors (reviewed in: Goodkin et al., 2005). Once seizures are
initiated, their maintenance depends on mechanisms distinct from muscarinic receptors, since
atropine becomes ineffective in controlling established seizures (Clifford et al., 1987; Curia et
al., 2008). Substantial evidence now supports the idea that following the activation of
muscarinic receptors, SE is maintained by activation of the N-methyl-D-aspartate (NMDA)
receptors (Nagao et al., 1996; Smolders et al., 1997; Deshpande et al., 2008).
1.3.4 The lithium/pilocarpine model
Honchar et al., (1983) reported that pretreatment of rats with LiCl (3 mEq/kg) permits the dose
of pilocarpine to be decreased approximately 10-fold (30 mg/kg, i.p.; referred to as the low-dose
lithium/pilocarpine (LDP) protocol in this thesis). This procedure resulted in lower mortality
rates and produced SE more reliably when compared to systematic administration of pilocarpine
alone (Clifford et al., 1987; Sharma et al., 2007). The effects of lithium are specific to the
cholinergic system since SE induced by the nerve agent soman, a cholinesterase inhibitor, is also
potentiated by lithium; however, SE induced by glutamate agonists NMDA and kainic acid, or
the gamma-aminobutyric acid (GABA) antagonists bicuculline and pentylenetetrazole are not
(McDonough et al., 1987; Ormandy et al., 1991). Neither lithium (3 mEq/kg) nor pilocarpine
11
(30 mg/kg) causes abnormal electrographic responses when administered alone (Clifford et al.,
1987; Jope and Gu, 1991). Lithium pretreatment is only effective if pilocarpine is administered
within 24 hours; the proconvulsive effects of lithium becomes less effective if pilocarpine is
administered after 24 hours, and no seizures develop after 48 hours (Clifford et al., 1987). The
lithium/pilocarpine and pilocarpine models produce similar behavioural, electrographical and
neuropathological alterations in rats following SE (Clifford et al., 1987).
Glien et al., (2001) further modified the lithium/pilocarpine model. If pilocarpine was
administered as a single dose of 30 mg/kg in lithium-pretreated rats, and SE duration was limited
to 90 min, mortality was 45% and 80% of survivors developed SRSs. However, if pilocarpine
was administered in divided doses of 10 mg/kg at 30-min interval until SE ensued (referred to as
the repeated low dose lithium/pilocarpine (RLDP) protocol in the present thesis), the mortality
rate was reduced to 7% and 85% of animals that survived SE developed SRSs. The reduced
mortality is attributed to the titrated administration of pilocarpine that accommodates for
intrastrain differences in sensitivities of individual rats to the chemoconvulsive properties of
pilocarpine (Glien et al., 2001). There was no significant difference in the induction rates of SE
between rats treated with the LDP (total of 73%) and the RLDP (total of 61%) procedures.
1.3.5 The proconvulsive mechanisms of lithium
Recent interest in determining lithium‘s physiological role in potentiating the convulsive effects
of pilocarpine stems from its role in the treatment of manic-depressive illness (Belmaker and
Bersudskya, 2007; Agam et al., 2009). Here, the main hypothesis regarding lithium‘s therapeutic
and prophylactic effect in affective disorder is that inhibition of inositol monophosphatase
(IMPase) by lithium impairs the operation of the phosphatidylinositol cycle (PI cycle) (see
reviews: Osborne et al., 1988; Berridge and Irvine, 1989; Jope and Williams, 1994; Haim and
Belmaker, 2001; Belmaker and Bersudskya, 2007). Lithium at therapeutic doses (3 mEq/Kg)
inhibits rat brain IMPase, thereby resulting in a reduction in inositol and accumulation of inositol
monophosphate (Belmaker and Bersudskya, 2007). In the absence of IMPase, lithium no longer
potentiates the effect of pilocarpine. For instance, Impa1 (encoding IMPase) knock-out mice
without lithium pre-treatment behaved similarly to lithium pre-treated rats receiving a single i.p.
subthreshold dose of pilocarpine (30 mg/kg, i.p.) (Agam et al., 2009). Because lithium inhibits
IMPase, inositol becomes less available for re-synthesis of PIP2 and the consequently reduces
12
PIP2 levels (Belmaker and Bersudskya, 2007; Brown, 2010); this increases membrane
excitability of the neuron in response to pilocarpine as described in section 1.3.2.
1.3.6 Use of diazepam to control SE duration and reduce mortality
In the pilocarpine model, SE spontaneously remits within 5 to 6 hours after initiation (Turski et
al., 1989; Lemos and Cavalheiro, 1995); however, this is often associated with exceedingly high
mortality rates (Curia et al., 2008). Limiting SE duration can improve long-term survival in rats
following SE; this is often accomplished by administrating diazepam, a GABAA agonist (Glien
et al., 2001). Curia et al., (2008) reported that, following induction of pilocarpine-induced SE,
diazepam effectively decreased mortality when administered 30, 60, 120 or 180 min after SE
induction. In addition, diazepam terminated behavioural and electrographic seizures when
administered up to 4 hrs following the initiation of SE in several seizure models (Brandt et al.,
2003a; Brandt et al., 2006; Goffin et al., 2007). The anticonvulsant action of diazepam against
pilocarpine-induced seizures was associated with prompt attenuation of extracellular glutamate
concentrations in the hippocampus (Khan et al., 1999).
1.4 Behavioural and clinical features of seizure development in the lithium/pilocarpine model
Retrospective studies show that a large proportion of patients with mesial temporal lobe epilepsy
(MTLE) undergo an IPI, including febrile convulsions, SE, encephalitis, stroke or traumatic
brain injury (Mathern et al., 1996; Mathern et al., 2002). Up to 80% of adults with MTLE are
reported to have presented childhood SE or prolonged febrile seizures (French et al., 1993;
Cendes and Andermann, 2002). In the majority of cases, SRSs appeared after a 5- to 10-year
latent period (Engel, 1993). Similarly, an epidemiologic study reported that up to 42% of
individuals with SE as their first seizure (mean age 39.7) developed epilepsy over the next 10
years (Hesdorffer et al., 1998). The pilocarpine model closely mimics the clinical manifestations
of MTLE in humans, in which an acute triggering process is frequently followed by a latent
phase and subsequent development of recurrent seizures (see Figure 1.1). An acute episode of
SE serves as the IPI (Cavalheiro et al., 2006; Curia et al., 2008; Scorza et al., 2009). Three
stages of seizure development following SE have been described below. These are the acute
phase, epileptogenesis, and the chronic phase.
13
1.4.1 The acute phase
The acute phase includes the initial occurrence of repetitive seizures, including SE, and is
typically considered to involve the initial 24-hours following seizure induction (Scorza et al.,
2009).
1.4.1.1 Behavioural seizures during the acute phase
The progression of behavioural changes following pilocarpine injection is very similar in the
pilocarpine (Turski et al., 1983b) and lithium/pilocarpine models (Clifford et al., 1987; Glien et
al., 2001). Behavioural manifestations increase with time following pilocarpine and may be
divided into 4 phases (Turski et al., 1983b; Clifford et al., 1987):
1. The first phase of behaviour changes occurs from peripheral cholinergic stimulation
within the first several minutes after pilocarpine injection. These include piloerection,
salivation, tremor, chromadacryorrhea and diarrhea.
2. In the second phase, a series of stereotyped behaviours including oro-facial movements,
salivation, eye-blinking, twitching of vibrissae and yawning subsequently develops and
persists for up to 45 min following pilocarpine injection. Animals also show a
predilection for remaining in one corner of the cage with upward extension of the nose
and neck. During the first and second phases of behavioural changes, animals are able to
be distracted by tactile or sound stimulation (Clifford et al., 1990).
3. Behavioural alterations in phase 1 and 2 subside with development of limbic motor
seizures in phase 3. These seizures are characterized by intense salivation, rearing, upper
extremity clonus, and falling, and reoccur every 3 to 15 min.
4. During phase 4 of behavioural changes, SE typically develops soon following the initial
limbic seizures (Turski et al., 1983b; Clifford et al., 1987). During SE, rats are
unresponsive to external touch and sound stimulation (Clifford et al., 1987).
In the absence of specific measures to terminate seizures (see section 1.3.6) SE spontaneously
remits within 5 to 6 hours (Turski et al., 1983b; Clifford et al., 1987). Animals are typically
found to be in a comatose state for the 24 hour period following cessation of SE.
14
1.4.1.2 Electroencephalographic patterns during motor limbic seizures and SE
Pilocarpine produces both ictal and interictal epileptiform activity in the EEG recordings, and
changes in electrographic patterns correlate well with the sequence of behavioural alterations
described in section 1.4.1.1 (Clifford et al., 1987; Turski et al., 1989; Leite et al., 1990).
Immediately following pilocarpine injection, low-voltage, fast activity with spikes appears in the
neocortex and amygdala, while a clear theta rhythm appears in the hippocampus. This EEG
pattern is correlated with phase 1 of behavioural changes (see 1.4.1.1). When behavioural
manifestations become more severe (phase 2), high voltage, fast EEG activity replaces the
hippocampal theta rhythm. Electrographic seizures characterized by high voltage, fast activity
and prominent spiking precede limbic motor seizures (phase 3), and are proposed to result from
muscarinic system activation (van Der Linden et al., 1999). This activity originates in the
hippocampus and propagates to the neocortex and amygdala (Turski et al., 1983b; Turski et al.,
1989; Leite et al., 1990). Sustained electrographic discharges occur during SE (phase 4), and
after several hours, evolve to a pattern of periodic discharges on a relatively flat background.
Studies using 14
C-2-deoxyglucose functional mapping show that specific brain structures are
associated with the different behavioural changes (Lothman and Collins, 1981; Handforth and
Ackermann, 1988; Lothman et al., 1991; Handforth and Ackermann, 1995; Handforth and
Treiman, 1995). Table 1.1 summarizes the relationship between seizure severity and the
activation of specific brain regions (see review: Veliskova, 2006). Of particular interest, brain
regions that show the highest metabolic activation during SE also exhibit the most severe
neuronal loss in the latent phase (Ingvar, 1986; Ingvar et al., 1987; Handforth and Ackermann,
1992; Handforth and Ackermann, 1995; Fernandes et al., 1999; Bouilleret et al., 2000).
1.4.1.3 Scoring of pilocarpine-induced seizures
In this thesis, the severity of seizures was assessed using a modified version of the Racine‘s scale
(1973), which at first was developed to score kindled seizures in adult rats. As summarized in
Table 1.1, stages I to V are the classical stages described by Racine (1972). Levels VI and VII
have been additionally added to the modified scale. Level VI is achieved with the occurrence of
two or more level V seizures (rearing and multiple falls) (Cammisuli et al., 1997). Level VII
consists of tonic-clonic seizures (Veliskova, 2006). The scale is based on specific characteristics
15
of epileptic seizures in the pilocarpine model, and the progression of seizure activity resulting
from gradual involvement of distinct neural networks (Veliskova, 2006).
Stages I and II involve the spread of paroxysmal activity from the original structure (e.g.,
hippocampus) to other limbic regions (Lothman and Collins, 1981; Handforth and Ackermann,
1988; Lothman et al., 1991; Handforth and Ackermann, 1995; Handforth and Treiman, 1995). In
stage III, the occurrence of clonic seizures indicates activation of structures beyond the limbic
system, namely the neocortex, thalamus and basal ganglia (Engel et al., 1978; Lothman and
Collins, 1981; Browning and Nelson, 1986; Handforth and Ackermann, 1995; Handforth and
Treiman, 1995; Veliskova et al., 2005). Clonic seizures consist of rhythmic movement of
forelimbs that are often accompanied by facial clonus. The forelimb clonus can be either
unilateral (stage III) or coordinated bilateral clonus (stage IV) with or without rearing or tail
erection (Straub tail). In stage IV, the hind limbs are usually spaced apart and the animal appears
as if in a kangaroo position (Ono et al., 1990). During seizure stages V and VI, the hind limbs
can also be involved and the rat may lose balance temporarily; however, the animal will
immediately make an effort to get back to the upright position. The tonic-clonic seizures (stage
VII) represent a spread of paroxysmal activity from the forebrain to the brainstem (Browning and
Nelson, 1986). During this type of seizures, the righting reflex is lost. The tonic phase typically
involves tonic flexion and then extension of the forelimb, hindlimb or both with variable
duration. The tonic extension of hindlimbs represents the most severe seizure phase (Swinyard,
1973). After the tonic phase, long-lasting clonus of all limbs may develop. Wild running and
jumping in some rats may also be observed. Scoring systems specific to the type of seizures
generated by other models exist and are reviewed by others (Veliskova, 2006).
16
Table 1.1: Scoring system for pilocarpine-induced seizures
Seizure
stage 1
Behavioural expression Righting
reflex
Structures involved2
I Staring with mouth clonus Preserved Limbic structures
II Head nodding, automatisms (i.e.,
scratching, sniffing orientation)
III Unilateral forelimb clonus Preserved Other forebrain regions,
specifically neocortex,
thalamus and basal ganglia
IV Bilateral forelimb clonus (rearing)
V Forelimb clonus with rearing and
one fall
Brief loss of
postural
control
VI Forelimb clonus with rearing and
multiple falls
VII Tonic/clonic seizures. Infrequent
observation of wild running and
jumping with vocalization
Lost Brainstem
1. Seizure stages as described by Cammisuli et al., 1997 and by Veliskova, 2006. 2. Structures
mapped by 2-deoxyglucose studies and EEG patterns of specific brain regions (see section
1.4.2.2)
1.4.1.4 Effect of SE duration on mortality and neuropathology
SE duration is considered a critical factor in predicting outcome of SE in humans ( DeLorenzo et
al., 1992; Scholtes et al., 1994; Towne et al., 1994; DeLorenzo et al., 1999; Drislane et al.,
2009;). Towne et al., (1994) highlighted the prognostic significance of SE duration in reporting
a 2.7% mortality for episodes lasting less than an hour, but 32% for those lasting more than an
hour. DeLorenzo et al., (1999) reported that seizures lasting 10 to 29 min often stop on their
own, but very few seizures lasting over 30 min do so; mortality is substantially higher in the
latter group (DeLorenzo et al., 1999). Thirty to 60 min appears to be a critical time frame after
which the brain loses its ability to autonomously terminate seizure activity; beyond this time,
neurodegeneration and SE-related morbidity ensue (Scholtes et al., 1994; DeGiorgio et al., 1995;
DeGiorgio et al., 1999; DeLorenzo et al., 1999; Fujikawa, 2005; Nandhagopal, 2006; Knake et
al., 2009).
In accord with human data, a higher mortality rate is correlated with longer SE duration in the
pilocarpine and lithium/pilocarpine models (reviewed in section 1.3.6). Prolonged seizures are
17
also associated with increased refractoriness to benzodiazepine (BDZ) treatment, and may
account for the higher mortality since SE activity becomes more difficult to control with passing
time. Several extensive reviews related to pharmacoresistance to BDZ in several SE animal
models and in patients with MTLE or SE are available (Macdonald and Kapur, 1999; Avoli et
al., 2005; Loscher, 2007; Goodkin and Kapur, 2009).
A minimum of 40 to 60 minutes of continuous electrographic seizure discharges is required for
neuronal death to occur in rats (Nevander et al., 1985; Fujikawa, 1996). Fujikawa et al., (1996)
showed that no neuronal injury was present in rats after 20 min of SE, but increased substantially
between 40 and 60 min, and only slightly between 1 and 3 hrs. The proposed mechanisms of
neuronal death include excitotoxicity, energy impairment, free radical generation and apoptosis
(Fujikawa, 2005; Niquet et al., 2005); these processes are discussed in section 1.5. The duration
of SE is also critical to the development of SRSs and is discussed in section 1.4.2.1.
1.4.2 Epileptogenesis
Epileptogenesis, also referred to as the latent phase, is the period between the acute phase and the
occurrence of SRSs. This stage is characterized by a progressive normalization of EEG and an
absence of seizure activity. The animals are often in poor physical shape following cessation of
SE, and post-seizure care is critical to increase survival rates (Glien et al., 2001). Body weight
typically decreases after SE (10-20%), but recovers to pre-treatment values during the early
latent phase (Turski et al., 1989).
1.4.2.1 Duration of the latent phase
Several studies investigating the latency to development of SRSs have used a single high dose of
pilocarpine (320 – 400 mg/kg) to induce SE, and allowed SE to spontaneously remit (Cavalheiro
et al., 1991; Liu et al., 1994; Arida et al., 1999; Goffin et al., 2007). In these studies, continuous
video-EEG recordings were used to detect for the onset and progression of SRSs. The end of the
latent period was defined as the first occurrence of a stage IV or greater epileptic seizure. Latent
periods ranging between 3 days and 44 days were reported (Cavalheiro et al., 1991; Liu et al.,
1994; Arida et al., 1999). Arida et al., (1999) additionally showed a relationship between the
frequency of SRSs and the duration of the latent period. Shorter latent periods (3-5 days) were
18
associated with a greater number of SRSs (range 124-727 seizures in 135 days) than longer (28 –
30 days) latent periods (range 45 – 584 seizures in 135 days) (Arida et al., 1999).
Two lines of evidence indicate that SE duration affects the epileptogenic process. Unless
otherwise indicated, the following studies investigating this relationship have used the high-dose
pilocarpine model.
1. First, a minimum duration of SE is required for the development of chronic epilepsy.
Using diazepam to terminate SE, Klitgaard et al., (2002) reported that SRSs developed in
rats with a SE duration of 30 min, but not in rats with a SE duration of 7.5 and 15 min
(Klitgaard et al., 2002). On the other hand, Lemos and Cavalheiro (1995) reported that
SRSs developed in rats with a SE duration of 60 min, but not in rats with only 30 min of
SE; in this study, SE was terminated with combined treatment of diazepam (10 mg/kg,
i.p.) and pentobarbital (30 mg/kg, i.p.). A possible rationale for the difference in results
between studies is the difference in procedures used to terminate SE.
2. Second, studies have shown that SE duration can affect the duration of the latency period
and frequency of SRSs. Longer durations of SE were correlated with increased latencies
to the development of SRSs, and this was suggested to be related to the increased
production of neurosteroids from activated glial cells (Biagini et al., 2006; Biagini et al.,
2009). Because neurosteroids, such as allopregnanolone, act as positive GABAA receptor
modulators, an increase in their induction was proposed to retard epileptogenesis (Biagini
et al., 2006; Biagini et al., 2009). Using the lithium/pilocarpine model, Glien et al.,
(2001) also showed that a longer SE duration was associated with increased latency to the
occurrence of SRSs. In both of these studies, SE duration was controlled with diazepam
(10 – 20 mg/kg, i.p.). In contrast, Lemos and Cavalheiro (1995) obtained different results
by terminating SE in rats with combined treatment of diazepam (10 mg/kg, i.p.) and
pentobarbital (30 mg/kg, i.p.). This study reported a progressive increase in the latent
period and a decrease in seizure frequency in animals with shorter SE. In addition,
animals with shorter SE (1 and 2 hrs) exhibited less neuronal loss and axonal sprouting in
the hippocampal formation. Consequently, the severity of neuropathology was suggested
to affect the length of the latent period. The combined treatment of diazepam (10 mg/kg)
and pentobarbital (30 mg/kg) has been reported to reduce mossy fiber sprouting and
neuronal loss after SE (Luongo et al., 2009). It is possible that this interference with
19
histopathological changes contributes to the difference in results between this study and
others that used only diazepam to control SE duration (Glien et al., 2001; Klitgaard et al.,
2002; Biagini et al., 2006; Goffin et al., 2007; Biagini et al., 2009).
1.4.3 The chronic phase
The chronic phase is characterized by the appearance of SRSs, which persist for the life of the
animal.
1.4.3.1 Behaviour during the chronic phase
As proposed by Goffin et al., (2007), the classification of pilocarpine-induced seizures (see
Table 1.1) can be simplified by referring to stages I - III as partial seizures, and stages IV – VII
as secondarily generalized seizures. According to this classification, recurrent seizures start
appearing approximately 7 days after SE as partial seizures, and develop into generalized
seizures in the following days (Goffin et al., 2007). The evolution of SRSs in the pilocarpine and
lithium/pilocarpine models mimic the behavioural and electrographic stages of kindling (see
section 1.4.3.2) (Leite et al., 1990; Cavalheiro et al., 2006; Goffin et al., 2007). Once the SRSs
resemble a stage V seizure of amygdala kindling (Racine, 1972), the majority of subsequent
seizures are also generalized (Cavalheiro et al., 2006). At this point, SRSs appear to recur in
clusters with cyclicity, peaking every 5 to 8 days (Goffin et al., 2007) or more (Arida et al.,
1999). The frequency of SRSs increases and then remains constant 2 months after SE, and
persists throughout the lifetime of the animal (Priel et al., 1996; Arida et al., 1999; Goffin et al.,
2007).
1.4.3.2 Electroencephalographic patterns observed during SRSs
The first spontaneous seizures are partial seizures characterized by paroxysmal activity in the
hippocampus without changes in cortical recordings (Leite and Cavalheiro, 1995). Subsequent
seizures show a gradual spreading of paroxysmal activity from the hippocampus to cortical
recordings and longer duration of ictal events. The fully developed generalized seizures are
characterized by bursts of spiking activity in the hippocampus that spread to the neocortex (Leite
and Cavalheiro, 1995; Goffin et al., 2007). Electrographic seizures rarely last more than 60 sec
and are followed by depressed background activity with frequent EEG interictal spikes. The
interictal spikes are more intense when animals are seizure-free and in the period of slow-wave
20
sleep and are nearly non-existent during motor activity and paradoxical sleep (Arida et al., 1999).
Consequently, a higher seizure frequency (i.e., lower seizure threshold) tends to occur during
daylight hours (Arida et al., 1999; Goffin et al., 2007).
1.5 Neuropathology
Several pathophysiological phenomena that occur during the latency phase are suggested to
contribute to epileptogenesis. These include neurodegeneration, synaptic reorganization, glial
cell activation, and ectopic cell proliferation (see reviews: Fujikawa, 2005; Dalby and Mody,
2001; McNamara et al., 2006; Pitkänen and Lukasiuk, 2009). In the present thesis, we have
specifically focused on neurodegeneration following SE, and discussed this process in the
subsequent sections. The other histopathological changes have been briefly described here but
extensive reviews on each of these are available.
1.5.1 Neurodegeneration
1.5.1.1 SE-induced neurodegeneration
In most patients, MTLE is believed to be initiated by brain damage and synaptic reorganization
secondary to an IPI (Babb, 1986; Babb and Brown, 1986; Babb et al., 1991; Sharma et al., 2007).
MTLE can be subclassified histopathologically as paradoxical temporal lobe epilepsy (PTLE) or
hippocampal sclerosis (HS) (Sharma et al., 2007). No lesions are observed in PTLE, whereas in
70% of MTLE patients with HS, lesions include neuronal degeneration, gliosis and aberrant
mossy fiber sprouting in the inner molecular layer of the dentate gyrus. Neuronal loss is also
frequently observed in the amygdala and the surrounding entorhinal, perirhinal and para-
hippocampal cortices, and in extra-temporal areas, including the thalamus and cerebellum (Jutila
et al., 2002; Bernasconi et al., 2003; Bonilha et al., 2010). In the absence of systematic
complications or pre-existing epilepsy, SE in humans produces similar widespread neuronal loss
and reactive gliosis in the hippocampus, amygdala, thalamus, piriform and entorhinal cortices
and Purkinje cell layer of the cerebellum (Fujikawa et al., 2000). This pattern of neuronal loss is
replicated in the pilocarpine and lithium/pilocarpine models of SE (Honchar et al., 1983; Turski
et al., 1983a; Turski et al., 1983b; Fujikawa, 1996; Covolan and Mello, 2000), and is generalized
in other chemoconvulsant models of epilepsy including kainic acid, bicuculline, picrotoxin and
21
pentetrazole (Lothman and Collins, 1981; Ben-Ari et al., 1981; Ben-Ari, 1985; Turski et al.,
1985).
1.5.1.2 Progression and severity of neuronal loss following SE
Previous studies assessing the progression of neuronal death in rats after SE have been limited by
a semi-quantitative assessment of tissue damage and/or by the incomplete nature of the time
frame examined (Fujikawa, 1996; Motte et al., 1998; Covolan and Mello, 2000; Peredery et al.,
2000; Poirier et al., 2000). For example, timeframes are restricted to less than 3 to 5 days
(Fujikawa, 1996; Covolan and Mello, 2000) or timeframes examined are spaced far apart (Motte
et al., 1998; Peredery et al., 2000; Poirier et al., 2000b). A summary of these studies is provided
in appendix I, Table A1-1. SE has been shown to primarily contribute to neuronal death
(Peredery et al., 2000; Pitkänen et al., 2002; Gorter et al., 2004; Deshpande et al., 2007), with the
majority of neuronal injury/death occurring in the several days following SE (Fujikawa, 1996;
Motte et al., 1998; Covolan and Mello, 2000; Peredery et al., 2000; Poirier et al., 2000). The
effect of SRSs on neurodegeneration, however, remains unclear. While some studies report no
correlation of neuronal death and the frequency of SRSs (Pitkänen et al., 2002; Gorter et al.,
2004), others have demonstrated progressive neuronal loss during the chronic stage of seizure
development (Roch et al., 2002). In the kindling model, brief recurrent seizures can cause
neuronal loss and hippocampal sclerosis (Cavazos et al., 1991; Cavazos et al., 1994), supporting
a potential role of SRSs in neuronal damage. The difficulty in verifying whether the chronic
epileptic seizures that follow SE lead to brain damage is delineating what extent of neuronal loss
is attributed to SRSs, and what occurs because of delayed damage from the IPI (reviewed in:
Dudek et al., 2002). In the present thesis, a detailed quantitative time course of
neurodegeneration between 1 hr and 3 months following SE was completed: (1) to improve our
understanding and to compare the evolution of neuronal death in different brain structures, (2) to
determine which of these structures exhibit delayed neuronal loss extending past epileptogenesis,
and (3) to establish a critical timeframe for the feasibility of neuroprotective strategies.
1.5.1.3 Mechanisms underlying SE-induced neuronal death
Early studies demonstrated that electrographic seizures can cause neuronal death in artificially
ventilated animals, even in the absence of underlying systematic physiological complications
(Meldrum and Brierley, 1973; Meldrum et al., 1974; Nevander et al., 1985). Prolonged seizures
22
initiate neuronal death by excitotoxicity (reviewed in: Fujikawa, 2005). This occurs when
glutamate receptors are excessively stimulated. The specific role of NMDA receptors in SE-
induced neurodegeneration is strongly supported by two main findings.
(1) NMDA receptor antagonists administered in rats before or after SE provide significant
neuroprotection (Fariello et al., 1989; Clifford et al., 1990; Fujikawa et al., 1994;
Fujikawa, 1995).
(2) In an in-vitro model of SE, specific entry of Ca2+
through NMDA receptors results in
more cell death as opposed to Ca2+
entering through non-NMDA glutamate receptors or
voltage-gated calcium channels (Deshpande et al., 2008). Similar findings have been
demonstrated in other models of glutamate neurotoxicity (Tymianski et al., 1993; Sattler
et al., 1998).
During SE, excessive synaptic release of glutamate can cause excitotoxicity by binding to
NMDA receptors and allowing high levels of Ca2+
to enter the cells. Ca2+
influx into the cells
activates a number of enzymes, including neuronal nitric synthase, phospholipases,
endonucleases, and cysteine proteases (i.e., calpains and caspases). These enzymes subsequently
damage cell structures such as components of the cytoskeleton, membrane and DNA (reviewed
in: Fujikawa, 2005; Forder and Tymianski, 2009; Hardingham, 2009; Lau and Tymianski, 2010;
Wang and Qun, 2010), leading to different forms of cell death (see section 1.5.1.4).
1.5.1.4 Types of cell death mechanisms initiated by SE
Even though it is generally accepted that neuronal death following SE is excitotoxic in nature
(Fountain, 2000; Fujikawa, 2005; Deshpande et al., 2008), it is not clear if the cell death
phenotype is primarily necrotic or apoptotic (reviewed in: Fujikawa, 2005; Lau and Tymianski,
2010; Wang and Qun, 2010). A detailed discussion of necrosis and apoptotsis is beyond the
scope of this thesis, but numerous reviews of this topic are available (Saraste and Pulkki, 2000;
Manning and Zuzel, 2003; Goldstein and Kroemer, 2007; Doonan and Cotter, 2008;
Vanlangenakker et al., 2008). Briefly, necrosis results from loss of cellular homeostasis and
membrane integrity and acute mitochondrial dysfunction, all leading to massive energy failure
(reviewed in: Goldstein and Kroemer, 2007; Vanlangenakker et al., 2008). Apoptosis is
characterized by cell shrinkage, membrane blebbing, DNA internucleosomal degradation,
chromosome condensation and formation of membrane-bound apoptotic bodies, and relies on
23
preserved mitochondrial functioning and integrity and ATP synthesis (reviewed in: Saraste and
Pulkki, 2000; Doonan and Cotter, 2008).
A myriad of neurotoxic signaling cascades are capable of initiating apoptosis and/or necrosis,
and several extensive reviews of these pathways are available (Yakovlev and Faden, 2004;
Harwood et al., 2005; Henshall, 2007; Henshall and Murphy, 2008; Vosler et al., 2008). This
section briefly describes the roles of caspases and calpains in apoptotic and necrotic cell death,
respectively. Specific caspases are suggested to mediate apoptosis and can be activated by either
intrinsic (death receptor-mediated) or extrinsic (mitochondria-mediated) pathways (Harwood et
al., 2005; Henshall, 2007). In response to a stimulus, the initiator caspases (e.g., caspase-8 and
caspase-9) activate executioner (or effector) caspases (e.g., caspase-3), which subsequently
mediate the biochemical and morphological features of apoptosis (Harwood et al., 2005;
Henshall, 2007). On the other hand, calpain is activated by an increase in intracellular Ca2+
and
cleaves multiple substrates including cytoskeletal and associated proteins, kinases, phosphatases,
membrane receptors and transporters; excessive calpain activity leads to cytoskeletal protein
breakdown and subsequent loss of structural integrity and disturbances of axonal transport,
accelerating cell death and contributing to necrotic morphology (Pang et al., 2003 and reviewed
in: Fujikawa, 2005; Vosler et al., 2008). Still, generalizing the involvement of caspases and
calpains to specific cell death morphologies is not straightforward. Extensive cross-talk between
the cysteine proteases occurs, and this causes the boundary between necrotic and apoptotic cell
death phenotypes to become blurred (Harwood et al., 2005). Instead, a widely accepted view is
that excitotoxic cell death occurs along a continuum of necrotic and apoptotic morphologies
(Fujikawa et al., 2000b; Doonan and Cotter, 2008; Kotariya et al., 2010; Wang and Qun, 2010).
Necrosis is generally considered the principal morphological phenotype of dying cells after SE
(Fujikawa, 2005; Kotariya et al., 2010). Despite the predominance of necrotic morphology in
degenerated neurons, others suggest that apoptosis may play a critical role in seizure-induced
brain damage (reviewed in: Bengzon et al., 2002; Henshall, 2007; Henshalla and Murphy,
2008). Often, a mixed form of neuronal death with apoptotic and necrotic features following SE
is reported (Sloviter et al., 1996; Becker et al., 1999; Fujikawa et al., 1999; Covolan et al., 2000;
Fujikawa et al., 2000b; Weise et al., 2005). Autophagy is also up-regulated and contributes to
neuronal death following prolonged seizures (Cao et al., 2009a; Cao et al., 2009b); this process
can induce cell death through excessive self-digestion and degradation of essential cellular
24
constituents (reviewed in: Levine and Klionsky, 2004; Codogno and Meijer, 2005), and is
initiated with increased oxidative stress (Chu, 2006). A heterogeneous population of cell death
morphologies is similarly reported in animal models of stroke (Snider et al., 1999) and traumatic
brain injury (Singleton and Povlishock, 2004).
1.5.1.5 Factors determining the extent and phenotype of SE-induced neuronal death
Several factors have been shown to affect the extent and phenotype of neuronal death following
prolonged seizures. These include severity of SE, intracellular ATP levels, and regional and
neuronal specific cell-death signaling pathways. Each of these factors is briefly described.
(1) The intensity of continuous convulsive seizures in Wistar rats was shown to affect cell
death morphology of hippocampal pyramidal cells; more severe SE (induced by 12
mg/kg of KA, i.p.) led to an increase of necrotic cell death, whereas milder SE (induced
by 9 mg/kg of KA, i.p.) increased the presence of dying neurons exhibiting apoptotic
features (Tokuhara et al., 2007 and reviewed in: Meldrum, 2002). In contrast, Fujikawa
et al., (2010) only detected necrotic cell death in Wistar rats subjected to different
durations of pilocarpine-induced SE (1 hr or 3 hrs), failing to establish a relationship
between SE duration and cell death morphology.
(2) A critical determinant of the cell death mechanism is intracellular ATP concentration, the
production of which depends on the structural and functional integrity of the
mitochondria. Whereas ATP depletion is associated with necrosis, ATP is required for
the development of apoptosis. Cheung et al., (2009) demonstrated apoptotic cell death in
the CA1 and CA3 pyramidal cell layer of Sprague Dawley rats following 40 min of SE
(induced by unilateral microinjection of KA into CA3). Of particular interest, these
regions had maintained ATP levels, and the majority of degenerating pyramidal cells
exhibited intact structural integrity of the mitochondria. In the pilocarpine and
lithium/pilocarpine models, variability in the severity of mitochondrial damage following
SE is reported; the ultrastructural damage of the mitochondria in hippocampal pyramidal
cells ranges from no visible changes, to mitochondrial swelling, which is most frequently
detected, and/or severe damage characterized by rupture of the inner and outer
mitochondrial membranes ( Fujikawa et al., 1999; Jing et al., 2007).
25
(3) Repetitive or prolonged seizures can lead to region-specific cell death pathways. For
example, Sloviter et al., (1996) demonstrated that repetitive seizures caused apoptotic
cell death in dentate granule cells (DGCs) and necrotic cell death in the CA1 and CA3
pyramidal cells. Of particular interest, Lopez-Meraz et al., (2010) showed that in
immature rats following KA-induced SE, caspase-9 was up-regulated in DGCs exhibiting
apoptotic cell death, while caspase-8 was up-regulated in pyramidal CA1 cells exhibiting
necrotic cell death (caspases described in section 1.5.1.4). Differences in post-synaptic
cell-death pathways can occur within the same neuronal population. KA or pilocarpine-
induced SE in adult rats resulted in two types of pyramidal cell death: early necrosis (1
day after SE) and delayed cell death with apoptotic features (3 to 7 days after SE). One
possibility is that the morphological differences in neuronal death may be attributed to
differential activation of cystein proteases (see section 1.5.1.4). For example, the
expression and activation of calpain was detected in early necrotic cell death following
SE (Araújo et al., 2008; Wang et al., 2008), whereas caspase-3 was detected in delayed
neuronal death exhibiting apoptotic features (Narkilahti et al., 2003; Weise et al., 2005;
Wang et al., 2008).
1.5.1.6 The role of neurodegeneration in epileptogenesis
Although SE results in significant neurodegeneration and in the development of epilepsy, the
contribution of neuronal death in the genesis of SRSs is unclear. Two lines of evidence suggest
neuronal loss is not required for the genesis of chronic epilepsy. First, several studies have
showed that nearly complete protection of limbic structures, including the hippocampus and
amygdala, did not prevent the development of epilepsy (Ebert et al., 2002; Loscher, 2002; Brandt
et al., 2006). Second, several animal models of epilepsy can lead to development of SRSs in the
absence of overt brain damage. For example, seizures produced by electroconvulsive shock
repeated for several days initiate mossy fiber sprouting and development of SRSs without
neuronal loss. Similarly, in immature rats, febrile seizures can lead to SRSs without neuronal
death (Baram et al., 2002; Kapur, 2006).
Still, others have reported that SE-induced neurodegeneration can exacerbate the epileptogenic
process and functional outcome. For instance, Zhang et al., (2002) compared two groups of rats
treated differently with kainic acid. Rats in one group experienced two short sessions of priming
26
seizures and one sustained episode of SE; this priming effect resulted in no obvious neuronal loss
or mossy fiber sprouting. The second group experienced only a single episode of SE. Though
both groups developed epilepsy, the massive neuronal damage and mossy fiber sprouting in the
latter group resulted in more frequent and intensified SRSs (Zhang et al., 2002). Similarly,
Persinger and Dupont (2004) showed that the extent of neuronal loss in the temporal cortex,
dentate gyrus, hilus and CA3 region correlated with the frequency of SRSs (Persinger and
Dupont, 2004). Others showed that neuroprotective agents improved behavioural and cognitive
functioning in rats following SE (Rice et al., 1998; dos Santos et al., 2005; Brandt et al., 2006;
Cunha et al., 2009; Jun et al., 2009). Thus, although it seems that neurodegeneration is not a
prerequisite for the development of epilepsy, neuroprotective strategies may have a role in
modifying the disease outcome (Loscher, 2002; Pitkanen and Kubova, 2004; Naegele, 2007;
Acharya et al., 2008), and in mitigating interictal behavioural and cognitive morbidity (see
section 1.6).
In the present thesis, we investigated the effectiveness of a neuroprotective strategy in rats
following lithium/pilocarpine-induced SE. As previously described in section 1.5.1.3,
excitotoxicity mediated via the NMDAR is recognized as a major mechanism in
neurodegeneration resulting from SE. Consistent with a critical role of NMDARs in SE-induced
neurodegeneration, previous studies showed that systematic administration of NMDAR
antagonists are neuroprotective in rodent models of epilepsy, even when given after the onset of
SE (Fariello et al., 1989; Clifford et al., 1990; Fujikawa et al., 1994; Fujikawa, 1995). The
clinical efficacy of NMDAR antagonists is limited, however, due to psychomimetic side-effects
in humans (Krystal et al., 1994; Lahti et al., 1995; Malhotra et al., 1996; Rowland et al., 2005).
An alternative approach to preventing NMDAR-mediated excitotoxicity would be to disrupt the
interaction of the receptor with downstream signaling molecules (see section 5.1). PSD-95 is a
critical scaffolding protein that links the NMDAR to signaling enzymes within the postsynaptic
density, and suppression of the expression of PSD-95 selectively attenuated excitotoxicity
triggered via NMDARs (Sattler et al., 1999). Tat-NR2B9c is a synthetic peptide, consisting of
the C-terminal 9 amino acids of the NR2B subunit of NMDARs fused to the membrane
transduction domain of the HIV-1-Tat protein, that was designed to disrupt excitotoxic signaling
from the NMDAR by interfering with protein interactions involving the PDZ1 and PDZ2
domains of PSD-95(see section 5.2.2). Tat-NR2B9c was previously shown to provide
27
significant neuroprotection and preserve cognitive function after transient stroke in rats (Aarts et
al., 2002; Sun et al., 2008). Here, we assessed the ability of tat-NR2B9c to provide
neuroprotection (see chapter 5) and mitigate behavioural morbidity (see chapters 6 and 7)
following lithium/pilocarpine-induced SE in rats. The effectiveness of other neuroprotective
strategies assessed in post-status epilpeticus rodent models is further discussed in section 8.7 and
compared in Table 8.1.
1.5.2 Synaptic reorganization
Mossy fiber sprouting is observed in the human epileptic temporal lobe (Sutula et al., 1989;
Houser et al., 1990; Franck et al., 1995), and has been extensively studied in animal models of
TLE (reviewed in: Dalby and Mody, 2001; Sutula, 2002; Nadler, 2003; Cavazos and Cross,
2006; Pitkänen and Lukasiuk, 2009). Axons of granule cells (mossy fibers) are most often
described as sprouting aberrantly into the dentate supragranular layer; new synapses on granule
cell dendrites increase the overall excitatory connection between granule cells (Okazaki et al.,
1995; Buckmaster et al., 2002). Additional mossy fiber reorganization includes axonal growth in
the hilus, development of infrapyramidal and suprapyramidal (interblade) connectivity, and
expansion of the terminal field of the mossy fiber pathway in CA3 and along the septotemporal
axis of the hippocampus over distances as long as 700 to 800 microns (Sutula et al., 1998;
Buckmaster and Dudek, 1999; Holmes et al., 1999). Seizure-induced reorganization along the
septotemporal axis provides a mechanism for translamellar synchronization of cellular
hyperexcitability within the hippocampus to occur (reviewed in: Cavazos and Cross, 2006).
Although mossy fiber sprouting can occur in the absence of neurodegeneration caused by
repeated seizures (e.g., in the kindling model; reviewed in Morimoto et al., 2004), neuronal death
(e.g., in the hilus and CA3 pyramidal cell layer) can also initiate mossy fiber reorganization
following an IPI (reviewed in: Sutula, 2002; Nadler, 2003). Mossy fiber sprouting appears prior
to the occurrence of SRSs and persists for the lifetime of the animal (Cavazos et al., 1991;
Nissinen et al., 2001; Wuarin and Dudek, 2001). Several studies have demonstrated a direct
correlation between the degree of neuronal loss, mossy fiber sprouting into the dentate
supragranular layer and granule cell hyperexcitability (Sutula, 2002; Cavazos and Cross, 2006;
Sutula and Dudek, 2007). Recent studies indicate that the functional effects of the recurrent
excitatory circuits formed by mossy fiber reorganization may only be apparent under conditions
28
of reduced inhibition, or alterations in the extracellular ionic environment (e.g., elevation of
[K+]o) (reviewed in: Sutula, 2002; Sutula and Dudek, 2007).
Similar to SE-induced neurodegeneration, the development of mossy fiber sprouting following
prolonged seizures can exacerbate the epileptogenic process and functional outcome (see figure
1.1). Jing et al., (2009) showed that suppression of mossy fiber sprouting, by combined
treatment consisting of intrahippocampal transplantation of adult neural stem cells and
intraventricular erythropoietin- infusion, reduced hippocampal excitability and prevented
development of SRSs in kainate-treated rats (Jing et al., 2009). In other studies, pre-treatment
with cycloheximide in rats has been shown to reduce mossy fiber reorganization (Longo and
Mello, 1997; dos Santos et al., 2005). It also concomitantly reduced behavioural alterations (Lee
et al., 2003; dos Santos et al., 2005), indicating a connection between mossy fiber sprouting and
SE-induced behavioural morbidity. Synaptic reorganization has been detected elsewhere,
including the CA1, entorhinal cortex and neocortex (Esclapez et al., 1999; Wuarin and Dudek,
2001; Smith and Dudek, 2002; Cavazos et al., 2004).
1.5.3 Reactive gliosis
Reactive gliosis is a prominent characteristic in the epileptic brains of humans (Spencer et al.,
1999; D'Ambrosio, 2004) and is recapitulated in rodent models of TLE. It is characterized by
the hypertrophy (intensive outgrowth of cellular processes) of astroctyes as well as by the
proliferation of microglial cells and astrocytes (Ridet et al., 1997). Glial cells perform many
functions, including structural support, water and ionic homeostasis, regulation of
neurotransmission, inflammatory responses and neurogenic potential (Ridet et al., 1997);
reactive gliosis results in acute and long-term alterations of these functions, which in turn
contribute to the epileptogenic process. Several extensive reviews on the role of glial cells in
epilepsy are available (D'Ambrosio, 2004; Eid et al., 2008; Jabs et al., 2008; Binder and
Steinhäuser, 2006; Seifert et al., 2010). Of particular interest, reactive astrocytes were shown to
contribute to delayed neuronal death of cortical and hippocampal pyramidal cells following
pilocarpine-induced SE (Ding et al., 2007). In this study, prolonged elevation of astrocytic Ca2+
signaling correlated with the temporal profile of neuronal death, which was maximal at 3 days
following SE. Astrocytic Ca2+
signaling leads to gliotransmission of glutamate and D-serine;
administration of MPEP (2-methyl-6(pehnylethynyl)pyridine), a metabotropic glutamate receptor
29
5 antagonist (mGluR5), blocked astrocytic Ca2+
signaling and provided significant
neuroprotection, linking astrocytic gliotransmission to delayed neuronal death. The
neuroprotective effect of ifenprodil, an antagonist specific for NR2B-containing NMDA
receptors, indicates that gliotransmission induces neuronal excitotoxicity by activation of these
receptors (Ding et al., 2007).
1.5.4 Neurogenesis
Adult neurogenesis is the generation of new neurons in the central nervous system through
division of neural stem cells (NSCs). These stem cells divide to form neuroblasts, which
eventually differentiate into neuronal or glial phenotypes and are integrated into functional
networks. The majority of NSCs are located in two neurogenic regions: (1) Neuroblasts from
the subventricular zone lining the lateral ventricles migrate along the rostral migratory stream
into the olfactory bulb, where the majority differentiate into interneurons (Whitman and Greer,
2009). (2) Neuroblasts in the subgranular zone of the DG, a lamina between the granule cell
layer (GCL) and the hilus, migrate into the GCL and mainly mature into functional granule cells
(Parent, 2007).
In the pilocarpine model, SE increases the rate of neurogenesis in the DG for a 2-week period
(Parent et al., 1997). While the majority of cells migrate appropriately into the DG following
SE, approximately 20% migrate aberrantly to ectopic locations, most notably the dentate hilus
(Walter et al., 2007). Hilar ectopic granule cells are invariably bipolar, in contrast to normally
situated granule cells, which have only an apical dendrite. Even though their membrane
properties closely resemble normally positioned granule cells, they are notable for bursting in
synchrony with CA3 pyramidal cells (Scharfman et al., 2000). The increased excitability of
these cells is attributed to their abnormal innervations; hilar ectopic granule cells receive mossy
fiber input from other granule cells and innervate other granule cells, in addition to the typical
targets of the mossy fiber pathway (CA3 pyramidal cells and inhibitory interneurons, hilar mossy
cells and inhibitory interneurons) (Parent et al., 1997; Scharfman et al., 2000; Dashtipour et al.,
2001). These cells also receive few inhibitory synapses (Dashtipour et al., 2001). Of particular
interest, Gong et al., (2007) demonstrated that loss of a subset of interneurons expressing reelin,
a migration guidance cue that influences neuronal migration, contributes to the ectopic location
of granule cells following SE.
30
The altered innervations of hilar ectopic granule cells and the recurrent synapses between CA3
pyramidal neurons combine to form a reverberatory loop, which is proposed to participate in
synchronization and propagation of seizure activity (Nadler, 2003; Parent and Murphy, 2008).
During the chronic phase of seizure development a decrease in neurogenesis occurs (Hattiangady
et al., 2004). The increase in neurogenesis following SE and the decrease in neurogenesis during
chronic epilepsy both contribute to the epileptogenic process and to the development cognitive
and behavioural impairments (reviewed in: Hattiangady and Shetty, 2008; Kuruba et al., 2009).
Several extensive reviews on the role of neurogenesis in epilepsy are available (Parent, 2007;
Danzer, 2008; Hattiangady and Shetty, 2008; Parent and Murphy, 2008; Kuruba et al., 2009).
1.6 Co-morbid interictal disorders in mesial temporal lobe epilepsy
MTLE is often associated with interictal behavioural disturbances, including anxiety, depression,
and psychosis, as well as learning and memory impairments ( Boro and Haut, 2003; Devinsky,
2004; Gaitatzis et al., 2004; Swinkels et al., 2005; Cornaggia et al., 2006; Marcangelo and
Ovsiew, 2007; Garcia-Morales et al., 2008). Because of several confounding variables in the
clinical setting, however, the causal relationships between epilepsy, affective disturbances and
cognitive impairments are poorly understood. These confounders preclude direct demonstration
that seizures themselves are responsible for behavioural and cognitive deficits, and include the
underlying etiology and brain pathology, present and past anticonvulsant treatments, degree of
seizure control, and developmental status of the patient (Heinrichs and Seyfried, 2006). Many of
these problems are circumvented by the use of animal models of epilepsy, which allow for a
more direct correlation of behavioural outcomes with physiological and histological data
(reviewed in: Majak and Pitkanen, 2004; Post, 2004; Heinrichs and Seyfried, 2006). The present
section reviews current hypotheses regarding the relationship between epilepsy and interictal
behavioural and cognitive disturbances, and specifically focuses on data derived from post-status
epilepticus animal models.
1.6.1 The relationship between epilepsy and cognitive and interictal behavioural alterations
Based on animal models of epilepsy, three hypotheses regarding the causal relationship between
seizures and behavioural morbidity have been proposed:
31
1. Shared neurodevelopmental, genetic or environmental causes predispose subjects to
develop both epilepsy and co-morbid behavioural and cognitive disturbances
2. Neuropathological changes underlying the genesis of interictal behavioural disturbances
are closely related to those mediating epileptogenesis itself
3. SRSs contribute to cognitive and interictal behavioural impairment
1.6.2 Shared neurodevelopmental, genetic or environmental causes predispose subjects to develop both epilepsy and co-morbid behavioural and cognitive disturbances
Evidence for this hypothesis is supported by studies showing cognitive and interictal behavioural
disturbances prior to seizure development in genetically-predisposed epileptic rats (Kelly et al.,
2003; Sarkisova et al., 2003; Midzyanovskaya et al., 2005; Jones et al., 2008; Runke and
McIntyre, 2008). For instance, Jones et al., (2008) illustrated that genetic absence epilepsy rats
from Strasbourg (GAERS, a genetic model of absence epilepsy in rats; epilepsy model reviewed
in: Marescaux et al., 1992; Danober et al., 1998) exhibit an increase in anxiety- and depressive-
like behaviours compared to their non-epileptic controls. This behavioural phenotype of GAERS
is present prior to the occurrence of spontaneous spike-and-wave discharges (non-convulsive
absence seizures), which develop between postnatal days 30 to 60, and persists throughout the
life of the animal. Similarly, FAST kindling rats that have been bred to exhibit enhanced rates of
amygdala kindling, a model of temporal lobe epileptogenesis (model reviewed in: McIntyre et
al., 1999; Racine et al., 1999; McIntyre et al., 2002), display different behaviours of stress
responsivity and anxiety prior to kindling compared to SLOW rats (McIntyre et al., 2002; Kelly
et al., 2003; McIntyre and Gilby, 2007; Runke and McIntyre, 2008). For example, FAST-
kindling rats exhibit less anxiety in the elevated-plus maze, and increased exploratory behaviour
without habituation over repeated trials in the open field (McIntyre et al., 2002). Additionally,
FAST-kindling rats display inferior performance in the Morris water maze prior to kindling,
suggesting both working and reference memory impairments (Anisman and McIntyre, 2002).
32
1.6.3 Neuropathological changes underlying the genesis of interictal behavioural disturbances are closely related to those mediating epileptogenesis itself
The second hypothesis states that neuropathological changes underlying the genesis of interictal
behavioural and cognitive disturbances are closely related to those mediating epileptogenesis
itself. This is strongly supported by studies of post-status epilepticus animal models. As
described previously, epilepsy can be seen as a process whereby an IPI (like SE) results in a
latent phase (epileptogenesis) and, eventually, the occurrence of SRSs (see section 1.4). As
described in section 1.5, neuronal death and synaptic reorganization caused by an initial brain
injury contribute to the genesis of recurrent seizures (Fujikawa, 2005; Acharya et al., 2008;
Sharma et al., 2008), and have also been proposed to underlie interictal behavioural and
cognitive morbidity (Majak and Pitkanen, 2004; Sayin et al., 2004; de Oliveira et al., 2008). For
example, experimental febrile seizures cause long-lasting behavioural and cognitive disturbances
and epileptogenesis, and are accompanied by neuropathological changes including neuronal loss,
mossy fiber sprouting, and gliosis (Kubova et al., 2004; Sayin et al., 2004; de Oliveira et al.,
2008; and reviewed in Stafstrom, 2002). Similar results are obtained in adult rats following SE
induced by epileptogenic agents (Milgram et al., 1988; Detour et al., 2005; dos Santos et al.,
2006; Cardoso et al., 2008; de Oliveira et al., 2008; Cardoso et al., 2009; Cardoso et al., 2009).
The severity of behavioural and cognitive deficits is correlated with the extent of neuronal death
(Milgram et al., 1988; Niessen et al., 2005; Cilio et al., 2003) and mossy fiber sprouting (de
Oliveira et al., 2008; de Rogalski et al., 2001; Sogawa et al., 2001). Neuroprotection within
selective brain regions or a reduction in mossy fiber sprouting has been demonstrated to mitigate
SE-induced morbidity(Bolanos et al., 1998; Rice et al., 1998; Cilio et al., 2001; dos Santos et al.,
2005; Brandt et al., 2006; Frisch et al., 2007; Cunha et al., 2009; Jun et al., 2009), providing
direct support for the hypothesis that neuropathological changes during epileptogenesis cause
interictal behavioural and cognitive impairments in rats after SE.
33
1.6.4 Spontaneous recurrent seizures contribute to interictal behavioural and cognitive impairment in post-SE models
The temporal onset of behavioural and cognitive impairments has been shown to occur as early
as 24 hours following SE induced by kainic acid or pilocarpine, and precedes development of
SRSs (Milgram et al., 1988; Rice et al., 1998; Mikati et al., 2001; Sogawa et al., 2001; Chauviere
et al., 2009). These data are consistent with neuropathological changes contributing to
epileptogenesis and early cognitive and behavioural disturbances. As illustrated in Figure 1.1,
however, an alternative hypothesis suggests that SRSs contribute to neuronal death, synaptic
reorganization, and interictal behavioural and cognitive decline. SE-induced epileptogenesis
results in the appearance of SRSs within a few weeks (discussed in sections 1.4.2.1 and 1.4.3).
Hort et al., (1999) and Sun et al., (2009) demonstrated that although MWM performance is
impaired after SE, learning and memory are further deteriorated with development of SRSs (see
appendix I, Table A1-2 for details). In another study, the impaired performance in the MWM
was less severe in rats with sporadic seizures (<1/day) than in frequently seizing animals
(≥1/day) (Nissinen et al., 2000). In spontaneous seizing animals, however, it is difficult to
differentiate the contribution of SE-induced damage to cognitive and behavioural impairment
from the damage caused by SRSs, particularly because the rats with frequent seizures begin with
greater SE-induced damage (Roch et al., 2002; Majak and Pitkanen, 2004). Additionally, brain
damage in specific brain regions can progress weeks to months after SE, complicating the
assessment of neuronal loss caused by SRSs in post-status epilepticus models (Fujikawa, 1996;
Pitkänen et al., 2002).
1.6.5 Other factors affecting severity of interictal behavioural and cognitive impairment
In various animal models of epilepsy, additional factors are shown to affect the severity of
interictal behavioural and/or cognitive impairment. These include genetic background (Hort et
al., 2000), age at the time of the epileptogenic insult (Stafstrom et al., 1993; Cilio et al., 2003;
Kubova et al., 2004), extent of brain damage (Milgram et al., 1988; Mohajeri et al., 2003),
location of seizure focus (Becker et al., 1997), seizure frequency (Nissinen et al., 2000) and
environmental conditions (Faverjon et al., 2002; Wang et al., 2007) (also reviewed in: Post,
2004; Majak and Pitkanen, 2004). Many of these factors also influence the severity of
behavioural disturbances in human epilepsies (Cornaggia et al., 2006; Titlic et al., 2009).
34
1.6.6 Interictal behavioural disturbances following SE
The effect of SE and epilepsy on a variety of different behaviours has been assessed. Because
behavioural tasks assessing anxiety, exploration and aggression have been shown to be
particularly affected in rodents following prolonged seizures, we focused our attention on the
analyses of these behaviours.
1.6.6.1 Anxiety
Anxiety disorders are commonly reported in patients with epilepsy (Cornaggia et al., 2006; Titlic
et al., 2009). Previous researchers have proposed that the behavioural symptoms of human
anxiety disorders, which include hypervigilance, exaggerated startle, avoidance and escape
reactions (Vazquez and Devinsky, 2003), reflect the inappropriate activation or exaggeration of
normally adaptive defence responses (Rosen and Schulkin, 1998). Because the neural
mechanisms underlying anxiety are conserved across mammalians, this behaviour may be
investigated using behavioural tasks that are ethologically designed to evaluate defence
responses in rodents; the repertoire of defence reactions in rodents can differ between tasks, and
include flight/escape, freezing, startle, and defensive threat/attack (Rodgers, 1997). Defence
responses are believed to have originated as anti-predator strategies, but mammals additionally
exhibit defensive reactions to other threatening stimuli, including those associated with
aggressive conspecifics and dangerous/potentially dangerous objects or environments (Griebel,
1995; Rodgers, 1997; Rodgers et al., 1997). Over 30 different types of behavioural tasks
designed to assess anxiety have been developed (Rodgers, 1997; Rodgers and Dalvi, 1997).
Wall and Messier (2001) caution that in using behavioural tests of anxiety, fundamental
differences between anxiety in humans and animals may exist. In humans, anxiety can also be
described as an affective, emotional state that may or may not have an externally observable
correlate. In testing anxiety in rodents, we must rely on observable behaviours and assume that
these reflect the internal emotional state (Griebel, 1995). Because the elevated plus maze (EPM)
and open field are the most commonly used tests of anxiety and exploration (see section 1.6.6.2)
in animal models of epilepsy (Wall and Messier, 2001; Heinrichs and Seyfried, 2006; Ramos,
2008), we have primarily focused our discussion on the effect of SE on behaviour in these tasks.
The EPM consists of two elevated, open (brightly lit) arms perpendicular to two enclosed (dark)
arms (Rodgers and Dalvi, 1997; Stafstrom, 2006). Rodents prefer dark, enclosed spaces to
35
brightly lit, open areas, but they are also spontaneously exploratory by nature. Because rodents
have an innate fear of heights, elevating the EPM off the floor also contributes to the anxiety
level. The EPM is regarded as an unconditioned spontaneous behavioural conflict test that uses
an ethologically relevant situation to measure the conflict between the drive to explore a new
environment, and the tendency to avoid a potentially dangerous area (File, 1993; Treit et al.,
1993; Carobrez and Bertoglio, 2005). It has also been suggested that a rodent‘s aversion to open
spaces can be attributed to thigmotaxis, a reaction in which the animal remains close to the
vertical surfaces, and which is part of their natural defensive repertoire (Carobrez and Bertoglio,
2005). Similar to the EPM, the open field is another unconditioned spontaneous behavioural
conflict test (Falter et al., 1992; Treit et al., 1993). The open field test evaluates the conflict
between exploration of a novel environment and aversion to open spaces from which escape is
prevented by a surrounding wall. Typically, rodents will explore a new environment but become
less active on subsequent exposure to the environment, a process referred to as habituation
(Walsh and Cummins, 1976; Prut and Belzung, 2003).
SE induced by pilocarpine or kainic acid results in a long-lasting anxiolytic response as assessed
by the EPM test, with adult (Choleris et al., 2001; Prut and Belzung, 2003; Chauviere et al.,
2009) and immature rats (Santos et al., 2000; Sayin et al., 2004; Kubova et al., 2004; Detour et
al., 2005; dos Santos et al., 2005; Cardoso et al., 2009; Sun et al., 2009) spending a greater
amount of time in the unprotected open arm. In contrast, Groticke et al., (2008) failed to find
behavioural changes with this task in mice. Less consistent results are reported in the open field
test. Brandt et al., (2006) reported an anxiolytic response in rats following self-sustaining status
epilepticus (SSSE) induced by electrical stimulation of the basolateral amygdala, with an
increased amount of time spent in the central zone of the open field. In contrast, others found
that SE caused by pilocarpine or kainic acid resulted in an anxiogenic response, whereby rats
(Santos et al., 2000; dos Santos et al., 2000; Sayin et al., 2004) or mice (Cardoso et al., 2009)
exhibited increased thigmotaxis (e.g., increased locomotor activity and/or time spent in the
periphery of the open field). Finally, several studies have reported no differences in locomotor
activity or time spent in the central or peripheral zones of the open field (Groticke et al., 2008;
Cardoso et al., 2009; Müller et al., 2009). Because behavioural responses of rodents in these
tasks are extremely sensitive to differences in the species/strain used, the environmental
conditions (e.g., lighting) and the procedures used, these factors are likely to have contributed to
36
differences in results between the studies. Impaired anxiety in rodents following SE has been
reported in other behavioural tasks, which include the hole-board test (Kubova et al., 2004; Sayin
et al., 2004; Szyndler et al., 2005; de Oliveira et al., 2008; dos Santos et al., 2006), the light-dark
box test (Groticke et al., 2008; Müller et al., 2009), the novel-object recognition test (de Oliveira
et al., 2008; Groticke et al., 2008; Müller et al., 2009), and the elevated T-maze test (Groticke et
al., 2008; Müller et al., 2009). Results are summarized in appendix I, Table A1-2.
1.6.6.2 Exploration
Although exploratory activity is less routinely assessed in the open field and EPM tests, it can
provide critical information on different aspects of behavior (Rodgers et al., 1997; Heinrichs and
Seyfried, 2006 Milgram et al., 1988). This includes the well-being of the animal, the presence or
increase of inadaptive behaviour, and the reactivity of the animal to a novel environment. In
these tasks, exploratory activity can be analyzed by the frequency and/or duration of rearing
activity (also referred to as vertical activity), by the frequency of risk assessments, and by
locomotor activity (Rodgers and Dalvi, 1997; Carobrez and Bertoglio, 2005). Risk assessments
include stretched-attend postures, and involve the reluctance of the animals to leave the confines
of the enclosed protected arm of the EPM (Rodgers and Dalvi, 1997; Carobrez and Bertoglio,
2005).
In the EPM test, studies have demonstrated that SE causes a long-lasting increase in exploratory
behaviour (e.g., frequency of rearing and risk assessments) (Detour et al., 2005; Sun et al., 2009).
While some authors have similarly reported an increase in rearing activity in the open field test
(Kubova et al., 2004; Erdogan et al., 2005; Sun et al., 2009), others have found diminished
rearing activity (dos Santos et al., 2005; Groticke et al., 2008). An increase in locomotor activity
has also been reported in the EPM test (e.g., number of closed or total arm entries) and/or the
open field test (e.g., total distanced travelled) ( Milgram et al., 1988; Santos et al., 2000; Kubova
et al., 2004; Sayin et al., 2004; Detour et al., 2005; dos Santos et al., 2005; Szyndler et al., 2005;
Brandt et al., 2006; Cardoso et al., 2009; Müller et al., 2009; Sun et al., 2009). Impaired
exploratory activity in rodents following SE has been detected in other behavioural tests,
including the hole-board test and the novel object recognition test (Groticke et al., 2008; Müller
et al., 2009). Results are summarized in appendix I, Table A1-2.
37
A change in exploratory and/or locomotor activity in rats following SE can indicate a decrease in
the well-being of the animal (Heinrichs and Seyfried, 2006). In a series of comprehensive
articles on animal well-being, Clark and colleagues defined specific indicators of wellness in
multiple species (Clark et al., 1997a; Clark et al., 1997b; Clark et al., 1997c; Clark et al., 1997d).
For instance, wellness is determined by the presence of certain species-typical behaviour, such as
grooming and exploratory activity (e.g., rearing and risk assessments) in rats. An absence of
abnormal behaviours is also required, such as non-goal directed activities; in rodents, this can
include motor stereotypes, increased non-directed locomotion, flight and immobility, social
withdrawal and aggression (Heinrichs and Seyfried., 2006). A human analog of the well-being
assessment for epileptic animals is the Quality of Life in Epilepsy inventory (QOLIE) (Heinrichs
and Seyfried., 2006), which includes assessment of physical, affective, and social behaviours
(Devinsky et al., 1995). Not surprisingly, patients with epilepsy show impairment in these
aspects of their daily lives (Devinsky et al., 1995; Devinsky., 2000).
As outlined previously, a change in exploratory behavior can indicate the presence of an
inadaptive response. For instance, a decrease in exploratory behaviour can result from changes
of other behaviours, such as increased non-directed locomotor activity (Heinrichs and Seyfried,
2006). In the EPM, Groticke et al., (2008) and Müller et al., (2009) showed that decreased
exploratory behaviour (i.e., stretch-attend postures) was accompanied by increased locomotion
in mice following pilocarpine-induced SE. A decrease in exploratory behaviour and risk-
assessments can also indicate an animal exhibiting hyporeactivity to a stressful environment (dos
Santos et al., 2005). In support of this view, several studies showed a decrease in rearing activity
in rats and mice following SE (dos Santos et al., 2005; Groticke et al., 2008).
In several studies, animals were repeatedly assessed in the open field test (Krsek et al., 2001;
Kubova et al., 2004; Sun et al., 2009). In a control (or non-epileptic) animal, the behavioural
responses to the open field normally habituates over subsequent exposures (e.g., attenuation of
rearing activity and/or locomotion). However, pilocarpine-treated rats exhibited no signs of
habituation, suggesting impairment in a simple nonassociative form of learning and memory
(Krsek et al., 2001; Kubova et al., 2004; Sun et al., 2009).
38
1.6.6.3 Aggression
Increased aggressiveness is reported in patients with epilepsy (Geschwind, 1983; Cornaggia et
al., 2006). Psychological stress, the effects of anticonvulsant therapy and the actual occurrence
of seizures are ruled out as possible causes (Geschwind., 1983). Geschwind (1983) speculated
that interictal emotional disturbances in patients with TLE are the result of an intermittent spike
focus (i.e., increased hyperexcitability) in the temporal lobe that leads to a permanent alteration
in the responsiveness of the limbic system. In particular, the temporolimbic structures of the
brain that subserve emotional representation are highly epileptogenic, and are involved in the
hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal axis, which modulates hormonal secretion and mediates
hormonal feedback (Herzog, 1999). These alterations in neural signaling may produce a
heightened emotional response to many stimuli as well as a decrease in sexual responsiveness
(Herzog, 1999). Of particular interest, brain damage to the temporolimbic structures is
correlated with increased aggressiveness (Hallera and Kruk, 2006).
A number of simple tests are available to assess aggressiveness and hyperexcitability in rodents
following SE (Rice et al., 1998; Heinrichs and Seyfried, 2006). Rice et al., (1998) demonstrated
that rats following pilocarpine-induced SE behaved more aggressively toward the experimenter
in the handling (or pickup) test (e.g., involves picking the rat up around its midsection and
ranking its behavioural response), and showed increased excitability in the touch-response test
(e.g., ranking the startled response when the animal is prodded from behind). Kainic acid also
resulted in increased aggression in rats when handled (Milgram et al., 1988; Stafstrom et al.,
1993). Increased hyperexcitability and aggression in rats were detected within the first day
following SE, and the behavioural alterations were long-lasting (Milgram et al., 1988; Rice et al.,
1998).
1.6.7 The effect of SE on spatial learning and memory
Impaired learning and memory has been reported in adults and children following SE
(Helmstadter et al., 2007), and in patients with TLE (Motamedi and Meador, 2003; Vingerhoets,
2006). More specifically, patients with TLE frequently showed deficits in declarative memory
(ability to acquire facts and events related to one‘s personal past, which is often compared with
visual-spatial learning in rats (Guerreiro et al., 2001; Heinrichs and Seyfried, 2006) and in the
performance of visuospatial tasks ( Hermann et al., 1997; Gleissner et al., 1998; Abrahams et al.,
39
1999). Cognitive impairment in human epilepsies is one aspect that can be modeled quite
effectively and reliably in post-status epilepticus animal models (Heinrichs and Seyfried, 2006).
The MWM and the radial arm maze are the most commonly used methods to assess spatial
learning and memory in rodents, and both have been used frequently in epilepsy research
(Stafstrom, 2006). Because the MWM was used to assess spatial learning and memory in the
present thesis, this method and the effect of SE on MWM performance were discussed in detail
in the subsequent sections.
1.6.7.1 The Morris water maze as a test of visual-spatial learning and memory
The majority of research assessing the effects of SE on cognitive functioning is based on data
from rats being tested on the hidden platform version of the MWM (Stafstrom, 2006). Briefly,
the MWM consists of a large circular pool filled with opaque water in which a small escape
platform is hidden (Morris, 1984; Brandeis et al., 1989; Vorhees and Williams, 2006). During a
number of training trials, the animals learn to navigate to the submerged platform using distal,
visual cues surrounding the pool. Rats are proficient swimmers, and the water maze utilizes
negative reinforcement (water immersion) to motivate the animal to learn and recall the platform
location. Performance is primarily assessed by the latency (or distance travelled) for the animal
to locate and escape onto the platform.
It is now recognized that acquisition of the MWM task has two main components: (1)
behavioural-strategies learning and (2) spatial learning (McDonald and White, 1994; Morris and
Frey, 1997; Inglish and Morris, 2004). The first component involves learning behavioural
strategies that allow the rat to move around in its spatial environment and to learn the most
effective strategies for locating and reaching its target (e.g., the submerged platform).
Acquisition of behavioural strategies involves selection from a variety of instinctive behaviours,
such as suppression of the rat‘s normal response of thigmotaxic swimming in close proximity to
the pool wall, in favour of searching the inner portion of the pool where the platform is located,
and recognizing and consistently using the submerged platform as an escape (McDonald and
White, 1994; Whishaw, 1989). The second component is the spatial learning component,
whereby the rat builds a spatial cognitive map correlating context information (extramaze cues)
with platform location (Morris, 1984; DiMattia and Kesner, 1988; Fenton and Bures, 1993).
Once this map is created, the rat is able to swim directly to the escape platform from any point of
40
the circumference of the tank. Success in the spatial learning component requires prior learning
of the behavioural-strategies component (Whishaw, 1989; Morris, 1989; Bannerman et al., 1995;
Saucier and Cain, 1995; Baldi et al., 2003).
Independent memory systems appear to be required for learning of behavioural-strategies and for
spatial learning (McDonald and White, 1994; McDonald and White, 1993; Miranda et al., 2006).
Evidence strongly supports the role of the hippocampus and posterior parietal cortex in spatial
mapping and memory (Cain et al., 2006). The prefrontal cortex, striatum, cerebellum and medial
thalamus appear to be involved in acquisition of behavioural strategies (Cain et al., 2006;
Packard and McGaugh, 1996; Leggio et al., 1999). For instance, rats with hippocampal damage
acquired the visible platform version of the MWM normally but were impaired on acquisition of
the hidden platform version of the task (Fenton and Bures, 1993; Broadbent et al., 2004; Leggio
et al., 2006). In the visible (or cued) platform task, animals only require acquisition of
behavioural strategies to locate the platform made visible either with a flag and/or with the
platform elevated above the water surface. On the other hand, rats with damage to the striatum
or cerebellum exhibited a characteristic behavioural pattern in which they did not swim towards
the center of the pool, but continually scratched at and/or swam around the periphery of the walls
(McDonald and White, 1994; Whishaw et al., 1987; Federico et al., 2006). This behaviour was
interpreted as the animal‘s inability to suppress their thigmotaxic response to the task. In
general, performance in the hidden platform version of the MWM task involves acquisition of
behavioural strategies and spatial learning, with each component dependent on separate memory
systems that work in concert to achieve optimal performance in the task (McDonald and White,
1994; McDonald and White, 1993; Miranda et al., 2006).
1.6.7.2 The effect of SE on performance in the MWM task
Numerous studies have demonstrated impaired MWM performance as assessed by the hidden
platform MWM task in immature (Hung et al., 2002; Stafstrom, 2002; Kubova et al., 2004; Sayin
et al., 2004) and adult (Milgram et al., 1988; Rice et al., 1998; Hort et al., 1999; Mikati et al.,
2001;; Hort et al., 2000; Nissinen et al., 2001; McKay and Persinger, 2004; dos Santos et al.,
2005; Frisch et al., 2007; Zhou et al., 2007; Cunha et al., 2009; Jun et al., 2009; Sun et al., 2009)
rats and in mice (Mohajeri et al., 2003; Groticke et al., 2008; Müller et al., 2009) following SE.
Impaired MWM performance has been detected as early as 3 to 7 days after SE ( Rice et al.,
41
1998; Hort et al., 1999; Hort et al., 2000; Cunha et al., 2009) and appeared to be long-lasting
(testing conducted 1 to 5 months after SE (Rice et al., 1998; Hort et al., 2000; Kubova et al.,
2004; McKay and Persinger, 2004; dos Santos et al., 2005; Frisch et al., 2007; Groticke et al.,
2008; Müller et al., 2009). Because animals are in poor physical condition for 3 days after SE,
testing in the MWM has never been conducted earlier than 3 days (Rice et al., 1998; Hort et al.,
1999; Hort et al., 2000; Cunha et al., 2009). Immature rats exhibited less severe cognitive
deficits when compared to adult rats, and this difference is attributed to less severe neuronal loss
occurring in immature brains (Stafstrom et al., 1993; Kubova et al., 2004; Stafstrom, 2006).
Milgram et al., (1998) reported that MWM performance is improved when the task is repeated.
However, this finding may depend on the SE-induction protocol or the rodent strain/species
used. For instance, Hort et al., (2000) found that although LEH rats showed improved
performance when the task was repeated, no improvement was detected in Wistar rats.
Although SE is often suggested as being the primary cause of impaired MWM performance
(Rice et al., 1998; Hort et al., 1999; Hort et al., 2000; dos Santos et al., 2005), two studies
showed that development of SRSs can also contribute to cognitive decline (Hort et al., 1999; Sun
et al., 2009). Of particular interest, Mohajeri et al., (2003) found that the severity of SE (i.e.,
intensity of seizures) and the extent of brain damage correlated with the severity of impairment
in MWM performance (Mohajeri et al., 2003). Cognitive deficits in rats after SE have been
reported in other behavioural tasks, including the radial arm maze (Letty et al., 1995; Wu et al.,
2001; Sayin et al., 2004; Detour et al., 2005) and the displaced object-recognition task
(Chauviere et al., 2009). Results are summarized in appendix I, Table A1-3.
Although the MWM task has revealed impaired performance in rats following SE, the exact
nature of this impairment is uncertain. This is because the commonly reported dependent
measure, escape latency to locate the submerged platform, cannot distinguish between deficits in
spatial learning and deficits in behavioural strategies. Most studies attribute poor MWM
performance to impaired spatial learning and memory (see appendix I, Table A1-3). However,
several studies have additionally reported a thigmotaxic response in rats after SE, and that this
behaviour was not accounted for by the presence of sensory or motor impairment (results
described in appendix I, Table A1-3; Milgram et al., 1988; Hort et al., 1999; Kubova et al., 2004;
McKay and Persinger, 2004; Groticke et al., 2008; Jun et al., 2009); these findings indicate
deficits in behavioural strategies. In the present thesis, a detailed analysis on search strategy use
42
during hidden platform testing in the MWM was completed to determine: (1) the effect of SE on
search strategy selection, and (2) whether impaired search strategy use, along with deficits in
spatial learning and memory, contribute to poor MWM performance in rats after SE.
1.7 The goals of the thesis
The goals of the present thesis were threefold:
1. The first aim was to optimize our use of the lithium/pilocarpine model. This was
accomplished by comparing the effects of different rat strains and procedural protocols
on SE induction and mortality rates, seizure severity, and neuropathology (see chapter 3).
2. Our second goal was to characterize neurodegeneration and behavioural alterations in rats
after SE induced by the RLDP lithium/pilocarpine procedure. Briefly, this was achieved
by (1) completing a detailed timecourse analysis of neuronal loss following SE (see
chapter 4), (2) determining the effect of SE on behavioural alterations as assessed by the
open field test, elevated plus maze test, and four hyperexcitability tests (see chapter 6),
and (3) assessing the effect of SE on MWM performance and on use of behavioural
search strategies (see chapter 7).
3. Finally, our third goal was to test the effectiveness of a neuroprotective strategy using the
RLDP lithium/pilocarpine procedure we developed and characterized. Briefly, this was
achieved by assessing the ability of tat-NR2B9c to provide neuroprotection (see chapter
5) and mitigate behavioural alterations (see chapters 6 and 7) following
lithium/pilocarpine-induced SE in rats. Tat-NR2B9c is a synthetic peptide contructed to
disrupt the NMDAR signaling complex, and has been previously described in section
1.5.1.6.
The general hypothesis, specific hypotheses and specific objectives are discussed in chapter 2.
43
Chapter 2
Hypotheses and Specific Objectives
Patients with MTLE-HS frequently have a history of an IPI such as febrile convulsions, SE,
encephalitis, stroke or traumatic brain injury (Mathern et al., 1996; Mathern et al., 2002). The
lithium/pilocarpine model reproduces most clinical and neuropathologic features of MTLE-HS
(see section 1.1). In adult rats, pilocarpine leads to an acute episode of SE which serves as the
IPI (see section 1.3). This is followed by a latent period and subsequent development of SRSs
(see section 1.4). Data from humans and post-status epilepticus rodent models suggest that both
the risk of epilepsy (Hesdorffer et al., 1998; Zhang et al., 2002; Persinger and Dupont, 2004) and
the severity of behavioural alterations (Shorvon, 1994; Loscher, 2002; Devinsky, 2004a;
Pitkanen and Kubova, 2004; Naegele, 2007; Acharya et al., 2008) are associated with
neuropathological changes caused by the IPI (see section 1.5). In both conditions, neuronal
death is observed in the hippocampus, amygdala, thalamus, and piriform and entorhinal cortices
(see section 1.5.1).
The relationship between neuronal death, epileptogenesis, and cognitive/behavioural alterations
remains unclear. While some studies report a positive relationship between neuronal death and
the severity of epileptic seizures, others have shown that epileptogenesis can occur in the
absence of neuronal loss (see section 1.5.1.6). Some (Bolanos et al., 1998; Rice et al., 1998; dos
Santos et al., 2005; Brandt et al., 2006; Cunha et al., 2009; Jun et al., 2009), but not all (Cilio et
al., 2001; Halonen et al., 2001; Narkilahti et al., 2003b; Pitkänen et al., 2004; Zhou et al., 2007),
studies have demonstrated that reducing neuronal death can also alleviate SE-induced
behavioural and cognitive morbidity in rats (see Table 8.1). Our general hypothesis is that
genesis of SRSs, cognitive impairment and behavioural alterations are associated with neuronal
death caused by SE. The causal relationship between neuronal death, epileptogenesis and
cognitive and behavioural morbidity is discussed in chapter 8. This thesis was centered on 5
specific hypotheses and associated objectives that examined SE-induced neurodegeneration and
behavioural alterations in the lithium/pilocarpine model; each of these is presented in the
subsequent chapters (3 – 8).
44
2.1 Comparison of procedures for the induction of SE
High mortality is a major drawback in using the lithium/pilocarpine model (section 1.3).
Mortality can be abated, however, by administering lower doses of pilocarpine. Glien et al.,
(2001) demonstrated that when compared to a single dose of pilocarpine (30 mg/kg, LDP
protocol), repeated administration with lower doses of pilocarpine (10 mg/kg, RLDP protocol)
every ½ hour until SE onset significantly reduced mortality rates in Wistar rats (see section
1.3.5). Whether the RLDP protocol can similarly reduce mortality in other commonly used rat
strains has not been determined. Previous studies have demonstrated interstrain differences with
respect to seizure intensity, mortality rates and SE-induced neuropathology in various models of
epilepsy, which includes kindling (Loscher, 2002; Brandt et al., 2003a), and chemically-induced
SE produced by kainic acid (Sanberg and Fibiger, 1979; Golden et al., 1995; Xu et al., 2004),
pentylenetetrazol (Becker et al., 1997a) or pilocarpine (Hort et al., 2000; Xu et al., 2004).
Because interstrain differences exist with other models of SE (section 3.1), the ability of the
RLDP procedure to reduce mortality rates in Wistar rats may not similarly reduce mortality rates
in other rat strains.
Specific hypothesis: The ability of the RLDP procedure to lower mortality and increase the
incidence of SE in Wistar rats will not generalize to other rat strains.
Specific objectives: To compare the effect of the LDP and RLDP procedures on the induction
of SE and on mortality in Wistar and LEH rats (see chapter 3).
2.2 The effect of recovery time on SE-induced neurodegeneration
Presently, it remains unclear how SE-induced neurodegeneration in different brain regions
evolves over time (section 1.5.1.2). Previous studies have described early (<24 hrs) and delayed
(>24 hrs) neuronal death following prolonged seizures, and suggested that they may be attributed
to necrotic (Fujikawa et al., 1999; Fujikawa et al., 2000b; Fujikawa, 2005; Kotariya et al., 2010)
and apoptotic (Narkilahti et al., 2003a; Weise et al., 2005) processes, respectively. Furthermore,
early necrotic and delayed neuronal death with apoptotic features may occur in different brain
regions (Sloviter et al., 1996; Lopez-Meraz et al., 2010), or even within the same neuronal
population (e.g., pyramidal cell layer of the hippocampus) (Narkilahti et al., 2003a; Weise et al.,
2005). Neurodegeneration has not been previously investigated with the RLDP procedure.
45
Specific hypothesis: SE induced by the RLDP procedure results in differential rates of neuronal
death in different brain regions.
Specific objectives: To determine in which brain regions neuronal cell death first appears, how
neuronal loss evolves over time, and the extent of neuronal death that occurs early (<24hrs) or is
delayed (>24 hrs) (see chapter 4).
2.3 The effect of tat-NR2B9c on SE-induced neuropathology and cognitive impairment
NMDA receptors mediate seizure-induced neuronal death by excitotoxicity (section 1.5.1.3).
Binding of the NMDA receptor to the postsynaptic density protein-95 (PSD95) links the receptor
to downstream signaling molecules (section 5.1). During SE, excessive synaptic release of
glutamate activates NMDA receptors resulting in the influx of Ca2+
which, in turn, can activate
signaling molecules located proximal to the NMDA receptor ion channel by virtue of their
association with PSD-95, and initiate neurotoxic downstream signaling cascades. Tat-NR2B9c
was constructed to interfere with the binding of the NR2B subunit of NMDA receptors with the
PDZ1 and PDZ2 domains of PSD-95 (described in Methods 5.2.3). Administration of tat-
NR2B9c protected cultured neurons from excitotoxicity, and markedly reduced focal ischemic
brain damage and preserved cognitive function in rats when applied before or up to 3 hours after
insult (Aarts et al., 2002; Sun et al., 2008).
Specific hypothesis: Tat-NR2B9c will provide neuroprotection and mitigate cognitive outcome
in rats following SE.
Specific objectives: To determine the effects of tat-NR2B9c on (1) the neuronal death induced
by SE and (2) the behavioural/cognitive deficits associated with SE (see chapter 5).
2.4 The effect of SE on behavioural performance in tasks assessing anxiety, exploration and aggression
SE leads to development of behavioural alterations in the EPM test, the open field test, and the
hyperexcitability tests (section 1.6.6). When these changes first occur and whether or not they
are long lasting remains unclear. Previous studies have shown that SE-induced
neurodegeneration occurs within days following SE (section 1.5.1.2). Because the majority of
46
neuronal death occurs within the first several days (section 1.5.12), and is associated with
behavioural morbidity (sections 1.5.1.6 and 1.6.3), it is likely that behavioural alterations in
anxiety, exploration and aggression similarly develop within the first several days after SE.
Furthermore, since the bulk of SE-induced neuronal death precedes the development of epilepsy,
SRSs are unlikely to contribute to these behaviours.
Specific hypothesis: SE will result in early and long-lasting behavioural changes in tasks
assessing anxiety, exploration and aggression and will not be affected by the development of
SRSs.
Specific objectives: To determine the effect of SE on the behaviour of rats in the elevated plus
maze, open field, and four hyperexcitability tests at early and late times following SE and
following the development of SRSs (see chapter 6).
2.5 The effect of SE on search strategy use in the Morris water maze
Although it has been shown that SE results in impaired performance in the hidden platform
version of the MWM task (section 1.6.7), the effect of SE on search strategy use has not been
previously assessed. SE-induced neuronal death affects the neural systems that underlie spatial
learning and behavioural strategies learning, both components which are critical in MWM
performance (section 1.6.7.1). Since behavioural strategies are acquired before spatial learning
in rats during testing (section 1.6.7.1), impaired search strategy use may underlie the impaired
MWM performance in epileptic rats.
Specific hypothesis: SE results in the impaired development of search strategies that in turn
contributes to suboptimal performance in the MWM task.
Specific objectives: To determine the effect of SE on the development of search strategies in
the MWM task, and to assess the relationship between search strategies and performance in the
MWM (see chapter 7).
47
Chapter 3
A comparison between Long-Evans hooded and Wistar rats related to the induction and severity of
status epilepticus in the low-dose and repeated low-dose lithium/pilocarpine procedures
3.1 Introduction
Treatment with pilocarpine, alone or in combination with lithium, is widely used to produce
seizures in animal models of both status epilepticus (SE) and latent seizure development (Turski
et al., 1989; Pitkänen and McIntosh, 2006). Pilocarpine when used alone requires high doses
(320-400 mg/kg i.p or s.c.), and is associated with high mortality rates and low rates of seizure
induction (Turski et al., 1983b; Turski et al., 1989; Cavalheiro et al., 2001). Pretreatment of rats
with lithium chloride permits the dose of pilocarpine to be decreased approximately 10-fold (30
mg/kg) and results in both lower mortality rates and higher rates of seizure induction (Clifford et
al., 1987). The repeated administration of pilocarpine to lithium pretreated rats allows the
dosage of pilocarpine to be even further reduced (10 mg/kg) and is effective in reducing
mortality, while producing SE and chronic epilepsy in a high proportion of animals (Glien et al.,
2001).
Interstrain difference with respect to seizure intensity, mortality rates and SE-induced
neuropathology has been reported in various models of epilepsy, including kindling (Loscher,
2002; Brandt et al., 2003a), and chemically-induced SE produced by kainic acid (Sanberg and
Fibiger, 1979; Golden et al., 1995; Xu et al., 2004), pentylenetetrazol (Becker et al., 1997a) or
pilocarpine (Hort et al., 2000; Xu et al., 2004). For instance, Wistar rats showed greater
sensitivity and exhibited more reliable convulsant responses to kainic acid than Sprague Dawley
and Long-Evans hooded (LEH) rats (Golden et al., 1991; Golden et al., 1995). Such strain
differences, however, may not be consistent across models. Hort et al., (2000) reported that
pilocarpine effects were more pronounced in LEH rats that exhibited a higher rate of SE
induction, higher mortality rate, more severe neuropathology and a behavioural outcome worse
than Wistar rats.
48
In view of the reported advantages of using repeated administration of low-doses of pilocarpine
in combination with lithium for inducing SE in Wistar rats (Glein et al., 2001), it was important
to establish whether this effect generalizes across other strains. Accordingly, our first objective
was to compare the rates of seizure induction, intensity of behavioural seizures, and mortality
rates of Wistar and LEH rats subjected to either the single-dose injection of 30 mg/kg
pilocarpine, or the repeated injections of 10 mg/kg pilocarpine, in combination with lithium. The
results identified several differences between the responses of the two strains to the SE-inducing
protocols, and demonstrated that the repeated administration of low-doses of pilocarpine
significantly reduced mortality rates in Wistar, but not in LEH, rats.
The relationship between convulsive seizure intensity and neuropathology remains unclear.
Although a few studies report a correlation between seizure severity and neuronal injury (Brandt
et al., 2003a; Tilelli et al., 2005), others have failed to detect such a relationship (McKhann et al.,
2003; Schauwecker et al., 2004; McLin and Steward, 2006; Lorenzana et al., 2007). Because
seizure severity during SE varied with rat strain and seizure-induction protocol, we also
examined the relationship between seizure intensity and neuropathology.
3.2 Methods
3.2.1 Animals
All procedures were approved by the University of Toronto Scarborough Animal Care
Committee and were in accordance with the guidelines established by the Canadian Council on
Animal Care. Male LEH and Wistar rats (Charles River, Montreal) weighing between 300 and
350 g were individually housed with free access to food and water for at least 7 days in 12 h
light/dark cycles before experimental use. A total of 89 Wistar rats and 88 LEH rats were used
in the analyses of the behavioural responses to convulsant treatment.
3.2.2 Induction of status epilepticus
Two procedures were used for the induction of SE. In the low-dose lithium/pilocarpine ( LDP)
procedure rats were pretreated with lithium chloride (3mEq/kg, i.p.) 24 hours before the injection
of pilocarpine, and received methylatropine nitrate (10 mg/kg, i.p) 30 min prior to pilocarpine.
LEH (n=42) or Wistar (n=25) rats were then administered an initial injection of pilocarpine (30
mg/kg, i.p.). If SE did not develop within 60 min, a second pilocarpine injection (15 mg/kg) was
49
administered. A total of 5 LEH and 2 Wistar rats required the second injection. Diazepam (4
mg/kg, i.p.) was administered at 1, 3 and 5 hours following the onset of SE to control the
duration of seizure activity.
For the repeated low-dose lithium/pilocarpine (RLDP) procedure, rats were pretreated with
lithium chloride (3mEq/kg, i.p.) 24 hours before and methylatropine nitrate (10 mg/kg, i.p) 30
min before the initial injection of pilocarpine. Pilocarpine (10 mg/kg, i.p.) was then administered
to LEH (n=46) or Wistar (n=64) rats every 30 min as described by Glien et al., (2001) until the
rat experienced a generalized, class IV/V seizure (see section 3.2.3), since rats generally
developed SE shortly thereafter. Animals that did not develop SE within 30 min of the first class
IV/V seizure received additional pilocarpine injections at 30-min intervals up to a maximum of 6
injections. Diazepam (4 mg/kg, i.p.) was administered at 1, 3 and 5 hours following onset of SE
to terminate seizure activity.
3.2.3 Monitoring of seizure activity
The behavioural progression of pilocarpine-induced seizures was assessed using a modified
Racine scale (1972) as described previously in Cammisuli et al., (1997) and in Veliskova (2006).
Seizure activity was recorded as: stage I, staring with mouth clonus; stage II, head nodding,
automatisms (e.g., scratching, sniffing orientation); stage III, unilateral forelimb clonus; stage
IV, bilateral forelimb clonus (rearing); stage V, forelimb clonus with rearing and one fall; stage
VI, forelimb clonus with rearing and multiple successive falls; stage VII, tonic/clonic seizures
(e.g., running and jumping). Animals were continuously monitored following the first injection
of pilocarpine, and the maximum stage of seizure activity occurring in each 5 minute interval
following SE onset was analyzed.
3.2.4 Post-seizure animal care:
Immediately following the first injection of diazepam to terminate seizures, animals received 5
ml 0.9% saline (3ml i.p. and 2ml s.c). Additional saline (5ml i.p) was given on the morning and
evening of the next day (Glien et al., 2001). Starting on the second day after SE, animals were
tube-fed with softened rat chow mixed with applesauce for 3 days on average. Softened rat
chow was also provided in dishes until the rats commenced to eat hard pellets.
50
3.2.5 Histology and Stereological analysis:
The extent of neuronal injury after SE was assessed by staining brain sections with NeuN
antibodies, a specific neuronal marker (see section 4.2.5). Because of high mortality rates in
LEH rats, the comparison of neuropathology between rat strains was conducted at 24 hours after
SE induced with the RLDP protocol. In contrast, comparison of neuropathology between the
LDP and RLDP procedures was assessed in Wistar rats at 3 months, subsequent to behavioural
tests conducted for a separate study. Animals were anaesthetized with a mixture of xyaline (26
mg/kg i.p.; CDMV, Saint-Hyacinthe, Quebec) and ketamine (174 mg/kg i.p., CDMV, Saint-
Hyacinthe, Quebec), and sequentially perfused transcardially with 90 ml of 0.1 M phosphate-
buffered saline, pH 7.4 (PBS), followed by 400 to 500 ml of 4% (w/v) paraformaldehyde, pH 7.4
in PBS. Brains were removed and left overnight at 4˚C in the paraformaldehyde solution. The
following day, brains were soaked for cryoprotection in 30% (w/v) sucrose in PBS until they
sank at room temperature. Next, brains were frozen in 2-methylbutane at -35˚C, and stored at -
80˚C until further use. Forty µm coronal sections were prepared with a freezing microtome.
Sections were placed in 24-well culture plates containing antifreeze solution (50 mM of pH 7.4
phosphate buffer, 30% (v/v) ethylene glycol, 15% (w/v) glucose), and stored at -20˚C.
For each animal, 3 coronal brain sections containing the dorsal hippocampus were selected
between Bregma -3.2 mm through -3.72 mm (Paxinos and Watsons rat brain atlas, 5th
edition),
with the first section presenting all hippocampal subfields, exhibiting only the dorsal portion of
the lateral ventricle, and containing the most ventral portions of the capsular division (CeC) and
lateral division (CeL) of the central amygdala. The subsequent sections were selected ventrally
at 240 µm intervals, and exhibited the lateral ventricle extending to the ventral portion of the
brain, replacing the structures CeC and CeL detected in the initial section. Section were rinsed in
PBS (3 x 5 min washes), reacted overnight at 4˚C with NeuN antibody (1:1000; Chemicon,
Billerica, MA, USA) in 0.2% (v/v) goat serum, 0.3% (v/v) Triton X-100 in PBS followed by 2
hours at room temperature with Cy3 conjugated secondary antibody (1:200; Chemicon, Billerica,
MA, USA) in 0.2% (v/v) goat serum, 0.3% (v/v) Triton X-100 in PBS.
Neurons were imaged using a Zeiss LSM510 Laser Scanning Confocal microscope equipped
with a 40x/1.3 oil-immersion objective lens, and neuronal density determined using the unbiased
optical dissector technique as described by West and Gunderson, 1990. Briefly, three counting
51
frames (120 X 60 µM) were positioned in the CA1, CA3, hilus, and posterior piriform cortex
(PPC), two counting frames were positioned in the CA4 region, and 1 counting frame was placed
in CA2 of the left brain hemisphere as shown in Figure 3.1, A-C. Right brain structures were
visually inspected and found to be comparable to the left side. Neurons were identified as
NeuN-positive cells that contained a relatively large (>8µm) soma (Shi et al., 2004).
Chromophilic somas contained within each counting frame, or touching the inclusion borders of
the frame (upper and right borders) were counted (West and Gunderson, 1990). The dissector
height equivalent to the known tissue height prior to staining (40 µm) was used in all
calculations (Hatton and Von Bartheld, 1999), and upper or lower exclusion borders in the z
plane were excluded as previous studies demonstrated that no significant variation in neuronal
density occur whether such borders were used or not (Harding et al., 1994; Gardella et al., 2003;
Azcoitia et al., 2005). Unless otherwise specified, cell densities for individual animals represent
the average densities of all counting frames in a particular region for 3 brain sections. All results
are expressed as neurons per mm3.
52
Figure 3.1 Placement of counting frames within the hippocampus, hilus and piriform
cortex. Representative images of NeuN stained coronal sections of a sham animal, depicting the
left dorsal hippocampus (A), hilus (B) and posterior piriform cortex (PPC) (C). Boxes represent
placement of counting frames in the pyramidal cell layer (pyr) of the CA1 (1a-c), CA2 (2a), CA3
(3a-c) and CA4 (4a-b), in the hilus (5a-c), or also referred to as the polymorph layer of the
dentate gyrus (PoDG), and in layer II of the PPC (a-c).
53
54
3.2.6 Drugs:
Pilocarpine, lithium chloride and methylatropine nitrate were purchased from Sigma (St Louis,
Missouri) and dissolved in 0.9% (w/v) saline prior to administration. Diazepam was purchased
from CDMV (Saint-Hyacinthe, Quebec) and used as the commercial solution (5 mg/ml).
3.2.7 Statistical Analysis:
Analysis of variance (ANOVA) and chi-square analysis were performed using Statistica 9.0
software. Non-parametric testing was performed using GraphPad Prism 5 software.
Significance was set at a p-value of 0.05 or less.
3.3 Results
3.3.1 Induction of SE in Wistars and Long Evans Hooded rats
We initially compared the effectiveness of the RLDP and LDP procedures in inducing SE in
Wistar and LEH rats. SE induction rates between groups were assessed using chi-square
analysis. The number of pilocarpine injections administered in the RLDP protocol and the
latency to SE onset were assessed by the Student‘s t-test. The results are summarized in Table
3.1, and indicate that the LEH rats are more sensitive to the convulsive effects of pilocarpine
compared to Wistar rats. The average number of pilocarpine injections required to induce SE
using the RLDP procedure was significantly lower for LEH than for Wistar rats. With the LDP
procedure, Wistar rats had a significantly longer latency to SE development than the LEH rats.
Although both the RLDP and LDP procedures resulted in similar rates of SE induction within
strains (LEH: RLDP - 80% induction, LDP – 88%; Wistars: RLDP – 59%, LDP – 68%), a
greater percentage of LEH rats, as compared to Wistar rats, entered SE with both procedures (see
Table 3.1).
3.3.2 The effect of SE on mortality
Mortality rates between groups were assessed using chi-square analysis. Table 3.1 summarizes
mortality data as a function of strain and protocol. LEH rats exhibited a higher rate of mortality
than Wistar rats with both the LDP and RLDP induction protocols. Wistars showed a significant
reduction in mortality from 41% with the LDP protocol to 16% with the RLDP procedure.
55
Although more Long Evans rats died following the LDP procedure than the RLDP procedure
(80% as compared to 65%), this difference was not significant (p = 0.09).
Table 3.1: Comparison of rat strain and SE-inducing protocols between SE induction
and mortality rates at 3 days following SE.
Treatment Total #
of rats
per
group
# of pilocarpine
injections for
RLDP protocol1
Latency to
SE onset for
LDP
protocol2
SE
Induction3
Survived4 Died
4
LEH
RLDP
46 2.7 ± 1.1 ---- 37 (80%) 13 24 (65%)
LEH LDP 42 ---- 36 ± 16 min 37 (88%) 7 30 (80%)
Wistar
RLDP
64 4.0 ± 1.4 * ---- 38 (59%)* 32 6
(16%)*^
Wistar
LDP
25 ---- 48 ± 16 min* 17 (68%)* 10 7 (41%)*
1. Number of repeated low-dose pilocarpine injections (10 mg/kg) administered with the RLDP
protocol. * Wistars required a greater # of pilocarpine injections compared to LEH rats (p<0.05).
2. Latency to SE onset in the LDP protocol (average ± SD). * Wistars had longer latency to SE
onset compared to LEH rats (p<0.05). 3. Number of animals that entered SE for 60 min.
Numbers in () represent % of animal that developed SE. * Strain difference in SE induction rates
detected across LDP and RLDP protocols (p<0.05). 4. Number of animals that survived or died
within 3 days following SE. Numbers in ( ) represent the % of animals that died. * Reduced
mortality rates detected in Wistar compared to LEH rats across LDP and RLDP protocols
(p<0.05). ^ Wistar RLDP has a lower mortality rate than Wistar LDP (p<0.05). Data analyzed
by Chi-square analysis or Student‘s t-test.
3.3.3 Severity of seizures in LEH and Wistar rats
We next compared the effect of SE induction protocol and rat strain on the intensity of
behavioural seizures during 60 min of SE (see Methods 3.2.3). Because behavioural seizures
was assessed using a I- to VII-grade ordinal scale, data from the initial 10 min of SE and from
the subsequent 50 min of SE was first analyzed using the non-parametric Kruskall-Wallis
56
ANOVA by ranks, followed by the Dunn‘s test to determine individual group differences. With
both SE induction protocols, the severity of seizures declined during the initial 10 min of SE,
with initial seizures scores of 4 to 5 decreasing to 2.5 to 3.5 over time for both LEH and Wistar
rats (Figure 3.2). No group differences in seizure severity were detected within the initial 10 min
of SE (Fig 3.2, black bars). During the subsequent 50 min of SE, LEH rats exhibited
significantly more severe seizure activity than Wistar rats with both procedures (Figure 3.2, grey
bars; p<0.05). Furthermore, Wistar rats treated with the RLDP protocol consistently exhibited
significantly less severe convulsive seizures than Wistar rats treated with the LDP protocol, or
LEH rats treated with either seizure-inducing protocol (Figure 3.2 B, grey bars; p<0.05).
57
Figure 3.2 Comparison of behavioural seizure activity between rat strain and SE-inducing
protocol. (A) Average seizure activity was determined for the initial 10 min (black bars) and for
the subsequent 50 min (grey bars) of SE as described in Methods (mean ± SEM). * Behavioural
seizure activity less severe than the corresponding 10 min value (p<0.05). ** Behavioural
seizure activity less severe than the values for LEH rats treated with either the LDP or RLDP
procedures, and Wistar rats treated with the LDP procedure (p<0.05). *** Behavioural seizure
activity less severe than the value for LEH rats with the LDP procedure (p<0.05). LEH RLDP
(n=37), LEH LDP (n=37), Wistar RLDP (n=38), Wistar LDP (n=17). Data analyzed using the
non-parametric Kruskall-Wallis ANOVA by ranks, followed by the Dunn‘s test to determine
individual group differences.
58
59
3.3.4 SE-induced neuropathology in LEH and Wistar rats following SE induced with the RLDP procedure
The effect of the RLDP procedure on SE-induced neuronal death was compared between LEH
and Wistar rats to determine if there were any strain differences in neuropathology. Because of
difficulty in keeping LEH rats alive for prolonged recovery times, neuron density was assessed
24 hours following termination of SE. Data were first analyzed using one-way ANOVA,
followed by the Newman-Keuls post-hoc test to detect group differences. As illustrated in
Figure 3.3 (A, B), SE induced with the RLDP procedure resulted in significant neuron loss in the
CA1, CA3, and CA4 pyramidal cell layers in both LEH and Wistar rats. Neuronal damage was
more severe in LEH rats for each of these regions. Extensive neurodegeneration was observed in
the PPC in both strains, whereas neuron loss in the hilus was only observed in Wistar rats. No
neuron loss was detected within the CA2 subfield with either rat strain.
3.3.5 Comparison of SE-induced neuropathology resulting from the LDP and RLDP protocols in Wistar rats
Since the RLDP protocol reduced the intensity of convulsive seizures in Wistar rats compared to
the LDP protocol, the extent of SE-induced neuronal loss resulting from each procedure was
examined. Brain sections were stained with anti-NeuN antibodies and quantified as in Methods
(section 3.2.5) 3 months after SE, subsequent to behavioural testing conducted as a separate
study. Data were first analyzed using one-way ANOVA, followed by the Newman-Keuls post-
hoc test to detect group differences. As illustrated in Figure 3.4 (A, B), significant neuron loss
was detected in the CA1, CA3, CA4, hilus and PPC, but not in the CA2. No difference in neuron
densities between LDP and RLDP protocols was detected.
60
Figure 3.3 Comparison of neuron cell densities in the hippocampus and piriform cortex of
LEH and Wistar rats following SE. SE was induced with the RLDP procedure, terminated
after 60 minutes, and animals sacrificed 24 hours later. (A) Confocal micrographs (400X) of
NeuN stained cells in the pyramidal cell layer of the CA1-CA4 subfields of the hippocampus,
hilus, and in layer II of the PPC. Scale bar = 20 µm. (B) Stereological analysis of NeuN-
positive cells was determined as in Methods (section 3.2.5), and neuron densities for individual
animals plotted as open circles. Mean cell density for each group is represented as a horizontal
bar. * Reduced neuron density in animals after SE compared to sham animals (p<0.05).
** Reduced neuron density in LEH SE compared to Wistar SE animals (p<0.05). Data analyzed
by on-way ANOVA followed by Newman-Keuls multiple comparison procedure.
61
62
Figure 3.4 Comparison of neuronal cell densities in the hippocampus and piriform cortex
of Wistar rats following SE. SE induced with the RLDP or LDP procedure was terminated
after 60 minutes, and animals sacrificed 3 months later. (A) Confocal micrographs (400X) of
NeuN stained cells in the pyramidal cell layer of the CA1-CA4 subfields of the hippocampus,
hilus, and in layer II of the PPC. Scale bar = 20 µm. (B) Stereological analysis of NeuN-
positive cells was determined as in Methods (section 3.2.5), and neuron densities for individual
animals plotted as open circles. Mean cell density for each group is represented by a horizontal
bar. * Reduced neuron density in animals after SE compared to sham animals (p<0.05). Data
analyzed by one-way ANOVA followed by Newman-Keuls multiple comparison procedure.
63
64
3.4 Discussion
High mortality rates have been a major drawback in chemoconvulsant models of seizure
development. Previous studies have suggested two possible means of reducing mortality:
modification of the SE induction procedure and/or selection of rat strains (Hellier et al., 1998;
Hort et al., 2000; Glien et al., 2001). In the lithium/pilocarpine model, Glien et al., (2001)
demonstrated that repeated low-doses of pilocarpine (10 mg/kg) increased survival rates in
Wistar rats. However, the effectiveness of this procedure in other rat strains was not determined.
We therefore compared the RLDP protocol with the LDP protocol in LEH and Wistar rats, and
identified several interstrain differences in response to the two seizure-inducing procedures. The
main findings were: 1) Wistar rats showed greater sensitivity to the convulsive effects of
pilocarpine and exhibited less severe status in the LDP and RLDP procedures than LEH rats, 2)
the RLDP protocol reduced mortality and severity of status in the Wistar rats when compared to
the LDP protocol, but had no significant effect in LEH rats, 3) with the RLDP procedure, LEH
rats exhibited more severe SE-induced damage in CA1, CA3 and CA4 than Wistar rats, while
hilar neuron loss was only detected in Wistar rats, and 4) the differences in seizure severity
between the LDP and RLDP procedures in Wistar rats did not result in detectable differences in
neuronal death.
3.4.1 Differential effects of induction procedure in LEH and Wistar rats
Differences in the responses of LEH and Wistar rats with respect to seizure susceptibility and
mortality were found. Wistar rats were more resistant to the convulsive effects of pilocarpine
than LEH rats, requiring a greater number of pilocarpine injections to induce SE with the RLDP
protocol, displaying a longer latency to SE development with the LDP protocol, and exhibiting a
lower rate of SE induction with both seizure-inducing procedures. Wistar rats also exhibited less
severe behavioural seizures and lower mortality rates when compared to LEH rats with the LDP
and RLDP procedures. Strain differences in response to pilocarpine have previously been
reported. Consistent with our results, Hort et al., (2000) reported that LEH rats exhibit more
severe convulsive SE and sustained higher mortality rates when compared to Wistars following a
single high-dose injection of pilocarpine (330-350 mg/kg). In contrast, Xu et al., (2004) failed to
detect any interstrain differences in status severity or mortality after the administration of high-
doses of pilocarpine (300 mg/kg). Since the length of SE affects mortality (Curia et al., 2008),
65
progression of behavioural seizures (Turski et al., 1983b) and ensuing neuropathology
(Fujikawa, 1996), the shorter duration of SE (approximately 20 min) used by Xu et al., (2004)
may not have been long enough to detect interstrain differences reported after 3 hrs of SE by
Hort et al., (2000), or after 1 hr of SE in the present study. The present findings also indicate
that the beneficial effects of the RLDP protocol are strain dependent. Compared to the LDP
procedure, the RLDP protocol reduced mortality and severity of SE in Wistar rats, but had no
significant effect in LEH rats. Presently, the molecular or genetic basis of the difference in
response to pilocarpine of LEH and Wistar rats is not known.
3.4.2 Comparison of SE-induced neuropathology in LEH and Wistar rats following SE induction with the RLDP procedure
Previous studies using electrical stimulation of the basolateral amygdala to induce SE have
demonstrated that the severity of SE affects the subsequent extent of neuronal loss (Brandt et al.,
2003a; Tilelli et al., 2005). In the present study, we investigated whether a similar relationship
can be detected in the lithium/pilocarpine model. Because LEH rats experienced more severe
seizures than Wistars following SE induced with the RLDP protocol, we compared SE-induced
neuropathology between these strains. Since LEH rats exhibited high mortality rates following
pilocarpine treatment, quantitative stereological analysis was conducted 24 hrs after SE.
Consistent with the occurrence of more severe seizures, LEH rats exhibited greater pyramidal
cell loss in the CA1, CA3 and CA4 regions of the hippocampus than Wistar rats. In contrast,
however, the loss of hilar neurons only occurred in Wistar rats. Both strains exhibited similar
and severe neurodegeneration within layer II of the piriform cortex and preservation of
pyramidal cells in CA2. As described in the subsequent chapter, maximum pyramidal cell loss
in Wistar rats occurs in the CA3, CA4 and piriform cortex within 24 hours after SE; the majority
of CA1 pyramidal cell loss, however, is delayed, with only a 29% decrease by 24 hours, and an
80% decrease within 3 days. In contrast to this delay in Wistar rats, CA1 pyramidal cells in LEH
rats had decreased by 80% within 24 hours, indicating that the initial loss of CA1 pyramidal cells
is more rapid in the LEH strain. In general agreement with our results, Hort et al., (2000) also
found less pathology in Wistar rats than in LEH rats. The different pattern of neuronal injury
between the two strains may be caused by specific factors that affect the phenotype of cell death.
For instance, the latency to onset of SE and intensity of convulsive seizures have been reported
to be correlated with the type of cell death observed; shorter latencies or more severe seizures
66
correlated with necrotic cell death, whereas longer latencies or milder seizures resulted in
delayed cell death with apoptotic features (Kondratyev and Gale, 2004; Tokuhara et al., 2007).
Although the phenotype of cell death in the present study cannot be confirmed without
ultrastructural analysis, the rapid pyramidal cell loss in the CA1 of LEH rats may be attributed to
the more severe seizure intensity and shorter latency to SE development compared to Wistar rats.
3.4.3 Comparison of the effect of the LDP and RLDP protocols on SE-induced neurodegeneration in Wistar rats
The differences in neuronal death between LEH (more severe) and Wistar (less severe) rats
correlated with the relative severity of SE exhibited by these two strains. The relationship
between seizure severity and pathology suggested by these results is, however, confounded by
possible differences in genetic influences between the strains. To remove the possible influence
of strain difference in assessing the relationship between seizure severity and neuropathology,
we exploited our finding that Wistar rats treated with the RLDP protocol experienced less severe
seizures than Wistars treated with the LDP protocol. The extent of neurodegeneration under both
conditions was examined 3 months after SE. In the subsequent chapter, we demonstrated that by
3 months, maximum cell loss occurs within the regions assessed and is unaffected by
development of SRSs. Despite the differences in seizure intensities and mortality rates between
the two procedures, the pattern of neuron loss in the hippocampus and piriform cortex was
similar in both cases.
Although some studies have demonstrated a link between seizure severity and neuronal death,
others have failed to detect this relationship. For example, in comparing five different strains of
mice, McKhann et al., (2003) failed to detect a relationship of kainic acid susceptibility,
behavioural seizure severity, and loss of hippocampal pyramidal cells. Subsequent studies
confirmed these results, indicating that seizure susceptibility, convulsive seizure intensity, and
SE-induced neuropathology are controlled independently by genetic factors (McKhann et al.,
2003; Schauwecker et al., 2004; McLin and Steward, 2006; Lorenzana et al., 2007). In contrast,
studies that involved electrical stimulation in the left basolateral amygdala of rats to induce
different types of SE supported a positive correlation between behavioural seizure intensity and
severity of neurodegeneration in the hippocampus and piriform cortex (Brandt et al., 2003;
Tilelli et al., 2005). Although it is possible that the difference in seizure severity between the
LDP and RLDP procedures in the present study was insufficient to result in detectable
67
differences in neuropathology, our findings support the conclusion that the extent of
neuropathology is not directly related to seizure severity.
3.4.4 Conclusion
In summary, the present study identifies several differences between the response of LEH and
Wistar rats to SE-inducing protocols, and demonstrates that the repeated administration of low-
doses of pilocarpine is most effective in reducing mortality in Wistar rats. Furthermore, in spite
of eliciting less severe seizures during SE, the repeated low-dose injections of pilocarpine did not
reduce the extent of SE-induced neurodegeneration in the hippocampus and piriform cortex.
Based on these findings, we investigated SE-induced neuropathology and the effects of
neuroprotective peptides in Wistar rats treated with the RLDP protocol.
68
Chapter 4
Temporal profile of neuronal death following
lithium/pilocarpine-induced status epilepticus
4.1 Introduction
Status epilepticus (SE) is a prolonged seizure condition representing a major medical and
neurological emergency (Delorenzo, 2006). The incidence rates of SE in epidemiological studies
range from 9.9 to 41 per 100,000 population annually (Chin et al., 2004; Rosenow et al., 2007).
SE is associated with substantial mortality and morbidity (Lowenstein, 1999), including
epileptogenesis (Hesdorffer et al., 1998) and cognitive decline (Shorvon, 1994; Devinsky,
2004a). Data from humans and post-status epilepticus animal models suggest that both the risk
of epilepsy and the severity of cognitive impairments are associated with brain damage caused
by prolonged seizure activity (Shorvon, 1994; Lowenstein, 1999; Fountain, 2000; Devinsky,
2004b; Delorenzo, 2006; Helmstaedter, 2007). Histological studies in experimental models
indicate that 30 to 60 minutes of SE is required to initiate neurodegeneration (Nevander et al.,
1985; Fujikawa, 1996).
In 1983, Turski and colleagues described a rodent model of seizure-induced brain damage
produced by the systemic administration of pilocarpine, a muscarinic cholinergic agonist. The
same year Honchar et al., (1983) reported that if rats were pretreated with lithium-chloride,
seizure-induced brain damage could be produced with a substantially lower dose of pilocarpine.
In humans, SE results in neurodegeneration in the hippocampus, neocortex, piriform and
entorhinal cortices, septum, amygdaloid and thalamic structures (Fujikawa et al., 2000a). This
pattern of neuronal loss is replicated in the pilocarpine and lithium/pilocarpine models of SE, and
is generalized in other post-status epilepticus rodent models including kainic acid, bicuculline,
picrotoxic and pentetrazole (Ben-Ari et al., 1981; Lothman and Collins, 1981; Ben-Ari, 1985;
Turski et al., 1985).
Whereas others have described the extent and severity of SE-induced neurodegeneration (Turski
et al., 1983b; Honchar et al., 1983; Fujikawa, 1996; Motte et al., 1998; Covolan and Mello, 2000;
69
Peredery et al., 2000; Poirier et al., 2000), a detailed analysis comparing the temporal pattern of
neuronal death in different brain regions has not been reported. Previous studies using the
lithium or lithium/pilocarpine models have been limited by the semi-quantitative assessment of
neuronal damage, and/or by the restricted recovery times examined (see appendix I, Table A1-1).
For instance, times are restricted to less than 72 hours after SE (Fujikawa, 1996; Covolan and
Mello, 2000) or times examined are spaced far apart (Motte et al., 1998; Peredery et al., 2000;
Poirier et al., 2000). SE activates different cell death mechanisms that result in early necrotic (≤
1 day after SE) (Fujikawa et al., 1999; Araújo et al., 2008; Wang et al., 2008) and delayed
apoptotic (3 to 7 days after SE) (Narkilahti et al., 2003a; Weise et al., 2005; Wang et al., 2008)
degenerative morphologies. These different cell-death morphologies can occur in different brain
regions (Sloviter et al., 1996; Lopez-Meraz et al., 2010) or within the same population of
neurons (e.g. pyramidal cell layer of the hippocampus) (Narkilahti et al., 2003a; Weise et al.,
2005). Thus, we hypothesized that regions in the hippocampus, thalamus, amygdala and
piriform cortex would exhibit different temporal profiles of neuronal death following SE.
In the present study, our objective was to provide a comparative, quantitative analysis of SE-
induced neurodegeneration in several brain structures. Specifically, we sought to determine: (1)
in which brain regions neuronal death first appeared, (2) how neuronal loss evolved over time,
and (3) the extent of brain damage attributed to early (<24hrs) and to delayed (>24 hrs) neuronal
loss. We therefore analyzed neurodegeneration in 19 brain regions following 60 minutes of SE
induced by the repeated low-dose lithium/pilocarpine (RLDP) procedure (Glien et al., 2001).
Because neurodegeneration has not been previously investigated with the RLDP procedure, we
also sought to determine the effect of SE induced with this procedure on neuronal loss and to
compare this to other models. Neuronal death was assessed by stereological analysis of neurons
(stained for the neuronal specific marker [NeuN]) at times ranging from 1 hr to 90 days after SE.
The results demonstrate that depending upon the brain region, neuronal death occurred as early
as 1 hour following SE, and that different brain regions exhibit differential rates of neuronal loss,
with the majority of SE-induced neuronal death present by 24 hours.
70
4.2 Methods
4.2.1 Animals
All procedures were approved by the University of Toronto Animal Care Committee and were in
accordance with the guidelines established by the Canadian Council on Animal Care. Male
Wistar rats (Charles River Laboratories, Sherbrooke, Quebec, Canada) weighing between 300
and 350 g were individually housed with free access to food and water for at least 7 days in 12 h
light/dark cycles (i.e., lights on between 7 a.m. and 7 p.m.) before experimental use. A total of
64 Wistar rats were used in the present study.
4.2.2 Induction of status epilepticus
SE was induced using the RLDP procedure exactly as described in Methods section 3.2.2.
Duration of seizure activity was controlled by the administration of diazepam (4 mg/kg, i.p.) 1, 3
and 5 hours following the onset of SE and animals were allowed to survive for various times up
to 3 months following SE. Sham animals underwent identical procedures but received saline in
place of pilocarpine, and did not exhibit any seizures.
4.2.3 Post-seizure care
Following the termination of SE, animals were kept in a quiet room for 3 days. Immediately
following the first injection of diazepam, animals received 5 ml 0.9% saline (3ml i.p. and 2ml
s.c.), and this was repeated in the morning and evening of the following day (5ml i.p.) as
described by Glien et al., (2001). Starting on the second day after SE, animals were tube-fed
softened rat chow mixed with applesauce for 3 days on average. Softened rat chow was also
provided in dishes until the rats commenced to eat hard pellets.
4.2.4 Detection of SRSs
Glein et al., (2001) previously demonstrated that the average latency onset to SRSs in rats treated
with the RLDP protocol was 6 weeks. In the present study, two methods for recording of
spontaneous seizures were used. First, all seizures observed during handling, or by direct
observation of the rats in their home cages were noted. The rats were continuously monitored
during the first 3 days following SE in their home cages, and checked on daily thereafter.
Second, a group of 8 rats was videotaped between 6 and 8 weeks after SE to confirm that rats
71
used for histological analyses at the 3 months recovery time were epileptic. The group of 8 rats
was videotaped for 4 hours per day, 6 days each week. Because the frequency of SRSs in rats
after pilocarpine-induced SE is much higher during the light (diurnal) compared to the dark
(nocturnal) period (Arida et al., 1999; Goffin et al., 2007), all recordings for spontaneous
seizures were done during the light period (7 a.m. – 6 p.m.). All 4-hr video recordings were
analyzed for seizures by using the fast-forward speed (six times the normal speed) of the video
recorder. Once a seizure-like activity was observed, the videotape was rewound to the beginning
of the behavior and examined at real-time speed. Since most SRSs following pilocarpine-
induced SE are generalized (Cavalheiro et al., 2006), only the occurrence of class 4/5
behavioural seizures was recorded. A rat was considered epileptic after exhibiting one or more
SRSs.
4.2.5 Histology and Stereological analysis
The extent of neuronal injury at time points ranging from 1 hour to 3 months after SE was
compared by staining brain sections with NeuN antibodies, a specific neuronal marker. NeuN
antibody recognizes the DNA-binding, neuron-specific protein NeuN, which is present in most
neuronal cell types of vertebrates tested (i.e., rats, humans, chicks, salamander) (Mullen et al.,
1992; Wolf et al., 1996). Developmentally, immunoreactivity of NeuN antibodies appears
initially after neurons become post-mitotic, and remains present throughout the life of these cells
(Mullen et al., 1992; Wolf et al., 1996). The immunohistochemical staining is primarily
localized in the nucleus of the neurons with lighter staining in the cytoplasm. The strong nuclear
staining suggests a nuclear regulatory protein function; however, no evidence currently exists as
to whether the NeuN protein antigen has a function in the cytoplasm, or whether it is simply
synthesized there before being transported into the nucleus (Mullen et al., 1992). Animals were
anaesthetized with a mixture of xyline (26 mg/kg i.p., Rompun, CDMV, Saint-Hyacinthe,
Quebec, Canada) and ketamine (174 mg/kg i.p., Ketalar, CDMV, Saint-Hyacinthe, Quebec,
Canada), and perfused transcardially with 90 ml of 0.1 M phosphate-buffered saline, pH 7.4
(PBS) followed by 400-500 ml of 4% (w/v) paraformaldehyde in PBS. Brains were removed
and left overnight at 4˚C in the paraformaldehyde solution. The following day, brains were
soaked for cryoprotection in 30% (w/v) sucrose in PBS until they sank at room temperature.
Next, brains were frozen in 2-methylbutane at -35˚C and stored at -80˚C. Forty µm coronal
sections were prepared with a freezing microtome. Sections were placed in 24-well culture
72
plates containing antifreeze solution (0.05 M sodium phosphate buffer, pH 7.4, 30% (w/v)
ethylene glycol, 15% (w/v) glucose), and stored at -20˚C.
For each animal, 3 coronal brain sections containing the dorsal hippocampus were selected
between Bregma -3.2 mm through -3.72 mm (Paxinos and Watsons rat brain atlas, 5th
edition),
with the first section presenting all hippocampal subfields, exhibiting only the dorsal portion of
the lateral ventricle, and containing the most ventral portions of the capsular division (CeC) and
lateral division (CeL) of the central amygdala. The subsequent sections were selected ventrally
at 240 µm intervals, and exhibited the lateral ventricle extending to the ventral portion of the
brain, replacing the structures CeC and CeL detected in the initial section. Coronal brain section
containing the ventral hippocampus were selected between Bregma -4.92 mm through 5.4, with
the first section clearly presenting a continuous pyramidal cell layer connecting the dorsal and
ventral CA1 and CA3 regions. Section were rinsed in PBS (3 x 5 min washes), reacted overnight
at 4˚C with NeuN antibody (1:1000; Chemicon, Billerica, MA, USA) in 0.2% (v/v) goat serum,
0.3% (v/v) Triton X-100 in PBS followed by 2 hours at room temperature with Cy3 conjugated
secondary antibody (1:200; Chemicon, Billerica, MA, USA) in 0.2% (v/v) goat serum, 0.3%
(v/v) Triton X-100 in PBS.
Neurons were imaged using a Zeiss LSM510 Laser Scanning Confocal microscope (Carl Zeiss)
equipped with a 40x/1.3 oil-immersion objective lens. Digital images were acquired with the
Zeiss LSM 510 software. Neuronal density was determined using the unbiased optical dissector
technique as described by West and Gundersen (1990). As illustrated in Figure 4.1, images
were captured in the left brain hemisphere of specific regions within the hippocampus, thalamus,
amygdala and piriform cortex. In the dorsal hippocampus (Fig 4.1 A, B), images were taken in
the pyramidal cell layer of CA1 (boxes 1a-c), CA2 (2a), CA3 (3a-c), and CA4 (4a-b) and in the
polymorphic layer of the hilus (5a-f). In the ventral hippocampus (Fig 4.1 C), images were taken
in the pyramidal cell layer of CA1 (6a-c) and CA3 (7a-c). For the thalamus, images were
captured in the following regions (Figure 4.1 D): laterodorsal thalamic nucleus, dorsomedial
part (LDDM, 8a-b); laterodorsal thalamic nucleus, ventrolateral part (LDVL, 9a-b); posterior
thalamic nuclei (Po, 10a-b); ventral posteromedial thalamic nucleus (VPM, 11a-b); ventral
posterolateral thalamic nucleus (VPL, 12a-b); reticular thalamus nucleus (Rt, 13a-b). Likewise,
images were captured in the following regions of the amygdala (Figure 4.1 E): lateral
amygdaloid nucleus, dorsolateral part (LaDL, 14a-b); lateral amygdaloid nucleus, ventrolateral
73
part (LaVM, 15a-b); basolateral amygdaloid nucleus, posterior part (BLP, 16a-b); basomedial
amygdaloid nucleus, posterior part (BMP, 17a-b); posteromedial cortical amygdaloid nucleus
(PMCo, 18a-b). Finally, images were also taken within layer II of the posterior piriform cortex
(Figure 4 E, 19a-c). Since the pyramidal cell layer of the CA1, CA2, CA3, and CA4 and layer II
of the piriform cortex formed a thick row of densely packed neurons, a single counting frame
(120 X 60 µM) was positioned within the images captured (depicted as green boxes in Figure
4.1). Two counting frames (120 X 60 µM) were positioned within the images captured for the
thalamus, amygdala and hilus, since neurons were less numerous and uniformly scattered within
these structures (depicted as small white boxes in Figure 4.1). Right brain structures were
visually inspected and found to be comparable to the left side. Neurons were identified as
NeuN-positive cells that contained a relatively large (≥ 8µm) soma (Shi et al., 2004).
Chromophilic somas contained within each counting frame, or touching the inclusion borders of
the frame (upper and right borders) were counted (West and Gunderson, 1990). The dissector
height equivalent to the known tissue height prior to staining (40 µm) was used in all
calculations (Hatton and Von Bartheld, 1999), and upper or lower exclusion borders in the z
plane were excluded as previous studies demonstrated that no significant variation in neuronal
density occur whether such borders were used or not (Harding et al., 1994; Gardella et al., 2003;
Azcoitia et al., 2005). Unless otherwise specified, cell densities for individual animals represent
the average densities of all counting frames in a particular region for 3 brain sections. All results
are expressed as neurons per mm3.
To assess whether tissue shrinkage occurred at specific times after SE, the area size (expressed as
mm2) of the dorsal and ventral hippocampus, thalamus and amygdala in the left brain hemisphere
was determined. Images were captured by the fluorescent microscope equipped with a 2.5x
objective lens. The AxioVision LE 4.0 analysis software was used to measure area size by
drawing an outline around the region of interest. As illustrated in Figure 4.2, the brain areas
assessed were based on regional boundaries defined in the Paxinos and Watson‘s rat brain atlas,
5th
edition. For the dorsal (Figure 4.2A, grey region) and ventral (Figure 4.2B, grey region)
hippocampus, an outline was drawn around the hippocampal pyramidal cell layer (pyr) and
included the dentate gyrus (DG). The area size of the thalamus and nearby structures (Figure
4.2A, green region) included an outline encircling the perimeter of the lateral posterior thalamic
nuclei (LPMR, LPLR), the reticular thalamic nucleus (Rt), the subthalamic nucleus (STh), the
74
medial tuberal nucleus (MTu), the dorsomedial hypothalamic nucleus (DMV, DMD), the central
medial thalamic nucleus (CM), and the mediodorsal thalamic nucleus (MD). The area excluded
the dorsal and ventral 3rd
ventricular spaces (d3V, 3V). Finally, for the area size of the amygdala
and adjoining structures (Figure 4.2, blue region), an outline was traced starting at the rhinal
fissure, and continued along the perimeter of the piriform cortex (Pir), the posteromedial cortical
amygdaloid nucleus (PMCo), the medial amygdaloid nuclei (MePV, MePD), the bed nucleus of
the stria terminalis, intraamygdaloid division (STIA), and the lateral amygdaloid nucleus
(LaVM, LaDL). The area excluded the lateral ventricular space (LV). The area sizes of the
brain structures assessed for individual animals represent the average area sizes of the
corresponding structure for 3 brain sections (the same sections used for stereological analysis of
neurons described above).
4.2.6 Fluoro-Jade B staining
For each animal, coronal brain sections were selected as described in section 4.2.5, and stained
with Fluoro-Jade B (FJB). FJB is an anionic fluorochrome reported to selectively stain
degenerating neurons (Poirier et al., 2000; Schmued and Hopkins, 2000). Briefly, brain sections
were immersed in 100% ethanol for 5 min, followed by 2 min in 70% ethanol and two 1-min-
long rinses in distilled water. Slides were then transferred to a solution of 0.06% potassium
permanganate for 10 min, gently shaken, to minimize background staining. After two more
rinses, slides were placed in FJB staining solution for 30 min at room temperature. The staining
solution was prepared from a 0.01% stock solution of FJB (Histo-Chem Inc., Jefferson AR,
USA) that was made by adding 10 mg of the dye powder to 100 ml of distilled water. To make
up 100 ml of staining solution, 4 ml of stock solution was added to 96 ml of 0.1% acetic acid
vehicle. This results in a final dye concentration of 0.0004%. Following staining, the sections
were rinsed three times with distilled water. The slides were dried, immersed in xylene, and
mounted. Slides were examined on a Zeiss LSM510 Laser Scanning Confocal microscope (Carl
Zeiss) equipped with an Argon laser. Digital images were acquired using the Zeiss LSM 510
software.
75
4.2.7 Statistical Analysis:
Statistical analysis was performed using Statistica 6.0 software. Significant differences were
determined using one-way analysis of variance (ANOVA). The Newman-Keuls post-hoc test
was used to determine differences between treatment groups. Significance was set at a p-value
of 0.05 or less. Moving average trendlines were drawn for the temporal profiles of neuronal
densities of each brain region (shown in Figures 4.6, 4.9, and 4.12) using the Excel Microsoft
2007 software program. Moving average trendlines are used to smooth out fluctuations in data
to show a trend (i.e., reduction in neuronal densities over a period of time) more clearly. In the
treadlines, two data points were averaged, and the average value was used as a point in the line.
76
Figure 4.1: Placement of counting frames in the dorsal hippocampus (A): pyramidal cell layer
of CA1 (boxes 1a-c), CA2 (2a), CA3 (3a-c), and CA4 (4a-b). Hilus (B): polymorphic layer of the
hilus (5a-f). Ventral hippocampus (C): pyramidal cell layer of CA1 (6a-c) and CA3 (7a-c).
Thalamus (D): laterodorsal thalamic nucleus, dorsomedial part (LDDM, 8a-b); laterodorsal
thalamic nucleus, ventrolateral part (LDVL, 9a-b); posterior thalamic nuclei (Po, 10a-b); ventral
posteromedial thalamic nucleus (VPM, 11a-b); ventral posterolateral thalamic nucleus (VPL,
12a-b); reticular thalamus nucleus (Rt, 13a-b). Amygdala (E): lateral amygdaloid nucleus,
dorsolateral part (LaDL, 14a-b); lateral amygdaloid nucleus, ventrolateral part (LaVM, 15a-b);
basolateral amygdaloid nucleus, posterior part (BLP, 16a-b); basomedial amygdaloid nucleus,
posterior part (BMP, 17a-b); posteromedial cortical amygdaloid nucleus (PMCo, 18a-b).
Piriform cortex (E): layer II of posterior piriform cortex (PPC, 19a-c). See Methods section
4.2.5 for details on stereological analysis of neurons.
77
78
Figure 4.2: The area size of different brain regions assessed. A: Dorsal hippocampus
(indicated by grey region), thalamus and adjoining structures (green region), amygdala and
adjoining structures (blue region). Image depicted: Bregma -3.24 mm (Paxinos and Watson,
2005). B: Ventral hippocampus (indicated by grey region). Image depicted: Bregma -5.28 mm
(Paxinos and Watson, 2005). Area size determined as described in Methods section 4.2.5.
79
80
4.3 Results
4.3.1 SE induction and survival rates:
Sixty-four lithium-pretreated rats were administered repeated doses of pilocarpine (10 mg/kg), of
which 44 (69%) developed SE. Eight rats died between recovery time points and were not used
in the present study. Four rats were analyzed for each of the 9 recovery times. An additional 4
rats were used as sham animals.
4.3.2 Spontaneous seizures after lithium/pilocarpine induced SE
A group of eight rats were videotaped between 6 and 8 weeks after SE to determine whether they
were epileptic. All 8 of the rats exhibited one or more SRSs within this timeframe. No
difference in the frequency of SRSs between the weeks assessed were found. The average
frequency in the eight rats was 0.75 ± 0.3 seizures per 24 hours of recording during week 6, 1.5 ±
0.5 during week 7, and 0.9 ± 0.3 during week 8. Four of these animals randomly selected were
later used for histological analyses at the 3 month recovery time. Although we cannot rule out
the presence of SRSs at earlier times, no SRSs were noted during handling of the animals, or by
direct observation of the animals in their home cages, during the first 2 weeks following SE.
4.3.2 Neuropathology following status epilepticus: Overview
Because the hippocampal formation, thalamus, amygdala and piriform cortex are highly
susceptible to SE-induced neurodegeneration (Honchar et al., 1983; Clifford et al., 1987), we
concentrated our analyses on 19 regions within these structures. With the exception of
hippocampal subfield CA2, significant neuronal loss was observed in all other regions assessed.
The severity and temporal profile of neuronal loss for regions within each brain structure are
described in detail below. Results for each brain structure assessed are presented as follows: (1)
low-powered images of NeuN immunohistochemical staining providing an overall view of
damage in each structure, (2) representative high-powered images depicting NeuN positive cells
(neurons) that were quantified as in Methods (section 4.2.5), and (3) graphs displaying changes
in neuron density, expressed as percent of controls, over time. With the exception of the
amygdala at 90 days following SE (see section 4.3.5), no significant tissue shrinkage at times
after SE occurred in the dorsal and ventral hippocampus, thalamus, or amygdala (Table 4.1),
81
permitting the direct comparison of neuron densities in SE and sham animals. Actual neuron
densities are given in appendix II (Tables AII-1, AII-2 and AII-3).
Table 4.1: The effect of SE on the area size (mm2) of the hippocampus, thalamus and
amygdala
Recovery after
SE1
Dorsal
hippocampus
Ventral
hippocampus
Thalamus Amygdala
Sham 3.55 ± 0.19 9.71 ± 0.17 14.95 ± 0.28 3.31 ± 0.14
12 hours 3.53 ± 0.18 10.40 ± 0.20 15.78 ± 0.33 3.45 ± 0.17
3 days 3.52 ± 0.37 10.01 ± 0.19 14.53 ± 0.28 3.27 ± 0.18
14 days 3.62 ± 0.14 9.48 ± 0.14 14.27 ± 0.20 3.00 ± 0.23
3 months 3.54 ± 0.10 9.37 ± 0.30 15.28 ± 0.26 1.66 ± 0.15 *
Area size of the left brain hemisphere in various brain regions determined at specific times (1)
following SE (see Methods 4.2.5). Data expressed as mm2 ± SEM. * Area size of the amygdala
decreased between 14 days and 3 months following SE. No change in area size of the dorsal and
ventral hippocampus and thalamus was detected. A total of 4 animals were analyzed at each
recovery time.
82
4.3.3 SE-induced neurodegeneration in the hippocampus:
The effect of SE on the hippocampus is shown in Figures 4.3 - 4.6. Neuronal edema was
detected by 3 hours in CA1, CA3 and CA4 (Fig 4.4, indicated by solid arrows). Enlargement of
the 3rd
and lateral ventricles was visible by 3 months after SE (Fig 4.3B and D, indicated by φ).
SE resulted in the loss of neurons in all hippocampal regions except CA2 (Fig 4.4). Likewise,
with the exception of 3 animals that exhibited partial or complete destruction of the
suprapyramidal (or enclosed) blade of the granule cell layer (<8% of SE animals), no loss of
dentate granule cells, defined indirectly by a shortening of the total length of the dentate gyrus
(Bertram et al., 1990), was detected (Fig 4.5). The three animals that exhibited damage within
the dentate gyrus were assessed at the 24-hours, 7 days, and 3 months recovery times,
respectively.
Quantification of NeuN-stained neurons showed that the temporal profile of neuronal density
varied between hippocampal regions (Fig 4.6). SE-induced loss of pyramidal cells in the dorsal
CA1 occurred within two distinct times following SE: a 28% decrease in cell density occurred
within 1 hour, followed by a further 53% decrease in cell density between 1 and 3 days (Fig
4.6A). By 3 days after SE, 27 ± 8% (avg ± SEM) of pyramidal cells remained in dorsal CA1,
with no further decrease after this time. In contrast to the rapid initial loss of pyramidal cells in
the dorsal CA1, neuronal loss in ventral CA1 was delayed for at least 12 hrs, after which time the
density of neurons decreased to a minimum of 33 ± 4% of shams by 7 days (Fig 4.6A). Dorsal
and ventral CA1 were the most severely damaged hippocampal regions, while less extensive
damage occurred in CA3, CA4 and hilus. Although neuronal loss in dorsal CA3 was initially
slower than in ventral CA3, the ultimate severity of damage in these regions was not
significantly different, with 57 ± 10% and 42 ± 2% of pyramidal cells remaining after 3 months,
respectively (Fig 4.6B). Significant neuronal loss was detected in the CA4 and hilus within 3-6
hrs and 1-3 hrs after SE, respectively. No further damage evolved after the initial loss in the
CA4 and hilus, with 43 ± 14% and 57 ± 7% of neurons remaining at 3 months, respectively (Fig
4.6A, B).
83
Figure 4.3: Anti-NeuN immunohistochemical staining decreases following SE in the dorsal
and ventral hippocampus. Representative images of the left dorsal (A, B) and ventral (C, D)
hippocampus from a sham rat (A, C), and from a rat 3 months after SE (B, D). Dotted line
indicates the border between dorsal CA3 and CA4 (A). Arrows depicts decreased NeuN staining
in the pyramidal cell layer: more severe damage is detected in CA1 (unfilled arrows) compared
to CA3 and CA4 (solid arrows). Φ Ventricular enlargement detected within 3 months after SE.
Scale bar = 500 µm. 25X magnification. Abbreviations: dorsal 3rd
ventricle (DV3); lateral
ventricle (LV); polymorphic layer of the hilus (PoDG); pyramidal cell layer (pyr).
84
85
Figure 4.4: Confocal micrographs (400X) of NeuN stained cells in hippocampal subfields:
dorsal CA1 (A), CA2 (B), CA3 (C) and CA4 (D) in a sham rat, and in rats at different recovery
times after SE. Neuronal edema detected in CA1, CA3, and CA4 by 3 hrs after SE (solid
arrows). No damage detected in CA2 (B). Scale bar = 50 µm.
86
87
Figure 4.5 Total length of dentate gyrus remains constant following lithium/pilocarpine
induced SE. The length of the dentate gryus in the left (black bars) and right (grey bars) brain
hemispheres were determined at different time points (1 hr – 3 months) after SE. Values
represent length of dentate gyrus (µm ± SEM). Four animals were analyzed at each time point.
88
89
Figure 4.6: Temporal profiles of neuronal loss in hippocampal subfields following
lithium/pilocarpine induced SE. Coronal brain sections prepared at various times following
SE were stained with anti-NeuN antibodies and neurons counted as in Methods (section 4.2.5).
Neuron density was graphed as percentage of control (± SEM) values. A: * Dorsal CA1 at ≥ 1 hr
different from shams (p<0.05), ** hilus at ≥ 3 hrs different from shams (p<0.05), *** ventral
CA1 at ≥ 1 day different from shams (p<0.05), ^ dorsal CA1 at ≥ 3 days different from 1 day
after SE (p<0.05), ^^ ventral CA1 at ≥ 7days different from 1 day after SE, # neuronal loss more
severe in CA1 compared to all other regions with combined analyses at 14 and 90 days (p<0.05).
B: * Ventral CA3 at ≥ 1 hour different from shams (p<0.05), ** CA4 at ≥ 6 hours different from
shams (p<0.05), *** dorsal CA3 at ≥ 12 hours different from shams (p<0.05).
90
91
4.3.4 SE-induced neurodegeneration in thalamic nuclei:
All thalamic regions exhibited SE-induced neurodegeneration as shown in Figures 4.7-4.9.
However, there were differences between the thalamic nuclei in the temporal profiles and
severity of neuronal loss. Neuronal death in the VPM and VPL occurred within two separate
times following SE: an initial phase within the first 12 hours after SE, and a second phase
between 2 weeks and 3 months. While the initial loss of neurons was similar in both regions, by
3 months damage to the VPL was more severe than to the VPM, with 24± 3% and 40 ± 1% of
neurons remaining, respectively (Fig 4.9A). Neuronal loss occurred more rapidly in RT than in
either VPM or VPL, with only 57 ± 3% of RT neurons remaining 6 hours after SE (Fig 4.9A).
Compared to RT and VPM at 3 months, more severe damage occurred in the LDDM, LDVL and
Po. In the LDDM, neuron density was reduced by 25 ± 3.7% of shams within the first hour after
SE, with 26 ± 3% of neurons remaining after 24 hours (Fig 4.9B). Although the onset of damage
was slightly delayed in the LDVL, the progression of neuronal loss was similar to LDDM
thereafter, with 24 ± 7% of neurons remaining 24 hours after SE. In Po, a 45 ± 5.9% reduction
in neuron density occurred between 1 - 3 hours after SE, with 33 ± 6% neurons remaining by 6
hours.
92
Figure 4.7: Anti-NeuN immunohistochemical staining decreases following SE in several
thalamic nuclei. Representative images of the thalamus in a sham rat (A), and in rats at
recovery time points 24 hours (B) and 3 months (C). Arrows depict decreased NeuN staining in
the LDVL, LDDM, Po and Rt by 24 hours after SE. * Additional damage detected in the VPM
and VPL by 3 months after SE. Φ Ventricular enlargement detected within 3 months after SE.
Scale bar = 500 µm. 25X magnification. Abbreviations: laterodorsal thalamic nucleus,
dorsomedial part (LDDM); laterodorsal thalamic nucleus, ventrolateral part (LDVL); posterior
thalamic nuclei (Po); ventral posteromedial thalamic nucleus (VPM); ventral posterolateral
thalamic nucleus (VPL); reticular thalamus nucleus (Rt); 3rd
ventricle (3V).
93
94
FIGURE 4.8: Confocal micrographs (400X) of NeuN stained cells in several thalamic
nuclei: (A) Laterodorsal thalamic nucleus, dorsomedial part (LDDM), (B) posterior thalamic
nuclei (Po), (C) ventral posterolateral thalamic nucleus (VPL), and (D) reticular thalamus
nucleus (Rt) in a sham rat, and in rats at different recovery time points after SE. Scale bar = 50
µm.
95
96
FIGURE 4.9: Temporal profiles of neuronal loss in several thalamic nuclei following
lithium/pilocarpine induced status epilepticus (SE). Coronal brain sections prepared at
various time points following SE were stained with anti-NeuN antibodies and neurons counted as
in Methods (section 4.2.5). Neuron density graphed as percentage of control (± SEM) values.
A: * Rt at ≥ 3 hrs different from shams (p<0.05), ** VPM and VPL at ≥ 6 hrs different from
shams (p<0.05), ^ VPM and VPL at 3 months different from 14 days (p<0.05), # VPL more
severely damaged compared to VPM (p<0.05). B: * LDDM at ≥ 1 hr different from shams
(p<0.05), **LDVL and Po at ≥ 3 hrs different from shams (p<0.05), ^ LDDM and LDVL at ≥ 1
day different from 12 hrs (p<0.05). Abbreviations: laterodorsal thalamic nucleus, dorsomedial
part (LDDM), laterodorsal thalamic nucleus, ventrolateral part (LDVL), posterior thalamic
nuclei (Po), ventral posteromedial thalamic nucleus (VPM), ventral posterolateral thalamic
nucleus (VPL), reticular thalamus nucleus (Rt).
97
98
4.3.5 SE-induced neurodegeneration in amygdaloid nuclei:
Extensive damage was observed in the amygdala, with necrotic lesions (Fig 4.10, indicated by *)
and enlargement of the lateral ventricles (Fig 4.10, indicated by φ) present by 3 months after SE.
A significant decrease in the area size of the amygdala was also detected between 2 weeks and 3
months following SE (Table 4.1). As illustrated in Figures 4.11 and 4.12, differences in the
temporal profiles and severity of neuronal loss were observed between amygdaloid nuclei.
Neuronal loss in the LaDL and LaVM was similar, and occurred within two separate times:
following an initial decrease within 12 hours after SE, neuron densities remained constant until
additional losses occurred between 1 and 2 weeks, with 33 ± 5% and 24 ± 6% of neurons
remaining, respectively (Fig 4.12A). In contrast to the pattern of neuronal loss observed in the
lateral nucleus, neuronal loss in the BLP and BMP occurred during the first week after SE,
reaching minimum neuron densities of 9 ± 4% and 7 ± 6% of shams, respectively (Fig 4.12B).
Although severity of damage by 3 months in the BLP and BMP was similar, the progression of
neuronal loss in the first 24-hours after SE was different between these regions. While a
decrease of 53 ± 3.1% occurred between 3 and 6 hours in the BMP, neuronal loss was delayed in
BLP, with only an initial 13 ± 4.7% reduction occurring within 12 hours. The PMCo was the
least severely damaged region within the amygdala, with neuron density decreasing to a
minimum of 72 ± 5% of shams between 1 and 3 hours after SE (Fig 4.12A).
4.3.6 SE-induced neurodegeneration in the piriform cortex:
Severe damage was detected in layer II of the posterior piriform cortex (PPC), with necrotic
lesions visible within this region by 3 months after SE (Fig 4.10C). In PPC, initial neuronal loss
occurred between 3 and 6 hours after SE, with a minimum of 35 ± 18% of pyramidal cells
remaining by 12 hours (Fig 4.11D and Fig 4.12B).
4.3.7 Detection of Fluoro-jade B stained neurons
As shown in Figure 4.13, FJB stained neurons were present by 24 hours following SE in the
hippocampus, thalamus, and amygdala. In contrast, no FJB stained neurons were observed in
epileptic rats at 3 months following SE, or in shams.
99
Figure 4.10: Anti-NeuN immunohistochemistry staining decreases following SE in several
amygdaloid nuclei and in the posterior piriform cortex. Representative images of the
amygdala and PPC from a sham rat (A), and from rats at recovery time points 24 hours (B) and 3
months (C) after SE. Arrows illustrate decreased NeuN staining in the lateral and basolateral
amygdaloid nuclei and piriform cortex 24 hours after SE. * depicts necrotic lesion in amygdala
by 3 months. Φ Ventricular enlargement detected at 3 months. Scale bar = 500 µm. 25X
magnification. Lateral amygdaloid nucleus, dorsolateral part (LaDL); lateral amygdaloid
nucleus, ventrolateral part (LaVM); basolateral amygdaloid nucleus, posterior part (BLP);
basomedial amygdaloid nucleus, posterior part (BMP); posteromedial cortical amygdaloid
nucleus (PMCo); posterior piriform cortex (Pir); lateral ventricle (LV).
100
101
FIGURE 4.11: Confocal micrographs (400X) of NeuN stained cells in several amygdaloid
nuclei and in the piriform cortex: (A) Lateral amygdala nucleus, ventrolateral part (LaVM),
(B) basolateral amygdaloid nucleus, posterior part (BLP), (C) posteromedial cortical amygdaloid
nucleus (PMCo), and (D) posterior piriform cortex (PPC) in a sham rat, and in rats at different
recovery times following SE. Scale bar = 50 µm.
102
103
FIGURE 4.12: Temporal profiles of neuronal loss in several amygdaloid nuclei and in the
posterior piriform cortex. Coronal brain sections prepared at various time points following SE
were stained with anti-NeuN antibodies and neurons counted as in Methods (Section 4.2.5).
Neuron density graphed as percentage of control (± SEM) values. A: * LaDL at ≥ 1 hr different
from shams (p<0.05), ** PMCo at ≥ 3 hrs different from shams (p<0.05), *** LaVM at ≥ 6 hrs
different from shams (p<0.05), ^ LaDL and LaVM at ≥ 14 days different from 7 days (p<0.05).
B: * BMP at ≥ 3 hrs different from shams (p<0.05), ** PPC at ≥ 6 hrs different from shams
(p<0.05), *** BLP at ≥ 12 hrs different from shams (p<0.05), ^ PPC at ≥ 12 hrs different from 6
hrs (p<0.05), ^^ BLP and BMP at ≥ 7 days different from 3 days (p<0.05). Abbreviations:
lateral amygdaloid nucleus, dorsolateral part (LaDL), lateral amygdaloid nucleus, ventrolateral
part (LaVM), basolateral amygdaloid nucleus, posterior part (BLP), basomedial amygdaloid
nucleus, posterior part (BMP), posteromedial cortical amygdaloid nucleus (PMCo), Posterior
piriform cortex (PPC).
104
105
FIGURE 4.13: Confocal micrographs (400X) of Fluoro-jade B (FJB) stained cells present
at 24 hours but not at 3 months after SE in the hippocampus, thalamus and amygdala.
Coronal brain sections were stained with FJB, a marker for degenerationing neurons. (A) Dorsal
CA1 subfield of the hippocampus, (B) ventral posteromedial thalamic nucleus (VPM), (C)
basolateral amygdaloid nucleus, posterior part (BLP) in a sham rat, and in rats at 24 hours and 3
months recovery times following SE. Scale bar = 50 µm.
106
107
4.4 Discussion
In the present study, we performed a detailed quantitative analysis of neuronal death in 19 brain
regions at times ranging from 1 hr to 3 months following 60 minutes of SE. The major findings
of this study were that: (1) the RLDP procedure resulted in widespread neuronal death that was
generally similar to that found with the low-dose lithium/pilocarpine and the high-dose
pilocarpine procedures, (2) in some brain regions, neuronal death appeared as early as 1 hr
following SE, with the majority of neuronal death in all brain structures present by 24 hrs after
SE, (3) while specific regions within the hippocampus (dorsal and ventral CA1) and amygdala
(LaDL, LaVM, BLP, BMP) showed additional neuronal loss between 1 and 14 days after
recovery, the somatosensory thalamic nuclei (VPM, VPL) were the only areas with additional
neuronal death between 2 weeks and 3 months of recovery, and finally, (4) different regions
within the hippocampus, thalamus, amygdala and piriform cortex exhibited differential rates of
neuronal loss. These results are further discussed in the subsequent sections.
4.4.1 The neuropathological effect of increasing survival time following status epilepticus
In the present study, we provided the first analysis of neuronal loss with the RLDP protocol for
the induction of SE, and found that the extent of brain damage was similar to that previously
described with both the low-dose lithium/pilocarpine (LDP) and the high-dose pilocarpine
procedures (Honchar et al., 1983; Turski et al., 1983a; Turski et al., 1983b; Clifford et al., 1987;
Fujikawa, 1996; Motte et al., 1998; Covolan and Mello, 2000; Peredery et al., 2000; Poirier et
al., 2000). In chapter 3, we showed that the severity of neuronal death between rats treated with
the LDP and the RLDP protocols was similar at 3 months, despite procedural differences in the
mortality rates and in the severity of seizures. Because we did not directly compare the 2
methods at all the different times analyzed here, however, we cannot determine whether the rates
of neuronal death between brain regions also occurred similarly. In apparent contrast, it was
previously reported that in rats without lithium-pretreatment, seizure severity, mortality rates and
neuropathology was affected by different doses of pilocarpine administered (Clifford et al., 1987;
Liu et al., 1994; Curia et al., 2008). With sub-convulsive doses of pilocarpine alone (100
mg/kg, i.p.), neuronal damage was confined to the piriform cortex and anterior olfactory nuclei
(Clifford et al., 1987). Damage was extended to include the amygdala, cortical and basal nuclei
108
if the dosage was increased to 200 mg/kg. Rats exhibiting convulsive seizures after an injection
of 200 mg/kg showed additional damage in the medio-thalamic nuclei and neocortex. Injection
of pilocarpine at the highest dose of 400 mg/kg resulted in rats exhibiting the highest mortality
rates, the most severe convulsive seizures, and extensive neuronal damage that were the most
comparable to that observed in the lithum/pilocapine model (Clifford et al., 1987). Therefore,
the RLDP protocol has the advantage of reducing mortality rates in rats while producing a
similar pattern of neurodegeneration to both the low-dose lithium/pilocarpine and high-dose
pilocarpine procedures.
Because several recovery times ranging between 1 hr and 3 months were analyzed in the present
study, we were able to provide a detailed description of the progression of neuronal death
between brain regions following lithium/pilocarpine-induced SE. As illustrated in Figure 4.13,
the number of brain regions first exhibiting SE-induced neuronal loss (Fig 4.14, grey bars), and
brain regions sustaining maximum neuronal death (Fig 4.14, black bars), increased quickly with
time following cessation of SE; a list of these brain regions can be found in Tables 4.2 and 4.3,
respectively. A decrease in the density of neurons was apparent as early as 1 hr in 3 brain
regions (dorsal CA1, dorsomedial part of the laterodorsal thalamic nucleus (LDDM) and
basolateral amygdaloid nucleus (BLP)), and the number of brain regions exhibiting significant
neuronal death increased to 10 by 3 hrs, 15 by 6 hrs, and all brain regions, with the exception of
CA2, by 24 hrs (see Table 4.2). Eleven out of 19 brain regions exhibited no further neuronal loss
after 24 hrs of recovery (see Table 4.3). Of the 8 brain regions exhibiting the loss of neurons
after 24 hrs of recovery, 6 (dorsal and ventral CA1, dorsolateral (LaDL) and ventrolateral
(LaVM) parts of the lateral amygdaloid nucleus, basolateral amygdaloid nucleus (BLP), and
basomedial amygdaloid nucleus (BMP)) sustained additional neuronal loss between 1 and 14
days after SE. The thalamic somatosensory nuclei (ventral posteromedial (VPM) and ventral
posterolateral (VPL) thalamic nuclei) were the only areas for which additional neuronal death
occurred after 2 weeks. Although there was a delay between the times at which neuronal loss
first became apparent (Table 4.2), and when maximal neurodegeneration occurred for most brain
regions examined (Table 4.3), this period was brief since most of the damage was present by 24
hrs (depicted in Fig 4.14).
Our findings demonstrated that with the RLDP model of SE, the majority of neuronal death in
the hippocampus, thalamus, amygdala and piriform cortex occurred by 24 hrs after SE. Previous
109
studies using the LDP or the high-dose pilocarpine procedures and different staining procedures
analyzed the same brain regions, and similarly showed that most of the neuronal damage
appeared within the initial 24 hrs of recovery (Fujikawa, 1996; Motte et al., 1998; Covolan and
Mello, 2000; Poirier et al., 2000) (see table A1-1 in appendix I). For example, Fujikawa et al.,
(1996) used hematoyxlin and eosin (H&E) staining to qualitatively assess for the presence of
acidophilic neurons, which was used as a criterion of irreversible neuronal injury; the majority of
neuronal damage was observed between the 0-4 hrs and 24 hrs time points following SE in the
dorsal and ventral CA1 and CA3 subfields of the hippocampus, hilus, amygdala, thalamus, and
piriform cortex. The mediodorsal and lateroposterior thalamic nuclei were the only regions to
exhibit additional damage between the 24 hrs and 72 hrs recovery times (Fujikawa, 1996).
Because injured neurons are also agryophillic (Horvath et al., 1997), Covolan and Mello (2000)
used the Gallyas‘s silver impregnation method to qualitatively assess neuronal damage, and
showed that the most intense staining appeared in regions within the hippocampus, amygdala and
thalamus between the 8 hrs and 24 hrs recovery times. Finally, Poirier, Capek and Koninck
(2000) showed that the most intense Dark Nuclear (silver) stain occurred at 3 hrs following SE in
the hippocampus, and preceded the presence of Flouro-jade (FJ) staining (a marker for
degenerating neurons), which maximally appeared between 24 hrs and 1 weeks after SE. While
the Dark Nuclear stain was suggested to detect an early molecular event associated with neuronal
stress (Poirier et al., 2000b), FJ staining was proposed to detect an unknown marker associated
with the later stages of neuronal degeneration (Poirier et al., 2000b; Schmued and Hopkins,
2000).
In the present study, Fluoro-jade B (FJB) was used and it produced results very similar to the
staining pattern produced by its predecessor, FJ (i.e., share the affinity for the same
biomolecule(s), but differ in relative strength of affinity) (Schmued et al., 2000). In pilot studies,
we comparably found that the presence of FJB staining in the hippocampus slowly increased
after the 3 hrs recovery time, and was maximally present by 24 hrs. FJB staining was still
present within the pyramidal cell layer of the dorsal and ventral CA1 subfields at 1 week
following SE, which is consistent with the additional reduction of neuronal densities we
quantified for these regions. With this staining method, however, we found it difficult to
determine whether the presence of FJB was attributed to ongoing degeneration, or debris from
degenerated neurons that had not yet been removed. For instance, although maximal neuronal
110
loss in the CA3 and CA4 subfields were quantified to occur prior to the 24 hrs recovery time,
some FJB staining was still present at 24 hrs, indicating that this staining was from debris of
already degenerated cells. Overall, the spatio-temporal staining pattern of FJB provides
additional evidence that the majority of neuronal damage occurs early and is attributed to SE (see
section 4.4.2).
Because we used an unbiased quantification method (optical dissector method) to assess
neuronal death, and increased the number of early times analyzed, we were able to demonstrate,
in a precise, quantitative manner, that maximum neuronal loss in several brain regions occurred
before 24 hrs of recovery. In the present study, maximal neuronal loss was detected as early as 3
hrs in the hilus, ventral CA3, reticular thalamic nucleus (Rt) and posteromedial cortical
amygdaloid nucleus (PMCo), by 6 hrs in the dorsal CA4 and posterior thalamic nuclei, and by 12
hrs in the dorsal CA3 and posterior piriform cortex (PPC) (see table 4.3). These findings
represent the first detailed, quantitative time-course comparison of SE-induced neuronal death
between brain regions at several times (1, 3, 6, and 12 hrs) preceding 24 hrs recovery.
4.4.2 The relationship between SE, SRSs and delayed neuronal death
Presently, it is difficult to ascertain whether damage occurring after the 24 hr period is the
consequence of SRSs, or the delayed damage occurring from SE as the IPI (Dudek et al., 2002).
For this reason, the effect of SRSs on neurodegeneration remains unclear. While some studies
report no correlation of neuronal death and the frequency of SRSs (Pitkänen et al., 2002; Gorter
et al., 2004), others have demonstrated progressive neuronal loss in chronically epileptic rats
(Roch et al., 2002). Although we did not determine the latency to onset of SRSs in rats
following SE, our findings did demonstrate that by 6 weeks of recovery, all rats were epileptic.
Glien et al., (2001) reported that following 60 minutes of SE induced by the RLDP protocol, the
average latency to the first SRS was 40 days (range 31 – 44 days). It is therefore reasonable to
assume that any neuronal death prior to 40 days or so was likely the consequence of SE, and that
any neuronal loss after this period might result from SE, SRSs or both. The only regions to
exhibit additional loss of neurons after 2 weeks in the present study were the thalamic
somatosensory nuclei (VPM, VPL), although we do not know if this death occurred prior to or
after the initiation of SRSs. We further showed that FJB-stained neurons are present at 24 hrs
111
following SE, but not at the 3 months recovery time in epileptic rats. Overall, our results
indicate that the vast majority of neuronal death is the result of SE and that little, if any
additional death, occurs subsequent to the start of SRSs.
In support of the suggestion that SE primarily contributes to neuronal death, Liu et al., (1994)
used the high-dose pilocarpine procedure and showed a significant decrease in neuronal density
and total neuron number at 3 weeks recovery in the dorsal CA1 and CA3. The authors reasoned
that since SRSs appeared approximately 2 to 2 ½ weeks after SE in these animals, but did not
contribute to any significant additional neuronal loss 6 to 12 weeks later, that neuronal death
primarily resulted from the acute pilocarpine-induced seizures (Liu et al., 1994). At this time,
we are unable to determine whether the delayed neuronal loss between 14 days and 3 months in
the thalamic somatosensory nuclei (VPM, VPL) was caused by delayed damage from SE, or
from damage caused by the development of SRSs. Although Peredery et al., (2000) similarly
showed that the thalamus was the only structure to exhibit some additional loss after 20 days of
recovery, further studies are necessary to determine the cause (e.g., SE and/or SRSs) of this
damage.
4.4.3 Differences in the severity and spatial pattern of neuronal death following SE
In the present study, differences in the severity of SE-induced neuronal death between regions
were detected. For instance, while the dorsal and ventral CA1 were the most severely damaged
regions within the hippocampus, with neuronal loss exceeding 70% of shams, no neuronal death
was detected in the CA2 or dentate gyrus. In the thalamus, the LDDM, LDVL, Po, and VPL
showed severe neuronal death exceeding 75% of shams, while less severe neuronal loss of 60%
and 40% was detected in the VPM and Rt, respectively. Similarly, in the amygdala, severe
neuronal death exceeding 75% of shams was detected in LaDL, LaVM, BLP and BMP, while
only moderate neuronal loss of 28% was detected in the PMCo. Although the specific
mechanisms responsible for these differences remain unclear, several observations regarding the
spatial pattern in severity of SE-induced neuronal death have been made. Studies using 14
C-2-
deoxyglucose functional mapping have shown that brain regions exhibiting the highest metabolic
rates during SE also exhibit the most severe neuronal damage (Ingvar, 1986; Ingvar et al., 1987;
Handforth and Ackermann, 1992; Handforth and Ackermann, 1995; Fernandes et al., 1999;
112
Bouilleret et al., 2000). Similar results were obtained in studies examining Fos expression, a
marker for cellular hyperactivation (Motte et al., 1998; Fernandes et al., 1999). The regional
distribution of glutamatergic receptors (Olney et al., 1986; Fernandes et al., 1999) and regions
exhibiting Ca2+
accumulation (Friedman et al., 2008) were other factors shown to coincide with
the spatial pattern of SE-induced brain damage. These results indicate that the most heavily
damaged brain regions are those that are most strongly activated during SE, and support the
suggestion that SE-induced neuronal death is initiated by excitotoxicity (Fernandes et al., 1999).
Excitotoxicity occurs when glutamate receptors are excessively stimulated, allowing high levels
of Ca2+
to enter the cell and activate cell-death signaling mechanisms (Fujikawa, 2005). Regions
resistant to cell death are proposed to be rich in Ca2+
-binding proteins, such as calbindin, and are
therefore able to buffer the seizure-induced excessive calcium load (Chard et al., 1993). This
idea is based on the findings that seizure-induced damage in the hippocampus displays a
topographical profile that closely resembles the pattern of distribution of Ca2+
-binding proteins in
the hippocampal formation (Sloviter, 1989; Sloviter et al., 1991). In the hippocampus, pyramidal
cells in the CA1 and CA3, which contain no or only small traces of calbindin, are most heavily
damaged while the dentate granular cells and pyramidal cells in the CA2, which are rich in
calbindin, remain resistant to seizure-induced damage (Sloviter, 1989; Sloviter et al., 1991).
This supports the role of Ca2+
in seizure-mediated neuronal death, and is consistent with our own
findings and results from other studies (Turski et al., 1983a; Clifford et al., 1987; Liu et al.,
1994) that showed no overt damage in the dentate gyrus and CA2.
4.4.4 The type of cell death produced by SE
The present data showed that regions within the hippocampus, thalamus, amygdala and piriform
cortex have different temporal patterns of neuronal death following SE. Although our results do
not allow the specific mechanisms responsible for neuronal death to be identified, other studies
indicate that variation in the temporal profile of neuronal loss may reflect varying combinations
of apoptotic and necrotic processes. Several studies demonstrated that dying neurons present by
24 hrs after SE predominately exhibited a necrotic morphology (Fujikawa, 2005; Fujikawa et al.,
1999; Fujikawa et al., 2000b; Kotariya et al., 2010). On the other hand, delayed neuronal death
(3 –to 7 days) exhibited apoptotic features (Narkilahti et al., 2003a; Weise et al., 2005). Several
regions in the present study exhibited early and delayed stages of neuronal death, and this may
reflect different forms of cell death in the same neuronal population. For instance, kainic acid or
113
pilocarpine-induced SE in adult rats have been shown to result in two types of pyramidal cell
death: early necrosis (≤ 1 day) (Araújo et al., 2008; Wang et al., 2008) and delayed cell death
with apoptotic features (≥ 3 days) (Narkilahti et al., 2003a; Weise et al., 2005; Wang et al.,
2008). This finding is consistent with the early and delayed times of pyramidal cell death we
observed within the dorsal and ventral CA1, and may apply to the other neuronal populations in
regions (LaDL, LaVM, BLP and BMP areas of the amygdala, VPM and VPL areas of the
thalamus) exhibiting similar patterns of neuronal death. Further studies are required to determine
if different cell death mechanisms between regions and within the same neuronal populations
underlie different patterns of neuronal death, and if so, what proportion of degenerating neurons
at a specific time point are necrotic versus apoptotic.
4.4.5 Conclusion
The present study demonstrates that the RLDP procedure for the induction of SE results in
widespread neuronal death, and that different regions, even within the same structure, may
exhibit differences in both the temporal profiles and the severity of neuronal loss following SE.
Neuronal loss was detected as early as 1 hr after SE in some brain regions, with significant brain
damage in all regions (except CA2 and dentate gyrus) present by 24 hrs. Although neuronal
death occurred between 1 and 14 days in regions within the hippocampus and amygdala, and
extended beyond 14 days in the thalamic somatosensory nuclei, it only contributed minimally to
the total damage in these brain structures caused by SE. Furthermore, with the possible
exception of the thalamic somatosensory nuclei, the development of SRSs did not appear to
contribute significantly to the neurodegeneration observed in epileptic rats.
114
Figure 4.14: The number of damaged brain regions as a function of increasing recovery
time after 60-min of SE. Grey bars represent the number of brain regions with initial neuronal
loss significantly different from corresponding shams. Black bars represent the number of brain
regions exhibiting maximal neuronal loss. With the exception of CA2, all brain regions
sustained early damage within 24 hours after SE. There is a delay, however, between initial
neuronal loss and maximal neurodegeneration for most brain regions. Brain regions exhibiting
initial neuronal damage and maximal neuronal damage at specific recovery times are listed in
tables 4.2 and 4.3.
115
116
Table 4.2 Temporal progression of brain regions exhibiting initial neuronal loss significantly different from
corresponding shams.
Brain structure 1 hr
Recovery
3 hr
recovery
6 hrs
Recovery
12 hrs
recovery
24 hrs
recovery
Hippocampus Dorsal CA1 Dorsal CA1
Ventral CA3
Hilus
Dorsal CA1
Ventral CA3
Hilus
Dorsal CA4
Dorsal CA1
Ventral CA3
Hilus
Dorsal CA4
Dorsal CA3
Dorsal CA1
Ventral CA3
Hilus
Dorsal CA4
Dorsal CA3
Ventral CA1
Thalamus LDDM LDDM
Rt
LDVL
Po
LDDM
Rt
LDVL
Po
VPM
VPL
LDDM
Rt
LDVL
Po
VPM
VPL
LDDM
Rt
LDVL
Po
VPM
VPL
Amygdala and piriform
cortex
LaDL LaDL
PMCo
BMP
LaDL
PMCo
BMP
LaVM
PPC
LaDL
PMCo
BMP
LaVM
PPC
BLP
LaDL
PMCo
BMP
LaVM
PPC
BLP
All of the following brain regions showed statistically significant neuronal loss compared to shams. Hippocampus:
Dorsal (dCA1) and ventral (vCAL) CA1, CA3, CA4, and hilus. Thalamus: laterodorsal thalamic nucleus,
dorsomedial part (LDDM), laterodorsal thalamic nucleus, ventrolateral part (LDVL), posterior thalamic nuclei (Po),
ventral posteromedial thalamic nucleus (VPM), ventral posterolateral thalamic nucleus (VPL), reticular thalamus
nucleus (Rt). Amygdala: lateral amygdaloid nucleus, dorsolateral part (LaDL), lateral amygdaloid nucleus,
ventrolateral part (LaVM), basolateral amygdaloid nucleus, posterior part (BLP), basomedial amygdaloid nucleus,
posterior part (BMP), posteromedial cortical amygdaloid nucleus (PMCo). Posterior piriform cortex (PPC).
117
Table 4.3 Temporal progression of brain regions exhibiting maximal neuronal death following SE
Brain
structure
3 hr
recovery
6 hrs
recovery
12 hrs
recovery
24 hrs
recovery
3 days
recovery
7 days
recovery
14 days
recovery
3
months
recovery
Hippocampus Hilus
Ventral
CA3
Hilus
Ventral
CA3
CA4
Hilus
Ventral
CA3
CA4
Dorsal
CA3
Hilus
Ventral
CA3
CA4
Dorsal
CA3
Hilus
Ventral
CA3
CA4
Dorsal
CA3
Dorsal
CA1
Hilus
Ventral
CA3
CA4
Dorsal
CA3
Dorsal
CA1
Ventral
CA1
Hilus
Ventral
CA3
CA4
Dorsal
CA3
Dorsal
CA1
Ventral
CA1
Hilus
Ventral
CA3
CA4
Dorsal
CA3
Dorsal
CA1
Ventral
CA1
Thalamus Rt Rt
Po
Rt
Po
Rt
Po
LDDM
LDVL
Rt
Po
LDDM
LDVL
Rt
Po
LDDM
LDVL
Rt
Po
LDDM
LDVL
Rt
Po
LDDM
LDVL
VPM
VPL
Amygdala and
piriform
cortex
PMCo PMCo PMCo
PPC
PMCo
PPC
PMCo
PPC
PMCo
PPC
BLP
BMP
PMCo
PPC
BLP
BMP
LaDL
LaVM
PMCo
PPC
BLP
BMP
LaDL
LaVM
All of the following brain regions showed statistically significant (and maximal) neuronal loss compared to shams.
Hippocampus: Dorsal (dCA1) and ventral (vCAL) CA1, CA2, CA3, CA4, and hilus. Thalamus: laterodorsal
thalamic nucleus, dorsomedial part (LDDM), laterodorsal thalamic nucleus, ventrolateral part (LDVL), posterior
thalamic nuclei (Po), ventral posteromedial thalamic nucleus (VPM), ventral posterolateral thalamic nucleus (VPL),
reticular thalamus nucleus (Rt). Amygdala: lateral amygdaloid nucleus, dorsolateral part (LaDL), lateral
amygdaloid nucleus, ventrolateral part (LaVM), basolateral amygdaloid nucleus, posterior part (BLP), basomedial
amygdaloid nucleus, posterior part (BMP), posteromedial cortical amygdaloid nucleus (PMCo). Posterior piriform
cortex (PPC).
118
Chapter 5
Neuroprotection following status epilepticus by targeting protein interactions with PSD-95
5.1 Introduction
Status epilepticus (SE), defined as 30 min or greater of continuous seizure activity, is a
neurological emergency resulting in high mortality and morbidity (DeLorenzo et al., 1996;
Fountain, 2000). Sustained activation of N-methyl-D-aspartate receptors (NMDARs), which
mediate excitatory neurotransmission in the central nervous system, is necessary for the
induction of SE (Rice et al., 1998; Deshpande et al., 2008). Overactivation of NMDARs
mediates excitotoxicity, causing widespread neurodegeneration in humans (Fujikawa et al.,
2000a) and in animal models of epilepsy, including kindling (Cavazos and Sutula, 1990), and the
administration of chemoconvulsants such as pilocarpine ( Turski et al., 1983b; Nevander et al.,
1985; Cavalheiro et al., 1987) and kainic acid (Ben-Ari, 1985; Fujikawa et al., 2000b).
Consistent with a critical role for NMDARs in SE-induced neuropathology, the systemic
administration of NMDAR antagonists provides substantial neuroprotection in rodent models of
epilepsy, even when given after the onset of SE (Fariello et al., 1989; Clifford et al., 1990;
Fujikawa et al., 1994; Fujikawa, 1995). The clinical efficacy of NMDAR antagonists, however,
is limited because of their associated side effects, including the induction of psychosis in
humans ( Krystal et al., 1994; Lahti et al., 1995; Malhotra et al., 1996; Rowland et al., 2005) and
neurotoxicity in rats (Olney et al., 1989; Olney et al., 1991; Fix et al., 1993). A proposed
alternate approach to preventing NMDAR-mediated neurotoxicity is to prevent excitotoxic
signaling from the NMDAR, such as the production of nitric oxide, by blocking interaction of
the receptor with downstream signaling molecules (Aarts et al., 2002). PSD-95 is a critical
scaffolding protein that links the NMDAR to signaling enzymes within the postsynaptic density,
and suppression of the expression of PSD-95 has selectively attenuated excitotoxicity triggered
via NMDARs (Sattler et al., 1999). Tat-NR2B9c is a synthetic peptide consisting of the C-
terminal 9 amino acids of the NR2B subunit of NMDARs fused to the membrane transduction
domain of the HIV-1-Tat protein, that was designed to disrupt neurotoxic signaling from the
NMDAR by interfering with protein interactions involving the PDZ1 and PDZ2 domains of
PSD-95 (Aarts et al., 2002; Cui et al., 2007). Tat-NR2B9c was reported to provide significant
119
neuroprotection and to preserve cognitive function following transient stroke in rats (Aarts et al.,
2002; Sun et al., 2008).
Because activation of NMDA receptors is critically involved in the neuropathological outcomes
of SE (Rice et al., 1998; Deshpande et al., 2008), we investigated the ability of Tat-NR2B9c to
provide neuroprotection following SE induced by lithium/pilocarpine. The results demonstrate
that Tat-NR2B9c, when administered 3 hrs following the termination of SE, significantly reduces
neuronal cell death in the hippocampus of adult rats.
5.2 Methods
5.2.1 Induction of status epilepticus
All procedures were approved by the University of Toronto Animal Care Committee and were in
accordance with the guidelines established by the Canadian Council on Animal Care. Male
Wistar rats (Charles River Laboratories, Sherbrooke, Quebec, Canada) weighing between 300
and 350 g were individually housed with free access to food and water for at least 7 days in 12 h
light/dark cycles before experimental use.
For the induction of SE, rats were pretreated with lithium chloride (3mEq/kg, i.p.) 24 hours
before the injection of pilocarpine, and received methylatropine nitrate (10 mg/kg, i.p.) 30 min
prior to pilocarpine. Pilocarpine (10 mg/kg, i.p.) was administered every 30 min as described by
Glien et al., (2001) until the rat experienced a generalized, class 4/5 seizure, since rats generally
developed SE shortly thereafter. Animals that did not develop SE within 30 min of the first class
4/5 seizure received additional pilocarpine injections at 30-min intervals up to a maximum of 6
injections. Animals that did not develop SE after the sixth injection of pilocarpine were not used
in this study. Duration of seizure activity was controlled by the administration of diazepam (4
mg/kg, i.p.) 1, 3 and 5 hours following the onset of SE. Sham animals underwent identical
procedures but received saline in place of pilocarpine, and did not exhibit any seizures.
Pilocarpine, lithium chloride and methylatropine nitrate were purchased from Sigma (St Louis,
Missouri, USA) and dissolved in 0.9% saline prior to administration. Diazepam was purchased
from CDMV (Saint-Hyacinthe, Quebec, Canada) and used as the commercial solution (5mg/ml).
The behavioural progression of pilocarpine-induced seizures was assessed using a modified
Racine scale (Racine, 1972; Cammisuli et al., 1997), as follows: class 1, facial clonus; class 2,
120
head nodding; class 3, forelimb clonus; class 4, forelimb clonus and rearing; class 5, forelimb
clonus, rearing and one fall (loss of postural control); class 6, forelimb clonus, rearing and
multiple falls; and class 7, running and jumping. Animals were continuously monitored
following the first injection of pilocarpine. The average maximum seizure activity was
determined by averaging the highest class of seizure that occurred in each 5 minute interval
following the initiation of SE.
Following the termination of SE, animals were kept in a quiet room for 3 days. Immediately
following the first injection of diazepam, animals received 5 ml 0.9% saline (3ml i.p. and 2ml
s.c.), and this was repeated in the morning and evening of the following day (5ml i.p.) as
described by Glien et al., (2001). Starting on the second day after SE, animals were tube-fed
softened rat chow mixed with applesauce for 3 days on average. Softened rat chow was also
provided in dishes until the rats commenced to eat hard pellets.
5.2.2 Administration of peptides
Tat-NR2B9c, a synthetic peptide consisting of the C-terminal 9 amino acids of the NR2B subunit
of the NMDA receptor (Lys-Leu-Ser-Ser-Ile-Glu-Ser-Asp-Val) fused to the cell membrane
protein transduction domain of the HIV-1-Tat protein (Tyr-Gly-Arg-Lys-Lys-Arg-Arg-Gln-Arg-
Arg-Arg) disrupts protein interactions involving the PDZ1 and PDZ2 domains of PSD-95 (Cui
et al., 2007; Kornau et al., 1995) and was a generous gift of noNO Inc. (Toronto, ON, Canada).
Control peptide (Tat-NR2BAA) consisted of Tat-NR2B9c in which the COOH-terminal serine
and valine of the NMDAR peptide were changed to alanine residues (Lys-Leu-Ser-Ser-Ile-Glu-
Ala-Asp-Ala). The altered PDZ-binding motif is not expected to bind PDZ domains (Kornau et
al., 1995; Aarts et al., 2002; Cui et al., 2007) and was devoid of neuroprotective properties in a
model of ischemia (Aarts et al., 2002). Peptides were dissolved in saline at a concentration of
3mM and stored at -80o
C until use.
For the administration of peptides, animals underwent femoral vein cannulation and were
allowed at least 4 days recovery prior to SE induction. Briefly, animals were anaesthetized with
a continuous supply of 3 - 5% isoflurane (CDMV, Saint-Hyacinthe, Quebec, Canada) and
oxygen. A 2 cm ventral skin incision was made along the crease formed by the abdomen and
right thigh. The right femoral vein was cannulated with PE10 tubing prefilled with saline and
secured in place with suture. A 0.5 cm dorsal, midline skin incision was made between the
121
scapulae. The PE10 tubing was fed underneath the connective tissue to the dorsal incision using
a sterile stainless metal tube, immobilized, sutured with a surgical button, and occluded with a
pin. Rats received temgesic (0.1 mg/kg, i.p.; CDMV, Saint-Hyacinthe, Quebec, Canada) for
postoperative pain relief. Peptides were administered (3 or 9 nMols/gm) via the cannula over 4
to 5 minutes, either 10 minutes following the onset of SE, or 3 hrs following the termination of
SE. Saline control animals were treated identically except that they received saline (0.3 ml) in
place of peptide. In all cases the experimenter was blinded to the nature of the injection.
5.2.3 NeuN Immunohistochemistry
Two weeks following the termination of SE, animals were anaesthetized with a mixture of
xyaline (26 mg/kg i.p., Rompun, CDMV, Saint-Hyacinthe, Quebec, Canada) and ketamine (174
mg/kg i.p., Ketalar, CDMV, Saint-Hyacinthe, Quebec, Canada), and perfused transcardially
with 90 ml of 0.1 M phosphate-buffered saline, pH 7.4 (PBS) followed by 400-500 ml of 4%
(w/v) paraformaldehyde in PBS. Brains were removed and left overnight at 4˚C in the
paraformaldehyde solution. The following day, brains were soaked for cryoprotection in 30%
(w/v) sucrose in PBS until they sank at room temperature. Next, brains were frozen in 2-
methylbutane at -35˚C and stored at -80˚C. Forty µm coronal sections were prepared with a
freezing microtome. Sections were placed in 24-well culture plates containing antifreeze
solution (0.05 M sodium phosphate buffer, pH 7.4, 30% (w/v) ethylene glycol, 15% (w/v)
glucose), and stored at -20˚C.
For each animal, 3 coronal brain sections containing the dorsal hippocampus were selected
between Bregma -3.2 mm through -3.72 mm (Paxinos and Watsons rat brain atlas, 5th
edition),
with the first section presenting all hippocampal subfields, exhibiting only the dorsal portion of
the lateral ventricle, and containing the most ventral portions of the capsular division (CeC) and
lateral division (CeL) of the central amygdala. The subsequent sections were selected ventrally
at 240 µm intervals, and exhibited the lateral ventricle extending to the ventral portion of the
brain, replacing the structures CeC and CeL detected in the initial section. Section were rinsed in
PBS (3 x 5 min washes), reacted overnight at 4˚C with NeuN antibody (1:1000; Chemicon,
Billerica, MA, USA) in 0.2% (v/v) goat serum, 0.3% (v/v) Triton X-100 in PBS followed by 2
hours at room temperature with Cy3 conjugated secondary antibody (1:200; Chemicon, Billerica,
MA, USA) in 0.2% (v/v) goat serum, 0.3% (v/v) Triton X-100 in PBS.
122
Neurons were imaged using a Zeiss LSM510 Laser Scanning Confocal microscope equipped
with a 40x/1.3 oil-immersion objective lens, and neuronal density determined using the unbiased
optical dissector technique as described by West and Gundersen (1990). Briefly, three counting
frames (120 X 60 µM) were positioned in the CA1, CA3 and posterior piriform cortex (PPC),
two counting frames were positioned in the CA4 region, and 1 counting frame was placed in
CA2 of the left brain hemisphere as shown in Figures 5.1 A and C. Right brain structures were
visually inspected and found to be comparable to the left side. Neurons were identified as
NeuN-positive cells that contained a relatively large (>8µm) soma (Shi et al., 2004).
Chromophilic somas contained within each counting frame, or touching the inclusion borders of
the frame (upper and right borders) were counted (West and Gunderson, 1990). The dissector
height equivalent to the known tissue height prior to staining (40 µm) was used in all
calculations (Hatton and Von Bartheld, 1999), and upper or lower exclusion borders in the z
plane were excluded as previous studies demonstrated that no significant variation in neuronal
density occur whether such borders were used or not (Harding et al., 1994; Azcoitia et al., 2005;
Gardella et al., 2003). Unless otherwise specified, cell densities for individual animals represent
the average densities of all counting frames in a particular region for 3 brain sections. All results
are expressed as neurons per mm3.
5.2.4 Statistical Analysis
Statistical analysis was performed using Statistica 6.0 software. Significant differences were
determined using one-way analysis of variance (ANOVA). The Newman-Keuls post-hoc test
was used to determine difference between treatment groups. Chi-square analysis was performed
to analyze mortality rates. Significance was set at a p-value of 0.05 or less.
5.3 Results
5.3.1 Induction of status epilepticus
SE was induced by the repeated administration of low doses of pilocarpine (10 mg/kg) to
animals that had been pre-treated with lithium chloride and methyl atropine nitrate as described
by Glien et al., (2001). Of 63 animals that received pilocarpine, 16 (25%) did not develop SE
after 6 injections of pilocarpine, and were not used for the present study. The other animals
developed SE after one (n=2), two (n=23), three (n=16) or four (n=6) pilocarpine injections, with
123
SE developing within 22 – 120 minutes (mean 68 +/- 22 min) following the initial pilocarpine
injection. The overall fatality rate for animals that entered SE was 30% and did not differ among
experimental groups (Table 5.1).
All animals which entered SE displayed stage 4/5 convulsive seizures within the first 10 minutes.
During the 60 minutes of SE, animals experienced seizures varying between 2 and 4/5 on the
Racine scale (1972) and did not regain consciousness. There was no significant difference
between groups with respect to the average maximum seizure activity recorded during SE, which
approximated to 3.0 for all groups (Table 5.1). All groups experienced similar weight gain
during the recovery period (Table 5.1) so that by 14 days there was no difference in mean body
weight between groups (Table 5.1)
124
Table 5.1: Comparison of the effect of treatment on mortality, seizure severity and weight gain
following SE.
Treatment Total Survived1 Died
1 SE
Severity2
Initial
Weight3
(gm)
Final
Weight3
(gm)
SE + Saline
(administered
following SE)
11 8 3
(27.3%)
3.06 ± 0.12 402 ± 15 468 ± 18
(16.6%)
SE + Tat-NR2B9c
(3 nmol/gm,
administered
following SE)
14 10 4
(28.6%)
2.98 ± 0.10 395 ± 12 431 ± 22
(9.2%)
SE + Tat-NR2B-AA
(3 nmol/gm,
administered
following SE)
11 8 3
(27.3%)
2.90 ± 0.12 405 ± 15 462 ± 12
(14.2%)
SE + Tat-NR2B9c
(3 nmol/gm,
administered during
SE)
7 4 3
(42.9%)
3.13 ± 0.14 393 ± 9 441 ± 15
(12.3%)
SE + Tat-NR2B9c
(9 nmol/gm,
administered during
SE)
4 3 1
(25.0%)
3.09 ± 0.18 387 ± 10 430 ± 27
(11.2%)
Sham (no SE) 11 11 0 No SE 379 ± 7 433 ± 11
(14.5%)
1. The number of animals that survived or died within 14 days following SE. Numbers in ( )
represent the % of animals that died. 2. Average maximum seizure activity for all animals
determined as in Methods (mean ± SD). 3. Initial and final group weights evaluated
immediately before, and at 2-weeks following, SE induction (mean ± SD). Values in () indicate
% weight gain. No significant differences in mortality rates (chi-square analysis), seizure
severity (one-way ANOVA) or % weight gain (one-way ANOVA) were detected between
treatment groups.
125
5.3.2 SE induced by repeated low doses of pilocarpine results in neurodegeneration in the hippocampus and piriform cortex
The hippocampus and piriform cortex play critical roles in the development and maintenance of
limbic seizures, and are the most susceptible brain regions to SE-induced damage (Turski et al.,
1983b; Druga et al., 2003; Andre et al., 2007; Chen et al., 2007;). We therefore focused our
analyses on these regions. Preliminary experiments demonstrated that neurodegeneration in both
the dorsal hippocampus and the piriform cortex occurred rapidly within the first few days
following the termination of SE, and was complete within 2 weeks (see chapter 4). The effect of
SE on neuronal cell death was therefore assessed 14 days following the termination of seizures.
Because the effect of SE induced by the repeated administration of low doses of pilocarpine on
neurodegeneration has not previously been described, we initially determined the effect of SE on
neuronal cell density in animals that experienced SE but that did not receive any additional
treatment. Preliminary comparisons of pyramidal cell counts in each of the 3 coronal brain
sections showed that the extent of SE-induced cell death did not vary between sections. For
example, the average cell densities in the CA1 region before and after SE were 110,796 ± 23,841
and 33,654 ± 24,097, 106,271 ±24,551 and 33,234 ± 24,207, 104,692 ± 18,128 and 35,879 ±
21,056 for the 3 sections from the most proximal to the most distal from Bregma. Similar
results were obtained for the other hippocampal subfields. Cell densities were therefore
determined by averaging the densities for all counting frames in all 3 sections for a particular
region. The results presented in Figure 5.1 show that SE resulted in a marked loss of pyramidal
neurons in the CA1, CA3, and CA4 regions of the dorsal hippocampus, and in layer ІІ of the
posterior piriform cortex (PPC). Neuronal densities (cells/mm3 ± SD) prior to and following SE
were 104,993 ± 18,982 and 18,982 ± 22,093 (70% cell loss) in the CA1 region, 64,705 ± 3,575
and 37,616 ± 12,412 (34% cell loss) in the CA3 region, 64,704 ± 9,697 and 31,084 ± 20,344
(58% cell loss) in the CA4 region, and 48,417 ± 12,123 and 5,851 ± 5,103 (88% cell loss) in the
PPC. SE did not result in a significant change in cell density in the CA2 region (81,018 ± 10,195
cells/mm3
in naive animals, 68,297 ± 12,678 cells/mm3
in SE rats), and for this reason the effect
of Tat-NR2B9c on the CA2 region was not assessed. Overall, pyramidal cell loss with the
current procedure for SE induction was similar to neuronal loss reported in previous studies
using other variations of the pilocarpine model (Turski et al., 1983a; Clifford et al., 1987;
Covolan and Mello, 2000; Fujikawa, 1996).
126
We next compared the effect of SE on cell density in individual counting frames to determine if
SE-induced pyramidal cell loss was uniform within discrete structures. The data in Table 5.2
show that the extent of cell loss in individual counting frames was similar regardless of position
within the specific hippocampal subfield or in the PPC, indicating that the effect of SE on
neurodegeneration was independent of cell location within the region. As also illustrated in
Table 5.2, the boundary between hippocampal subfields with respect to neurodegeneration was
quite sharp. For example, in counting frame 3c, on the CA3 side of the border between CA3
and CA4, 29.9 ± 22.4% of the pyramidal cells were lost following SE, whereas in counting
frame 4a, on the CA4 side of the border, the decrease was 64.3 ± 36.4% (p<0.05).
Table 5.2: Comparison of SE-induced pyramidal cell loss in individual counting frames
Brain Region Counting frame a Counting frame b Counting frame c
CA1 71.9 ± 19.9 76.9 ± 17.9 71.6 ± 12.2
CA3 37.4 ± 25.7 30.2 ± 23.3 29.9 ± 22.4
CA4 64.3 ± 36.4 54.2 ± 25.6 ------
PPC 85.3 ± 16.4 89.6 ± 16.7 91.2 ± 20.2
Individual counting frames were positioned in hippocampal subfields and the PPC as depicted in
Figure 5.1 A and C. Numbers represent % decrease of pyramidal cells ± SD (n=5). Pyramidal
cell loss within individual regions was similar regardless of the placement of the counting frame
(one-way ANOVA).
127
Figure 5.1 Neurodegeneration depicted in NeuN-stained coronal sections of the rat dorsal
hippocampus and posterior piriform cortex (PPC) 14 days following status epilepticus (SE).
A, B: Representative images of the left dorsal hippocampus from a sham rat (A) or from a rat 14
days after SE (B). Open arrowheads define the borders of CA1, whereas the dotted line
indicates the border between CA3 and CA4. Pyr depicts the pyramidal cell layer. C, D:
Representative images of the PPC from a sham (C) or from a rat 14 days after SE (D). Boxes
represent placement of counting frames in the CA1 (1a-c), CA2 (2a), CA3 (3a-c) and CA4 (4a,b)
regions of the hippocampus, and in the PPC (a-c). Scale bar = 500 µm. Low-powered images
captured at 25X magnification. E: Cell densities in sham (grey bars, n=5) and SE (black bars,
n=5) animals at 2 weeks recovery (mean density ± SD). Significant pyramidal cell loss occurred
in the CA1, CA3, CA4 and PPC, but not in the CA2. * depicts significant difference from naive
animals (p<0.05).
128
E
* *
*
*
129
5.3.3 Tat-NR2B9c reduces SE-induced neurodegeneration in the hippocampus
We next determined the effect of Tat-NR2B9c on SE-induced neuronal loss. For these
experiments, animals received Tat-NR2B9c, its inactive homologue Tat-NR2B9AA, or saline 3
hrs following the termination of SE, and cell densities were determined 2 weeks later. Results for
individual animals are plotted in Figure 5.2. SE-induced cell loss in animals that received saline
was similar to that reported above (compare Fig 5.2 and Fig 5.1). The administration of Tat-
NR2B9c resulted in a statistically significant overall reduction in pyramidal cell loss in
hippocampal subfields CA1 and CA4 relative to saline treated animals, although there was
considerable animal to animal variation in the efficacy of the peptide. In CA1, the decrease in
pyramidal cell density in animals that received Tat-NR2B9c was 38 ± 35% (mean± SD) as
compared to a decrease of 66 ± 18% in the saline treated animals (p<0.05). Similarly in CA4,
administration of Tat-NR2B9c reduced SE-induced cell loss from 60 ± 28% in saline controls,
to 26 ± 39% in animals that received the peptide (p<0.05). In neither case did Tat-NR2B9AA,
the inactive homologue of Tat-NR2B9c, exhibit any neuroprotective effect, consistent with the
action of the active peptide being mediated via its interaction with PDZ domains. In contrast to
the results for CA1 and CA4, Tat -NR2B9c failed to reduce overall cell loss in either CA3 or the
PPC when compared to saline treated animals (Fig 2).
130
FIGURE 5.2 Tat-NR2B9c reduces pyramidal cell loss in the dorsal hippocampus when
administered 3 hours after SE. Animal received saline, Tat-NR2B9c or Tat-NR2B9AA 3 hr
following the termination of SE, and were sacrificed 14 days later. Coronal sections were
stained with NeuN and cell densities determined as in Methods. A: Representative NeuN
stained images of the pyramidal cell layer of indicated regions of the hippocampus and of layer II
of the posterior piriform cortex (PPC). The scale bar = 20 µm. High-powered images captured
at 400X magnification. B. Administration of Tat-NR2B9c reduced SE-induced cell loss in the
CA1 and CA4, but not in the CA3 or PPC. Cell densities for individual animals were plotted as
open circles. The dash represents the mean cell density for the group. Mean cell densities for
each brain region were as follows. CA1: shams (107253 ± 4339 cells/mm3, mean ± S.E.M.,
n=11), Saline (36699 ± 7002 cells/mm3, n=8), Tat-NR2B9c (66049 ± 11993 cells/mm
3, n=10),
Tat-NR2B9AA (30767 ± 7606 cells/mm3, n=8). CA3: shams (62812 ± 1354 cells/mm
3), Saline
(44618 ± 5702 cells/mm3), Tat-NR2B9c (52916 ± 4124 cells/mm
3), Tat-NR2B9AA (41354 ±
6401 cells/mm3). CA4: shams (67847 ± 2923 cells/mm
3), Saline (27391 ± 7657 cells/mm
3),
Tat-NR2B9c (50173.61 ± 8238 cells/mm3), Tat-NR2B9AA (32118 ± 7012 cells/mm
3). PPC:
shams (49961 ± 3033 cells/mm3), Saline (8611 ± 3991 cells/mm
3), Tat-NR2B9c (9104 ± 3691
cells/mm3), Tat-NR2B9AA (12935 ± 3437 cells/mm
3). * denotes a significant difference from
sham group (p<0.05), # denotes a significant difference from saline and Tat-NR2B9AA groups
(p<0.05), ^ indicates a significant difference from saline group (p<0.05), and approaching
significance with Tat-NR2B9AA group (p=0.08).
131
132
5.3.4 Preferential neuroprotection of Tat-NR2B9c is found within specific regions of the CA1 and CA3
The above results demonstrate that the administration of Tat-NR2B9c 3 hrs following SE
resulted in reduced neurodegeneration in the CA1 and CA4 hippocampal subfields, but not in
CA3 or the PPC. These findings were obtained by averaging the cell densities of all counting
frames placed in the different brain regions. To determine if the neuroprotective effects of Tat-
NR2B9c were uniform within individual regions, we compared the effect of Tat-NR2B9c on
neuronal cell densities in individual counting frames. Consistent with the results presented in
Table 5.2, the extent of SE-induced neurodegeneration was similar in each of the counting
frames placed within CA1, CA3, and CA4 and in the PPC in animals that received either saline
or the inactive peptide, Tat-NR2B9AA (Figure 5.3, grey and oblique stripped bars). However, in
contrast to the uniform effect of SE on cell death, comparison of cell densities within individual
counting frames identified differences in the neuroprotective actions of Tat-NR2B9c within CA1
and CA3. The neuroprotective effect of Tat-NR2B9c varied in the medial to lateral direction
across CA1, increasing with proximity to the subicular border (Figure 5.3A, black bars). Thus,
in the presence of the peptide, 81 ± 13% (86,226 ± 14,027 cells/mm3 in animals that received
Tat-NR2B9c vs 106,691 ± 5051 in control animals, p<0.05) of pyramidal neurons remained in
counting frame 1a, adjacent to the subicular border, following SE, whereas only 44 ± 9%
(47,685 ± 9,707 cells/mm3 in animals that received Tat-NR2B9c vs 109,638 ± 4542 in control
animals) remained in counting frame 1c, adjacent to CA2 (Figure 5.3A, black bars). Similarly,
although Tat-NR2B9c had no overall protective effect in CA3 (Figure 5.2), comparison of
individual counting frames showed that whereas there was no protective effect in the areas
represented by counting frames 3a and 3b, there was nearly complete protection in the area
represented by counting frame 3c, the area proximal to the transitional border with CA4 (Figure
5.3B, black bars) Differential neuroprotective effects of Tat-NR2B9c were not observed in
either CA4 or PPC.
133
FIGURE 5.3 Tat-NR2B9c exhibits differential neuroprotection within different regions of
the CA1 and CA3 subfields of the hippocampus. Neuronal densities in individual counting
frames in hippocampal subfields were compared between treatment groups. Results are
expressed as mean ± SEM. Open bars: shams (n = 11); grey bars: saline (n=8); black bars: Tat-
NR2B9c (n=10); oblique stripped bars: Tat-NR2B9AA (n=8). * denotes significant difference
from sham group, # denotes significant difference from saline and Tat-NR2B9AA groups, ^
indicates a significant difference from saline group (p<0.05), and approaching significance
relative to Tat-NR2B9AA group (p=0.067). ** indicates significant difference between counting
frames a and c.
134
0
40
80
120
cells
/mm
3x
10
-3
0
20
40
60
80
cells
/mm
3x
10
-3
1a 1b 1c 3a 3b 3c
A. CA1
0
20
40
60
cells
/mm
3x
10
-3
0
25
50
75
100
cells
/mm
3x
10
-3
a b c4a 4b
B. CA3
C. CA4 D. PPC
* *
*
* *
*^#
* ***
*
**
**
* ** * *
** *
***#
* *
*
* *
*
**
***
#
135
5.3.5 Tat-NR2B9c did not provide neuroprotection in CA1 when administered during SE
The above findings demonstrate that administration of Tat-NR2B9c 3 hrs following the
termination of SE results in significant protection of pyramidal neurons in the hippocampus. We
also determined if Tat-NR2B9c would provide protection if it was administered during SE. For
these experiments, animals received Tat-NR2B9c after 10 minutes of continuous seizure activity,
and SE was allowed to continue for an additional 50 minutes. Administration of the peptide at
this time had no affect on seizure severity or survival rates (Table 5.1). The results presented in
Figure 5.4 show that under these conditions Tat-NR2B9c offered no neuroprotection in CA1.
Increasing the dosage of peptide from3 nMols/g to 9 Mols/g did not increase the neuroprotective
properties of the peptide under these conditions.
136
FIGURE 5.4 Tat-NR2B9c is not neuroprotective when administered 10 minutes following the onset
of SE. SE was induced as in Methods section 5.2.1 and animals received saline or Tat-NR2B9c (3 or 9
nmol/gm) following 10 minutes of continuous behavioural seizures. Seizures were allowed to continue
and SE was terminated after 60 minutes and animals sacrificed 14 days later. A: Representative images
of NeuN stained pyramidal cells in the CA1 region of the dorsal hippocampus. The scale bar = 20 µm.
High-powered images captured at 400X magnification. B: NeuN stained neurons in the CA1 were
quantified as in Methods section 5.2.3 and cell densities plotted. Cell densities for individual animals
were plotted as open circles for sham (n=10) and saline (n=8) groups. Solid shapes denote cell densities
for individual animals that received Tat-NR2B9c at doses of 3 nMols/gm (circles, n=4), or 9 nMols/gm
(triangles, n=3). The dash represents the mean cell density for the group. Mean cell densities were:
shams (107253 ± 4339 cells/mm3, mean ± S.E.M.), Saline (36996 ± 7002 cells/mm
3), Tat-NR2B9c at
3nMol/gm (26427 ± 5847 cells/mm3), Tat-NR2B9c at 9nMol/gm (28340 ± 10290 cells/mm
3). * denotes
significant difference when compared to sham group (p<0.05).
137
138
5.4 Discussion
In the current study we determined the ability of Tat-NR2B9c, a synthetic peptide designed to
selectively disrupt the NMDAR signaling complex (Aarts et al., 2002), to reduce SE-induced
neuropathology. Previously, it was reported that Tat-NR2B9c markedly reduced brain damage
following an ischemic challenge (Aarts et al., 2002; Sun et al., 2008), while maintaining function
of the NMDAR ion channel (Sattler et al., 1999; Aarts et al., 2002). Cui et al (Cui et al., 2007),
analyzed the interaction of Tat-NR2B9c with all known potential human binding partners and
found that it was highly specific for the PDZ2 domain of PSD-95, suggesting that its
neuroprotective action is due to the disruption of protein interactions involving PSD-95.
Although NMDAR antagonists are highly neuroprotective in rodent models of epilepsy, even
when administered after the onset of SE (Fariello et al., 1989; Clifford et al., 1990; Fujikawa et
al., 1994; Fujikawa, 1995), clinical trials with these compounds have failed because of poor
tolerance and efficacy (Dyker et al., 1999; Davis et al., 2000; Albers et al., 2001; Ikonomidou
and Turski, 2002; Muir, 2006). Tat-NR2B9c offers an alternative approach to disrupting
NMDAR-mediated pro-death signaling, while sparing signaling pathways linked to survival and
plasticity (Aarts et al., 2002; Arundine and Tymianski, 2003; Aarts and Tymianski, 2004).
5.4.1 Tat-NR2B9c provided significant neuroprotection in the hippocampus
The primary finding of the present study is that Tat-NR2B9c significantly attenuated
hippocampal damage induced by an episode of SE. Importantly, substitution of the C-terminal
ser and val of Tat-NR2B9c by alanine residues to prevent interaction with the PDZ domains of
PSD-95 (Kornau et al., 1995; Aarts et al., 2002; Cui et al., 2007), completely eliminated the
neuroprotective effect of the peptide, supporting the hypothesis that neuroprotection is due to
disruption of protein interactions involving the PDZ domains of PSD-95. We initially reported
that Tat-NR2B9c preferentially reduced the co-immunoprecipitation of NR2B and PSD-95 from
rat brain extracts (Aarts et al., 2002). More detailed binding analysis subsequently demonstrated
that Tat-NR2B9c has high affinity for the PDZ2 domain of PSD-95, and inhibits the binding of
NR2 subunits, as well as nNOS, to this domain with IC50 values in the low uM range (Cui et al.,
2007). Neuronal nitric oxide synthase (nNOS) is a component of the NMDAR complex and is
activated by the influx of Ca2+
ions via the NMDAR ion channel (Forder and Tymianski, 2009).
NO production is enhanced following SE (Gupta and Dettbarn, 2003), and inhibition of nNOS is
139
neuroprotective (Montecot et al., 1998; Murashima et al., 2000) and antiepileptogenic
(Rajasekaran et al., 2003; Sardo and Ferraro, 2007). Taken together, these findings support a
model in which the neuroprotective actions of Tat-NR2B9c result from disruption of the
NMDAR signaling complex, and in particular dissociation of nNOS from PSD-95, by
competing for PDZ domain binding sites on PSD-95, and are consistent with known
mechanisms of SE-induced cell death (Arundine and Tymianski, 2003; McNamara et al., 2006).
5.4.2 Regional specificity of neuroprotection by Tat-NR2B9c within CA1 and CA3
An unexpected observation was the regional specificity of neuroprotection by Tat-NR2B9c
within CA1 and CA3, the greatest protection of pyramidal neurons within these regions
occurring proximal to the CA1/subicular border and CA3/CA4 border, respectively. The
molecular basis for the differential neuroprotective effects of Tat-NR2B9c remains unclear but
the finding suggests the presence of previously unidentified differences in the properties of these
neurons. The severity of SE-induced neurodegeneration was similar across all counting frames
within CA1 or CA3, indicating that the differential effects of Tat-NR2B9c cannot be explained
by variable sensitivities to the initial insult. The projection patterns of pyramidal cells change
gradually as one moves across CA3 from the border with CA2 to that with CA4 (Lorente De Nó,
1934; Li et al., 1994) and it is tempting to speculate that the increase in neuroprotection from
CA3a (essentially no protection) to CA3c (nearly complete protection), may be related to the
varying pattern of connectivity of CA3 pyramidal neurons. Alternatively, subunit composition is
an important determinant of NMDAR function (Nakanishi et al., 1994; Cull-Candy et al., 2001)
and may affect association of the receptor with members of the PSD-95 family of membrane
associated guanylate kinases (Cousins et al., 2008; Cousins et al., 2009) as well as with
downstream signaling molecules, such as nNOS (Lynch and Guttmann, 2002; Al-Hallaq et al.,
2007). The results therefore suggest the occurrence of differences between protected and non-
protected neurons in subunit composition of the NMDAR and/or in protein interactions involving
PSD-95 within the NMDAR signaling complex. Although differences in the subunit
composition of NMDARs between hippocampal subfields and between dorsal and ventral CA1
have been reported (Coultrap et al., 2005; Pandis et al., 2006; Papatheodoropoulos, 2007), we are
not aware of any studies examining either NMDAR subunit composition or the NMDAR
140
signaling complex within different regions of the same hippocampal subfield, and this remains
an important subject for future investigation.
5.4.3 Neuroprotective effect of tat-NR2B9c is dependent on time of administration
Although the administration of Tat-NR2B9c significantly reduced neuronal loss when the
peptide was given after the termination of SE, it was ineffective if given during SE. Previous
studies have shown that forty to sixty minutes of continuous seizure activity is required before
neuron loss occurs (Nevander et al., 1985; Fujikawa, 1996), suggesting that molecular
mechanisms that occur in the earlier stages of SE are distinct from the pro-death signaling that
occurs following prolonged SE. In general accord with this suggestion, SE results in numerous
changes in the composition and properties of the postsynaptic density, including the recruitment
and activation of several signaling molecules (Niimura et al., 2005; Wyneken et al., 2001),
enhanced phosphorylation of the NMDA receptor and other proteins (Niimura et al., 2005; Huo
et al., 2006), and changes in protein interactions or molecular organization (Moussa et al., 2001).
These seizure-induced changes to the composition and structure of the postsynaptic signaling
apparatus may alter the way in which Tat-NR2B9c interacts with its binding partners and render
the neuron more susceptible to the neuroprotective actions of the peptide. Alternatively,
although peptides fused to the Tat protein transduction domain readily penetrate the blood brain
barrier (Schwarze et al., 1999; van Vliet et al., 2007; Fabene et al., 2008) and enter neurons
(Aarts et al., 2002), enhanced efficacy of Tat-NR2B9c at later times may also result from
increased accessibility to neurons as a result of seizure-related damage to the blood brain barrier
(Fabene et al., 2008). In contrast to the present findings, NMDA receptor antagonists were
reported to provide protection to several brain regions, including the hippocampus and piriform
cortex, when administered only 15 min into SE induced with pilocarpine (Fujikawa, 2004), or
when administered 90 min into SE induced by kainic acid (Ebert et al., 2002; Brandt et al.,
2003b). The difference between these results and those described here with Tat-NR2B9c
presumably relate to the different mechanisms of action of the drugs, the antagonists preventing
entry of Ca2+
ions via the NMDA receptor ion channel and Tat-NR2B9c affecting signalling
downstream of the receptor.
141
5.4.4 Conclusion
In summary, the present study demonstrates that the use of Tat-NR2B9c for the targeted
disruption of the NMDAR signaling complex represents a viable approach for limiting the
neuropathological consequences of SE. Because preservation of neurons within the
hippocampus reduces the behavioural consequences of SE (Brandt et al., 2006), we subsequently
investigated whether Tat-NR2B9c also offered long-term protection against SE-induced
neurological deficits (see chapters 6 and 7).
142
Chapter 6
Long-lasting behavioural and anxiolytic changes in rats following status epilepticus
6.1 Introduction
Depression and anxiety disorders, followed by psychoses, are the most common interictal
behavioural disturbances observed in patients with epilepsy (Boro and Haut, 2003; Devinsky,
2004a; Gaitatzis et al., 2004; Garcia-Morales et al., 2008). Moreover, several studies have found
that these comorbid psychiatric disorders are an independent risk factor for a poor quality of life
in epileptic patients (Cramer, 2002; Gilliam, 2002; Cramer et al., 2003; Boylan et al., 2004;
Johnson et al., 2004). The prevalence rates of psychiatric comorbidities are significantly higher
in temporal lobe epilepsy (TLE) than in other types of epilepsies (Perini et al., 1996; Matsuura et
al., 2003; Garcia-Morales et al., 2008), with up to 50% of patients with TLE experiencing
profound interictal disturbances in emotional behaviour (D. Blumer, G. Montouris and B.
Hermann, 1995). The control of seizure activity with pharmacologic treatment does not always
alleviate these disorders (Engel et al., 1991) and the causal relationship between TLE and
psychiatric disorders is poorly understood (Devinsky, 2003; Swinkels et al., 2005).
The lithium/pilocarpine model of SE in rats recapitulates most clinical and neuropathological
features of human TLE (Curia et al., 2008). In adult rats, the injection of lithium and pilocarpine
leads to status epilepticus (SE) and subsequent development of spontaneous recurrent seizures
(SRSs) within 2 to 6 weeks. Recent literature suggests that the ‗seizure-free‘ period following
SE, also referred to as epileptogenesis, is when neuropathological changes occur to develop an
epileptic brain (McNamara et al., 2006; Curia et al., 2008; Pitkänen and Lukasiuk, 2009).
During epileptogenesis, neuronal loss, gliosis, and synaptic reorganization participate in the
constitution of a hyperexcitable circuit that underlies the occurrence of SRSs (Fujikawa, 2005;
Acharya et al., 2008). The affective symptoms associated with epilepsy are believed to be
secondary to seizures, and are also derived from these neuropathological changes (Sayin et al.,
2004). Previous studies have shown that SE in rats causes extensive neuronal loss in the
hippocampus, cortex, amygdala and thalamus (Honchar et al., 1983; Turski et al., 1983b;
Covolan and Mello, 2006). These structures are known to be functionally important in anxiety
and exploration (Davis, 1992; Degroot and Treit, 2002; Moreira et al., 2007; Carvalho et al.,
143
2008), and damage to them following SE is likely to produce behavioural impairment. This idea
is supported by findings that neuroprotection within these regions attenuates SE-induce
anxiolytic changes in rats when tested in the elevated plus-maze and open field (dos Santos et al.,
2005; Brandt et al., 2006).
While administration of epileptogenic agents is known to produce long-term behavioural
disruption (Rice et al., 1998; Narkilahti et al., 2003b; dos Santos et al., 2005; Detour et al., 2005;
Szyndler et al., 2005; Brandt et al., 2006; de Oliveira et al., 2008; Cardoso et al., 2009), the
relationship between behavioural disruption and the development of status epilepticus remains
unclear. In chapter 4, we demonstrated that the majority of SE-induced neuronal death occurs
within 3 days after the termination of SE. Because neurodegeneration is associated with
cognitive and behavioural morbidity (Milgram et al., 1988; Mikati et al., 2001; Wu et al., 2001;
dos Santos et al., 2005; Brandt et al., 2006), our first objective was to examine the time course of
behavioural changes following SE. We assessed short-term behavioural disturbances at 1 and 2
weeks following SE, and long-term behavioural disturbances at 12 weeks to determine if these
changes were persistent or were affected by the development of SRSs.
Rats treated with the repeated low-dose pilocarpine (RLDP) protocol exhibited less severe status
and a lower mortality rate compared to rats treated with the LDP protocol (see Results sections
3.3.2 and 3.3.3). Although neuropathology in rats treated with the two seizure-inducing
protocols was similar (see Results section 3.3.5), it is possible that differences in other factors
not assessed (i.e., changes in synaptic plasticity, neurogenesis, synaptic reorganization) may be
present and as a result, cause differences in behavioural responses in rats treated with the two
procedures. Therefore, our second objective was to compare the subsequent behavioural effects
of the two seizure-inducing protocols. Because we demonstrated protection within the CA1,
CA3 and CA4 subfields of the dorsal hippocampus following administration of tat-NR2B9c (see
Results 5.3.3), our third objective was to determine the effect of tat-NR2B9c on behaviour. Our
behavioural assessment protocol consisted of two common tests for anxiety-like behaviour, the
open-field (Prut and Belzung, 2003) and the elevated plus maze (File, 1993), and four
hyperexcitability tests (Rice et al., 1998).
144
6.2 Methods
6.2.1 Animals
All procedures were approved by the University of Toronto Scarborough Animal Care
Committee and were in accordance with the guidelines established by the Canadian Council on
Animal Care. Male Wistar rats (Charles River Laboratories, Sherbrooke, Quebec, Canada)
weighing between 300 and 350 g were individually housed with free access to food and water for
at least 7 days in 12 h light/dark cycles before experimental use.
6.2.2 Induction of status epilepticus and administration of peptides
Two separate studies were performed. In the first, the effects of the low-dose pilocarpine (LDP)
and the repeated low-dose pilocarpine (RLDP) seizure-inducing protocols on behaviour were
compared. SE was induced in adult Wistar rats (320 – 350 g) using either the LDP or RLDP
methods exactly as described in Methods section 3.2.2. SE was terminated by the administration
of diazepam (4 mg/kg, i.p.) at 1, 3 and 5 hours following the onset of SE. Ten animals
developed SE following the LDP procedure and were used for the subsequent behavioural
studies (Table 6.1).
For the RLDP method, rats were pretreated with lithium chloride (3mEq/kg, i.p.) approximately
24 hours before and methylatropine nitrate (10 mg/kg, i.p) 30 min before the initial injection of
pilocarpine. Pilocarpine (10 mg/kg, i.p.) was administered every 30 min as described by Glien et
al., (2001) until the rat experienced a generalized, class 4/5 seizure, since rats generally
developed SE shortly thereafter. Animals that did not develop SE within 30 min of the first class
4/5 seizure, received additional pilocarpine injections at 30-min intervals up to a maximum of 6
injections. Diazepam (4 mg/kg, i.p.) was administered at 1, 3 and 5 hours following onset of SE
to terminate seizure activity. Twenty-seven animals developed SE using the RLDP procedure
(Table 6.1)
The second study assessed the effect of the peptide tat-NR2B9c on behavioural outcomes in rats
following SE. SE was induced with the RLDP procedure and peptides, tat-NR2B9c and tat-
NR2BAA, were administered as described in Methods section 5.2.2. Two control groups were
used: (1) Sham rats (n=19) received a mock femoral vein cannulation and were treated
identically to SE animals except that they received saline in place of pilocarpine; they did not
145
develop SE. In a pilot study, sham rats were found to behave identically in the behavioural tests
(open field, elevated-plus maze, and hyperexcitability tests) to naïve rats not subjected to the
mock surgery, indicating that femoral vein cannulation had no effect on the behavioural
outcome. (2) ‗Pilo no-SE‘ rats (n=22) were treated with the RLDP protocol but did not develop
SE. Figure 6.1 summarizes the SE-inducing protocols and experimental animal groups used in
the behavioural studies (chapters 6 and 7).
Animals were continuously monitored following the first injection of pilocarpine, and seizure
activity was recorded as described in Methods section 3.2.3. All rats received post-seizure care
as described in Methods section 3.2.4.
146
Figure 6.1 Schematic of SE-induction protocols and treatments in SE and non-SE groups
(see Methods section 6.2.2).
147
148
6.2.3 Behavioural tests
6.2.3.1 Pre-observational period to behavioural testing
All animals were observed for 1 hr prior to testing. If the rat was seizure-free within the
observation period, the animal was tested as described below. If a rat exhibited recurrent
seizures within the observation period, than the test was postponed until the following day. Any
trial in which a rat exhibited SRSs was excluded from the final analyses of the data. The open
field test and hyperexcitability tests were performed 1, 2 and 12 weeks following SE. The
elevated plus maze was performed 12 weeks after SE. The elevated plus maze test was
performed on separate days from the open field and hyperexcitability tests.
In the behavioural studies, all SRSs observed during handling, during the testing or observation
periods, or by direct observation of the rats in their home cages were recorded. A rat was
considered epileptic after exhibiting one or more SRSs.
6.2.3.2 Open-field test
The open field test measures anxiety-like behaviour and locomotor activity (Prut and Belzung,
2003). Rats were placed in the center of a square open field (diameter 100 cm) enclosed with
walls 36 cm high, and created from clear Plexiglas. The apparatus was divided into 16 equally
spaced squares, with the 4 centre squares defined as the centre arena. The open field was placed
inside a light- and sound-attenuated room. Before each trial, the field was cleaned with 70%
alcohol solution. Behaviour was recorded with a video camera for 10 min, and later analyzed
independently by 2 experimenters blinded to animal treatment. Experimenters were not present
in the room during the test. For each rat, the total number of squares crossed (with four paws) in
the peripheral and center regions of the open field, the number of entries (with four paws) into
the centre arena, and the frequency and duration of rearing activity was assessed.
6.2.3.3 Elevated plus maze test
The elevated-plus maze is used to assess anxiety in rodents (Hogg, 1996). The procedure
consists of allowing rats to freely explore two elevated open and two elevated closed arms. In
such a situation, rats spontaneously prefer the darker closed arms and avoid the anxiety-
provoking open arms. The apparatus consisted of painted black wood in the form of two open
149
arms (50 X 10 cm), and two enclosed arms (50 X 10 X 40 cm), annexed to a central platform (10
X 10 cm) to form a plus sign. Grip was facilitated by lining the enclosed and open arms with
black textured rubber. The apparatus was elevated 50 cm above the floor level. The test was
conducted inside a light- and sound-attenuated room, without the presence of an experimenter.
Before each trial, the maze was cleaned thoroughly with 70% alcohol. At the beginning of the
trial, rats were placed on the central platform always facing the same closed arm. Behaviour was
recorded with a video camera for 5 min, and later analyzed independently by 2 experimenters.
For each rat, the time spent and number of entries (with four paws) in different sections of the
maze (open and closed arms), frequency of risk assessments (with two paws in the open arm,
head extended over the ledge), and rearing frequency was assessed. Occasionally, SE groups fell
from the ledge of the outer arm to the floor of the elevated plus maze. In these cases, the SE
groups were retested the following day; if the animal fell during the second trial, the data was
eliminated from final analyses.
6.2.3.4 Hyperexcitability tests
Rice et al., (1998) described four behavioural tests that potentially discriminate hyperexcitability
differences between SE groups and non-SE rats. These tests were taken from the functional
observational battery described by Moser et al., (1988). The four tests are described below:
1. Approach-response test: A pen held vertically is moved slowly toward the face of the
animal. Responses were scored as 1, no reaction; 2, the rat sniffs at the object, 3, the rat
moves away from the object; 4, the rat freezes; 5, the rat jumps away from the object; and
6, the rat jumps at or attacks the object.
2. Touch-response test: The animal is gently prodded in the rump with the blunt end of a
pen. Responses were scored as 1, no reaction; 2, the rat turns toward the object; 3, the rat
moves away from the object; 4, the rat freezes; 5, the rat jerks around toward the touch; 6,
the rat turns away from the touch; and 7, the rat jumps with or without vocalizations.
3. Finger-snap test: A finger snap several inches above the head of the animal is performed.
Responses were scored as 1, no reaction; 2, the rat jumps slightly or flicks the ear (normal
reaction); and 3, the rat jumps dramatically.
4. Pick-up test: The animal is picked up by grasping around the body. Responses were
scored as 1, very easy; 2, easy with vocalizations; 3, some difficulty, the rat rears and
150
faces the hand; 4, the rat freezes (with or without vocalizations); 5, difficult, the rat
avoids the hand by moving away; and 6, very difficult, the rat behaves defensively, and
may attack the hand.
A minimum of three observers independently recorded the behaviour for each rat, and the means
of their scores were calculated for each animal in each test. The tests were accomplished in the
home cage, and were conducted at least 30 min apart.
6.2.4 Statistical Analysis
Analysis of variance (ANOVA) and chi-square analysis were performed using Statistica 9.0
software. Non-parametric testing was performed using GraphPad Prism 5 software.
Significance was set at a p-value of 0.05 or less.
151
6.3 Results
6.3.1 SE induction
SE induction rates and mortality rates between groups were assessed using chi-square analysis.
The number of pilocarpine injections administered in the RLDP protocol and weight gain
between groups was assessed by one-way ANOVA. As demonstrated in Table 6.1, there was no
significant difference between groups with respect to seizure susceptibility, as assessed by the
number of repeated low-dose pilocarpine injections (10 mg/kg) administered in the RLDP
protocol, and by the percentage of rats entering SE. By 3 months after SE, however, rats treated
with the LDP protocol exhibited a higher mortality rate compared to rats treated with the RLDP
protocol. All experimental groups experienced similar weight gain at 3 months following SE.
By 3 months, all rats that developed SE were observed to exhibit at least 1 recurrent seizure
(stage 4/5), and therefore were considered to be epileptic.
Table 6.1: Comparison of experimental groups in seizure susceptibility and mortality at 3 months
following SE Treatment Total #
of rats
per
group
# of
pilocarpine
injections for
RLDP
protocol1
Latency to SE
onset for LDP
protocol2
(min)
SE
induction3
Survived4 Died
4 Weight
5
(g)
Saline RLDP
(Saline SE)
54 3.8 ± 1.3 – 36 (67%) 27 9 (25%)* 550 ± 43
Tat-NR2B9c
SE
33 3.6 ± 1.0 – 23 (70%) 17 6 (26%)** 548 ± 29
Tat-
NR2BAA SE
45 3.5 ± 1.3 – 30 (66%) 23 7 (23%)* 545 ± 41
Wistar LDP 25 – 48 ± 16 17 (68%) 10 7 (41%) 552 ± 60
Sham 19 – – – – – 556 ± 49
Pilo non-SE 22 – – – – – 561 ± 46
1. Number of low dose pilocarpine injections (10 mg/kg) administered in the RLDP protocol (average ± SD).
2. Latency to SE onset in the LDP protocol (average ± SD). 3. Number of animals that developed SE for 60 min.
Numbers in () represent % of animals that entered SE. 4. Number of animals that surivived or died within 3 months
following SE. Numbers in () represent the % of animals that died. * Lower mortality rate detected in rats treated
with the RLDP protocol compared with the LDP protocol p<0.005, **p<0.10. 5. Weight in grams (average ± SD) at
3.5 months after SE. Data assessed using one-way ANOVA or chi-square analysis.
152
6.3.2 Open field test
The open field data was first assessed by repeated measures ANOVA followed by the Newman-
Keuls post-hoc test to determine group differences. No significant effect in locomotor activity as
assessed by the total number of squares crossed between SE and non-SE groups, week at which
the test was conducted, and no significant interaction between test week and group was detected.
These results indicate no presence of motor impairment between groups or between testing
sessions. However, there were group differences in rearing. SE groups exhibited a lower
frequency and a lower duration of rearing activity when compared to non-SE groups within the
first week after SE, and this difference in behaviour remained unchanged in the second and
twelfth week (Figure 6.2, A,B). No difference was detected between SE groups and non-SE
groups in the number of entries into the centre, or the number of centre squares crossed (Figure
6.2, C,D). Instead, all groups showed substantially higher locomotor activity in the peripheral
region of the open field (Figure 6.2, E). Rats treated with either the LDP or the RLDP seizure-
inducing protocol exhibited similar performance in the open field test (Figure 6.3).
153
Figure 6.2: The effect of SE on behaviour in the open field. SE was induced with either the
RLDP (n=27) or the LDP (n=10) procedure and terminated after 60 min as in Methods section
6.2.2. Non-SE control groups included ‗pilo no-SE‘ rats (n=22) treated with pilocarpine and did
not develop SE, and ‗sham‘ rats (n=19) treated with saline instead of pilocarpine. Behaviour in
the open field assessed 1 week (black bars), 2 weeks (grey bars) and 12 weeks (oblique-striped
bars) after SE (see Methods section 6.2.3.2). (A) Illustrates the frequency of rearing during the
10-min trial. (B) Illustrates the total duration of rearing activity (sec). (C) Illustrates the
frequency of entries (with four paws) into the centre square. (D) Illustrates number of centre
squares crossed (with four paws). (E) Illustrates number of peripheral squares crossed (with four
paws). (F) Illustrates total number of squares crossed. * Significant difference from non-SE
control groups across all three times assessed (p<0.05). Bars represent group average ± SEM.
Data analyzed by one-way ANOVA followed by Newman-Keuls post-hoc test.
154
155
6.3.3 Hyperexcitability tests
Because behaviour in the hyperexcitability tests was assessed using a 3- to 6- grade ordinal scale,
data from each week assessed was first analyzed using the non-parametric Kruskall-Wallis
ANOVA by ranks, followed by the Dunn‘s test to determine individual group differences.
Among the four hyperexcitability tests described by Rice et al., (1998), SE groups and non-SE
groups exhibited similar responses on the approach-response test and the finger-snap test (Figure
6.3, A, C). By contrast, a clear difference was observed in the touch-response test in that the SE
groups were significantly more touch-sensitive than the non-SE groups (Figure 6.3, B). In
addition, the SE groups reacted more aggressively than the non-SE groups in the pick-up test
(Figure 6.3, D). The difference in responses between SE and non-SE groups was detected within
the first week after SE, and persisted in the second and twelfth week. The nonparametric
Friedman‘s test was used to measure the performance stability for each group all along the 3
testing sessions. This analysis showed that for each group, animal responses in the first week did
not change in the second and twelfth week in any of the four hyperexcitability tests. The
behaviour in the hyperexcitability tests of the RLDP SE group was indistinguishable from the
LDP SE group.
156
Figure 6.3 The effect of SE on behaviour in the four hyperexcitability tests. SE was induced
with either the RLDP (n=27) or the LDP (n=10) procedure and terminated after 60 min as in
Methods section 6.2.2. Non-SE control groups included ‗pilo no-SE‘ rats (n=22) treated with
pilocarpine and did not develop SE, and ‗sham‘ rats (n=19) treated with saline instead of
pilocarpine. Behaviour in the hyperexcitability tests assessed 1 week (black bars), 2 weeks (grey
bars) and 12 weeks (oblique-striped bars) after SE. See Methods section 6.2.3.4 for behavioural
responses assessed in the following tests: (A) approach-response test; (B) touch-response test;
(C) finger-snap test; (D) pick-up test. * Significant difference from non-SE control groups
across all three times assessed (p<0.05). Bars represent average ± SEM. Data analyzed by
Kruskal-Wallis (ANOVA for non-parametric data) test followed by Dunn‘s test for individual
differences.
157
158
6.3.4 Elevated-plus maze:
Behaviour in the elevated-plus maze was determined 12 weeks following SE and data was first
analyzed using one-way ANOVA. The Newman-Keuls post-hoc test detected differences
between SE groups and non-SE groups. Similar to the findings in the open field test, SE groups
showed attenuated rearing activity when compared to non-SE groups in the elevated plus maze
(Figure 6.4, A). The frequency of risk assessments was also decreased in the SE groups,
indicating decreased exploratory behaviour (Figure 6.4, B). Non-SE groups spent most of their
time within the protected closed arms of the elevated-plus maze (Figure 6.4, C-F). However,
unlike controls, the SE groups spent a greater amount of time in the open unprotected arms, and
had fewer entries into the closed arms of the maze (Figure 6.4, C-F), indicating decreased
anxiety-like behaviour. Rats treated with either the LDP or the RLDP protocol had similar
behavioural responses in the elevated-plus maze.
Some SE groups failed to remain on the elevated-plus maze, and fell off the ledge of the open
arm in two separate 5-min trials. The results from these incomplete trials were eliminated from
the final analyses. Chi-square analysis revealed no statistically significant difference between
SE groups in terms of the number of rats excluded: 3 from the ‗LDP SE‘ experimental group, 6
from the ‗RLDP SE‘ (or ‗saline SE‘) group, 2 from the ‗tat-NR2B9c SE‘ group, and 3 from the
‗tat-NR2BAA SE‘ group. All rats in the non-SE groups remained on the elevated-plus maze
during the duration of testing.
159
Figure 6.4 The effect of SE on behaviour in the elevated-plus maze. SE was induced with
either the RLDP (grey bar, n=21) or the LDP (checker-patterned bar, n=7) procedure and
terminated after 60 min as in Methods section 6.2.2. Non-SE control groups included ‗pilo no-
SE‘ rats (white bar, n=22) treated with pilocarpine and did not develop SE, and ‗sham‘ rats
(black bar, n=19) treated with saline instead of pilocarpine. Behaviour in the elevated-plus maze
assessed 12 weeks after SE (see Methods section 6.2.3.3). (A) illustrates the frequency of
rearing during the 5-min trial. (B) illustrates the frequency of lookouts (with two paws in the
open arm, head extended over the ledge). (C) illustrates the frequency of entries (with four paws)
into the open arm. (D) illustrates the frequency of entries (with four paws) into the closed arm.
(E) illustrates time spent in the open arm (sec). (F) illustrates time spent in the closed arm (sec).
* Significant difference from non-SE control groups (p<0.05). ** Significant difference from
sham group. Bars represent average ± SEM. Data assessed by one-way ANOVA followed by
Newman-Keuls multiple comparison post-hoc test.
160
161
6.3.5 The effect of Tat-NR2B9c on behaviour following SE
In chapter 5, we demonstrated that tat-NR2B9c is neuroprotective within the CA1, CA3 and CA4
pyramidal cell layers of the dorsal hippocampus. Because the dorsal hippocampus is involved in
behaviours such as anxiety and exploration (Davis, 1992; Moreira et al., 2007; Carvalho et al.,
2008; Degroot and Treit, 2002), we determined whether the neuroprotection provided by tat-
NR2B9c would mitigate SE-induced behavioural morbidity. The results showed that
administration of tat-NR2B9c did not alter the behavioural outcomes in the open field test (figure
6.5), the hyperexcitability tests (figure 6.6) or the elevated-plus maze test (figure 6.7). Data for
each test was analyzed as described above.
162
Figure 6.5 Tat-NR2B9c had no effect on behaviour in the open field. In drug-treated
animals, tat-NR2B9C (n=16), tat-NR2BAA (n=19) or saline (n=27) was administered 3 hr
following the termination of SE induced by the RLDP procedure (see Methods section 6.2.2).
Shams (n=19) received saline instead of pilocarpine. Behaviour in the open field assessed 1
week (black bars), 2 weeks (grey bars) and 12 weeks (oblique-striped bars) after SE (see section
6.2.3.2). (A) illustrates the frequency of rearing during the 10-min trial. (B) illustrates the total
duration of rearing activity (sec). (C) illustrates the frequency of entries (with four paws) into the
centre square. (D) illustrates number of centre squares crossed (with four paws). (E) illustrates
number of peripheral squares crossed (with four paws). (F) illustrates total number of squares
crossed. * Significant difference from shams across all three times assessed (p<0.05). Bars
represent average ± SEM. Data analyzed by one-way ANOVA followed by Newman-Keuls
post-hoc test.
163
164
Figure 6.6 Tat-NR2B9c had no effect on behaviour in the four hyperexcitability tests. In
drug-treated animals, tat-NR2B9C (n=16), tat-NR2BAA (n=19) or saline (n=27) was
administered 3 hr following the termination of SE induced by the RLDP procedure (see Methods
section 6.2.2). Shams (n=19) received saline instead of pilocarpine. Behaviour in the
hyperexcitability tests assessed 1 week (black bars), 2 weeks (grey bars) and 12 weeks (oblique-
striped bars) after SE. See section 6.2.3.4 for behavioural responses assessed in the following
tests: (A) approach-response test; (B) touch-response test; (C) finger-snap test; (D) pick-up test.
* Significant difference from shams across all three times assessed (p<0.05). Bars represent
average ± SEM. Data analyzed by Kruskal-Wallis (ANOVA for non-parametric data) test
followed by Dunn‘s test for individual differences.
165
166
Figure 6.7 Tat-NR2B9c had no effect on behaviour in the elevated-plus maze. In drug-
treated animals, tat-NR2B9C (black bars, n=14), tat-NR2BAA (oblique-striped bars, n=16) or
saline (grey bars, n=21) was administered 3 hr following the termination of SE induced by the
RLDP procedure (see Methods section 6.2.2). Shams (white bar, n=19) received saline instead
of pilocarpine. Behaviour in the elevated-plus maze assessed 12 weeks after SE (see section
6.2.3.3). (A) illustrates the frequency of rearing during the 5-min trial. (B) illustrates the
frequency of lookouts (with two paws in the open arm, head extended over the ledge). (C)
illustrates the frequency of entries (with four paws) into the open arm. (D) illustrates the
frequency of entries (with four paws) into the closed arm. (E) illustrates time spent in the open
arm (sec). (F) illustrates time spent in the closed arm (sec). * Significant difference from shams
(p<0.05). Bars represent average ± SEM. Data assessed by one-way ANOVA followed by
Newman-Keuls multiple comparison post-hoc test.
167
168
6.4 Discussion
In the present study, the behavioural responses of rats were assessed at 1 week, 2 weeks and 12
weeks following SE in the open field test and in four hyperexcitability tests, and at 12 weeks in
the elevated plus maze test (described in Methods section 6.2.3). The study showed (1) that SE
in rats causes anxiolytic changes in behaviour when assessed in the open field and elevated-plus
maze, and increased hyperexcitability in the touch-response test and in the pick-up test; (2) these
behavioural changes appear within the first week after SE and persist with the occurrence of
SRSs and; (3) treatment with tat-NR2B9c did not modify the post-SE behavioural response.
These findings are discussed below.
6.4.1 SE causes anxiolytic changes in behaviour and increased hyperexcitability
In the present study, we demonstrated that rats following SE showed anxiolytic changes in
behavior and increased hyperexcitability. Although previous findings have reported behavioural
changes in rats following SE (Detour et al., 2005; dos Santos et al., 2005; Szyndler et al., 2005;
Brandt et al., 2006; Cardoso et al., 2009; Groticke et al., 2008), there are some differences
between our observations and previously published results. In the open field and elevated-plus
maze, we observed decreased rearing activity following SE. This observation is similar to the
findings reported in Dos Santos et al., (2006) with Wistar rats using high-dose pilocarpine (320
mg/kg), and in Groticke et al., (2008) with mice using intrahipppocampal injection of kainate,
and has been interpreted as indicating that rats following SE display hyporeactivity to a stressful
environment (dos Santos et al., 2005; Groticke et al., 2008). On the contrary, elevated rearing
activity in Sprague Dawley rats was reported after SE induced by the low-dose pilocarpine
procedure (Detour et al., 2005), and after self-sustaining status epilepticus (SSSE) induced by
electrical stimulation of the basolateral amygdaloid nucleus (Brandt et al., 2006); in these
studies, increased rearing activity was suggested to reflect disinhibited hyperactive behaviour
(dos Santos et al., 2005). Although our results and previous findings demonstrated anxiolytic
behavioural changes in the elevated-plus maze, with SE groups spending a greater amount of
time in the unprotected open arm (dos Santos et al., 2005; Detour et al., 2005; Brandt et al.,
2006; de Oliveira et al., 2008; Cardoso et al., 2009), Groticke et al., (2008) failed to find
behavioural changes with this task in SE mice. Additional behavioural responses not observed in
the current study but previously reported include increased locomotor activity (Milgram et al.,
169
1988; Santos et al., 2000; Kubova et al., 2004; Sayin et al., 2004; Detour et al., 2005; dos Santos
et al., 2005; Szyndler et al., 2005; Brandt et al., 2006; Müller et al., 2009; Cardoso et al., 2009;
Sun et al., 2009), and elevated activity in the central square of the open field (Detour et al., 2005;
Szyndler et al., 2005; Brandt et al., 2006).
For the hyperexcitability tests, our results are similar to Rice et al., (1998) with Sprague-Dawley
rats using high-dose pilocarpine (320 mg/kg), demonstrating that SE groups scored significantly
higher on the touch-response and pick-up tests. In contrast, Brandt et al.,(2006) only detected a
significant difference in the touch-response test in Sprague-Dawley rats after SSSE induced by
electrical stimulation of the basolateral amygdaloid nucleus. Because rat strain or use of
different seizure protocols have been shown to result in differences of behavioural outcomes
(Cardoso et al., 2009; Hort et al., 2000), these factors may account for the differences between
our findings and previously published results. An alternative possibility is that our results differ
from others because the rats were retested multiple times in the open field and in the
hyperexcitability tests. Previous studies have shown that repeated testing in the open field can
result in decreased open field activity directed to searching the environment, and is considered an
adaptive response (Stafstrom et al., 1993; Erdogan et al., 2005). However, we detected no
behavioural differences between test times in SE and non-SE animal groups, and consider that
the interval between each test session was long enough not to cause habituation in the open field
or in the hyperexcitability tests.
In chapter 3, we demonstrated that rats treated with the RLDP protocol exhibited a lower
mortality rate and less severe seizure activity compared to rats treated with the LDP protocol.
Despite these differences, we found that the RLDP SE groups and the LDP SE groups exhibited
similar behavioural responses in the elevated-plus maze, open field and hyperexcitability tests.
The significance of these findings is discussed in greater detail in section 7.4.1, but in general
they support the conclusion that the RLDP protocol is a better method for generating seizures.
Although the open field and elevated-plus maze both measure behavioural responses to anxiety
and stress in rodents, we found that the elevated-plus maze was the more sensitive test in
distinguishing SE groups from controls. As discussed above, we found SE groups to be different
from non-SE groups in several behavioural measures assessed with the elevated-plus maze.
Briefly, these differences consisted of SE groups exhibiting a decrease in rearing activity, a
lower frequency of outlooks, less entries and time spent in the closed arm, and increased entries
170
and time spent in the open arm. Although rearing activity in SE groups was attenuated in the
open field, other parameters assessed (i.e., entries and activity in the center of the maze) were
found to be similar to non-SE groups. In general, we found that with the lithium/pilocarpine
model, the elevated-plus maze was more sensitive in detecting behavioural alterations in rats
caused by SE than the open field.
6.4.2 Behavioural changes in rats following SE are long-lasting
SE-induced behavioural alterations in the hyperexcitability tests and in the open field test
appeared within the first week after SE and were still apparent 12 weeks later, indicating that
these changes were unaltered by development of SRSs. Our results are in agreement with Rice
et al., (1998) who detected behavioural changes in the touch-response and pick-up tests as early
as 2 days after SE. Severe and persistent behavioural changes are also reported in other seizure
models. For instance, kainic acid-treated rats showed increased hyperreactivity in response to
handling and increased activity in the open field 24-hours after SE, with behavioural changes
present 2 months later (Milgram et al., 1988). Many authors have suggested that early
behavioural changes are caused by neuronal injury resulting from continuous seizure activity
persisting longer than 30 minutes (Milgram et al., 1988; dos Santos et al., 2005; Detour et al.,
2005; Szyndler et al., 2005; Brandt et al., 2006; Groticke et al., 2008). The hippocampus and
amygdala strongly mediate the unconditioned fear response resulting from exposure to a
threatening situation (Pitkanen et al., 2000; Kjelstrup et al., 2002). The ventral hippocampus
projects to the prefrontal cortex and is closely connected to the bed nucleus of the stria terminalis
and the amygdala, as well as other subcortical structures which are associated with the
hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal axis (Pitkanen et al., 2000; Bannerman et al., 2004). Most of the
amygdaloid nuclei have some reciprocal projections with the hippocampal formation, although
this is most pronounced for the basal and lateral nuclei (Pitkanen et al., 2000; Bannerman et al.,
2004). Detour et al., (2005) suggested that disruption of these networks which are involved in
fear expression causes misevaluation of threatening situations, which could in turn reduce
anxiety (as we observed in the open field and elevated-plus maze), and enhance impulsive
maladapted behaviour (as we observed in the hyperexcitability tests).
171
Because we conducted an intensive time-course evaluation of SE-induced neurodegeneration
(refer to chapter 4), we were able to compare the progression of neuron loss with the occurrence
of behavioural changes in rats following SE. We demonstrated that extensive neuronal loss
occurs within the hippocampus, amygdala, thalamus and piriform cortex as early as 3 hrs after
SE, with the majority of damage present by 3 days (see chapter 4, section 4.3.2). The acute loss
of neurons we observed in rats after SE is consistent with the early development of behavioural
deficits described by Rice et al., (1998), by Milgram et al., (1988), and with our results in the
present study (see above). Although we are unable to link neuropathology with behavioural
disruption, our data suggest that the occurrence of neuronal loss caused by SE is accompanied by
early behavioural disturbances, and that these behavioural changes are not altered by the
occurrence of SRSs.
6.4.3 Treatment with tat-NR2B9c did not have neuroprotective effects as assessed behaviourally.
In Chapter 5, we reported that administration of tat-NR2B9c resulted in decreased loss of
pyramidal cells in the CA1, CA3, and CA4 subfields of the dorsal hippocampus. In the present
study, we investigated whether this protection was associated with reversal of SE-induced
behavioural changes. Although traditionally associated with learning and memory, recent
studies show that the dorsal hippocampus also exhibits a modulatory role in anxiety-related
behaviours. For instance, pharmacological stimulation of the GABAergic, serotonergic or
cholinergic receptor systems in the dorsal hippocampus produces robust anxiolytic effects in
several animal models of anxiety (Engin and Treit, 2007). Similarly, lesion studies by
Bannerman et al., (1999) in either dorsal or ventral hippocampus produces anxiolytic effects in
the elevated-plus maze (Bannerman et al., 1999). More specifically, Menard et al., (2001)
demonstrated that the pyramidal cells within the dorsal hippocampus sends glutamatergic
efferents to the septal nucleus, and that these regions act in concert to regulate some (open arm
avoidance in elevated-plus maze test) but not all (e.g. shock-probe burying test) anxiety-related
behaviours (Menard and Treit, 2001). Despite the evidence that the dorsal hippocampus is
involved in anxiety-related behaviours, we found that the degree of neuroprotection provided by
tat-NR2B9c within this region had no effect on any of the behavioural tests analyzed.
While some studies support a role for neuroprotection in the improvement of behavioural
functioning, other studies have failed to establish this connection. Congruent with our findings,
172
Narkilahti et al., (2003b) demonstrated that although inhibition of caspase-3 after SE provided
partial protection to CA1 and CA3c, it did not modify behavioural deficits as assessed in the
open field and elevated-plus maze. In contrast, Brandt et al., (2006) demonstrated that nearly
complete neuroprotection within the hippocampus in valporate-treated rats reduced anxiolytic
effects in the open field, in the elevated-plus maze and in the touch-response test. Dos Santos et
al., (2005) also demonstrated that treatment with cycloheximide four hours after SE prevented
tissue shrinkage of the dorsal hippocampus, and spared behavioural functioning in the open field
and in the elevated-plus maze. A possible explanation for the difference in findings between
these studies may be related to variations in the amount of protection under the different
conditions. While Brandt et al., (2006) and dos Santos et al., (2005) observed nearly complete
preservation of the dorsal hippocampus, only partial protection was described by Narkilahti et
al., (2003b) and by us (see chapter 5). It is also possible that the various treatments resulted in
differential protection of other brain regions relevant to the behaviours analyzed, and/or affected
other neurpathological factors that may contribute to altered behaviour (i.e., neurogenesis and
synaptic plasticity).
The administration of Tat-NR2B9c did not prevent the development of SRSs, in spite of its
neuroprotective effect. All rats that developed SE were determined to be epileptic within 3
months regardless of whether or not they received the peptide. This result is in line with several
other studies in which neuroprotection did not prevent the development of epilepsy (Andre et al.,
2001; Brandt et al., 2003b; Brandt et al., 2006), and indicates that other factors such as axonal
sprouting, neurogenesis and/or synaptic reorganization may play a more important role in the
development of SRSs (Curia et al., 2008). The effect of tat-NR2B9c on these processes has yet
to be assessed.
6.4.4 Conclusion
In the present study, we found that treatment of rats with lithium and pilocarpine produced long-
lasting behavioural modifications that appeared within the first week after SE, and remain
unchanged by development of SRSs at 3 months. These modifications consisted of decreased
exploratory behaviour as assessed in the open field test, and increased hyperreactivity as assessed
in the pick-up test and in the touch-response test. SE also produced anxiolytic effects as
measured in rats by the elevated-plus maze at 3 months following treatment. The behavioural
173
effects were accompanied by histopathological changes in the brain structures (i.e.,
hippocampus, thalamus, amygdala, and piriform cortex) involved in the control of exploration
and anxiety. However, further research is necessary to establish the link between early SE-
induced histopathological changes and behavioural alterations.
In sum, the obtained results indicate that lithium/pilocarpine-induced SRSs are also accompanied
by profound behavioural disturbances, and thus could model anxiety-related disorders observed
in humans with TLE.
174
Chapter 7
The effect of SE on performance in the Morris water maze and use of exploratory strategies
7.1 Introduction
Impaired learning and memory is common in patients with epilepsy (Motamedi and Meador,
2003; Vingerhoets, 2006). The type of neuropathology associated with epilepsy may affect the
type of cognitive dysfunction. For instance, temporal lobe epilepsy (TLE) with hippocampal
sclerosis is often associated with memory impairment (Motamedi and Meador, 2003). The most
reliable observations in TLE patients are deficits in declarative memory (ability to acquire facts
and events related to one‘s personal past, which is often compared with visual-spatial learning in
rats; (Guerreiro et al., 2001) and in the performance of visuospatial tasks (Hermann et al., 1997;
Gleissner et al., 1998; Abrahams et al., 1999)). When administered systemically pilocarpine
results in a condition similar to human TLE (Honchar et al., 1983; Turski et al., 1989; Persinger
et al., 1993; Curia et al., 2008). Rats receiving pilocarpine undergo convulsive status epilepticus
(SE), which is followed by development of spontaneous recurrent seizures (SRSs), as well as
memory and learning impairment (Persinger et al., 1993; Rice et al., 1998; Curia et al., 2008).
The Morris water maze (MWM) has frequently been used to investigate spatial learning and
memory (Morris, 1984; Vorhees and Williams, 2006). During testing, a rat is placed into a pool
of water and swims to find a hidden (submerged) platform. It is now recognized that acquisition
of the water maze task has two main components: (1) procedural–strategy learning and (2)
spatial learning (Morris and Frey, 1997; Inglish and Morris, 2004). The first component
involves learning behavioural strategies that allow the rat to move around in its spatial
environment and to learn the most effective strategies for finding and reaching its target. To
accomplish this, the rat must learn to search away from the pool wall (where the escape platform
is never placed), realize that the escape platform offers the only refuge in the pool, and suppress
attempts to climb out of the pool by clawing at the wall (Whishaw, 1989). During spatial
learning the rat builds a spatial cognitive map correlating context information (extramaze cues)
with platform location (Morris, 1984; DiMattia and Kesner, 1988; Fenton and Bures, 1993).
Once this map is created, the rat is able to swim directly to the escape platform from any point of
the circumference of the tank. Success in the spatial learning component requires prior learning
175
of the procedural-strategy component (Morris, 1989;; Whishaw, 1989; Saucier and Cain, 1995;
Bannerman et al., 1995; Baldi et al., 2003).
Although previous studies have showed impaired spatial learning during MWM testing in rats
following SE (Persinger et al., 1993; Rice et al., 1998; Hort et al., 1999; Hort et al., 2000; Wu et
al., 2001; McKay and Persinger, 2004; dos Santos et al., 2005; Frisch et al., 2007; Zhou et al.,
2007; Cunha et al., 2009;), little attention has been given to the effect of SE on search strategy
use. In the present study, we conducted a more refined analysis that included assessment of the
acquisition and application of search strategies in SE rats for several reasons. First, there appear
to be separate neural systems required for spatial learning and procedural-strategy learning
(McDonald and White, 1994; McDonald and White, 1993; Miranda et al., 2006), and both
systems are involved in acquisition of the MWM task. Evidence strongly supports the role of the
hippocampus and posterior parietal cortex in spatial mapping and memory (Cain et al., 2006).
Conversely, the prefrontal cortex, caudate nucleus, cerebellum and medial thalamus appear to be
involved in acquisition of procedural-search strategies (Packard and McGaugh, 1996; Leggio et
al., 1999; Cain et al., 2006). Because all of these brain regions are damaged in rats following SE
(Turski et al., 1983b; Clifford et al., 1987; Fujikawa, 1996;), the impaired spatial learning of
these animals is most likely attributed not only to poor spatial memory, but also to impaired use
of search strategies. Second, Brody et al., (2006) demonstrated that poor search strategy use
largely contributed to impaired MWM performance in transgenic mice following traumatic brain
injury (TBI). Since TBI results in diffuse brain damage comparable to the pattern of injury we
reported in rats following SE (see chapter 4), use of less efficient search strategies may similarly
underlie impaired MWM performance in SE animals. Finally, the clinical relevance of this
analysis is supported by impaired cognitive strategy use detected in humans following traumatic
brain injury (Kennedy et al., 2003; Burke et al., 2004; Salmond et al., 2005) and in patients with
TLE (Kennedy et al., 2003; Burke et al., 2004; Salmond et al., 2005; Butman et al., 2007;
Labudda et al., 2009). Our first objective was therefore to investigate the effect of SE on
performance in the MWM, with particular emphasis on search strategy use. We analyzed the
predominate search strategy used in each trial during hidden platform testing according to the
schema proposed by Graziano et al., (2003).
In chapter 3, we demonstrated that rats treated with the RLDP protocol exhibited less severe
seizures and had a lower mortality rate compared to rats treated with the LDP protocol. To
176
determine whether the advantage in using the RLDP protocol to reduce mortality results in
similar cognitive and behavioural changes as compared to the LDP protocol, our second
objective was to compare the MWM performance of rats following SE induced by the two
procedures. Finally, studies have reported that neuroprotection within the hippocampus
following SE improves performance in visual-spatial learning (Rice et al., 1998; Yang et al.,
2007; Cunha et al., 2009; Jun et al., 2009). Because we demonstrated neuroprotection within the
CA1, CA3 and CA4 subfields of the dorsal hippocampus following administration of tat-
NR2B9c (see chapter 5), brain regions implicated in spatial learning (Broadbent et al., 2004;
Gaskin et al., 2009), our third objective was to determine whether protection within these regions
would improve MWM performance in SE rats.
7.2 Methods
7.2.1 Animals
All procedures were approved by the University of Toronto Scarborough Animal Care
Committee and were in accordance with the guidelines established by the Canadian Council on
Animal Care. Male Wistar rats (Charles River Laboratories, Sherbrooke, Quebec, Canada)
weighing between 300 and 350 g were individually housed with free access to food and water for
at least 7 days in 12 h light/dark cycles before experimental use. All experiments were
conducted during daylight hours between 7 a.m. and 7 p.m.
7.2.2 Induction of status epilepticus and administration of peptides
SE was induced using both the low-dose pilocarpine (LDP) and the repeated low-dose
pilocarpine (RLDP) procedures, and peptides (tat-NR2B9c or tat-NR2BAA) were administered
as described in chapter 6 (Methods section 6.2.2). Saline control rats were treated identically
except that they received saline (0.3 ml) following SE in place of the peptide. The non-SE
control groups consisted of the following: ‗Pilo no-SE‘ rats (n=22) were treated with the RLDP
protocol and did not develop SE. Shams (n=19) received saline instead of pilocarpine. SE-
inducing protocols and experimental animal groups are shown in Figure 6.1. SE and non-SE
groups used in the present study are the same animals used in chapter 6, and are illustrated in
Figure 6.1. Animals were tested in behavioural tasks (i.e., elevated plus maze, open field,
hyperexcitability tests) described in chapter 6 on separate days and prior to commencement of
MWM testing.
177
7.2.3 Morris water maze testing
7.2.3.1 Pre-observational period to behavioural testing
MWM testing began 3 months after SE induction. All rats were observed for recurrent seizures
at least 1 hr prior to testing. If the rat was seizure-free within the observation period, the animal
was tested as described below. If a rat exhibited recurrent seizures within the observation period,
than the test was postponed for at least 3 hours, at which time the rat was again observed for
recurrent seizures. On the rare occasion that a rat exhibited a seizure during testing, the trials for
that day were removed from the final analysis. No difference in the number of trials removed
from each experimental group was detected: in RLDP (or saline-treated) SE rats, a total of 24
trials (or 1% of trials) were removed; in LDP SE rats, 18 trials (or 2.1% of trials); in tat-
NR2B9c-treated SE rats, 24 trials (or 1.8% of trials); in tat-NR2BAA-treated SE rats, 18 trials
(or 1.2% of trials).
7.2.3.2 Apparatus
The water maze was a blue circular pool (2 m diameter) located in the centre of a room, with
distal visual cues (geometric shapes, posters) on the walls and features (doors, cabinets, shelving,
etc.) that served as visual cues. The pool was filled with water (19 - 22°C) and made opaque by
adding non-toxic white paint. Four regions surrounding the pool were designated as north (N),
east (E), south (S) and west (W), dividing the pool into four quadrants: NE, SE, NW and EW
(not true compass headings). A clear Plexiglas escape platform (16.5 cm height, 5.5 cm
diameter) placed in the centre of a quadrant was used to allow the rat to escape from the water.
7.2.3.3 Visible platform (cued) testing
This portion of the test controls for differences between groups in motivation to escape from the
water, swimming ability, and visual acuity (Vorhees and Williams, 2006). On the first day of
testing, a 60-s free swim with no platform was performed to familiarize the animals to the pool.
During visible platform learning, the escape platform was elevated 2.5 cm above the water and
cued with a multi-coloured ‗flag‘ that was extended by 12 cm above the water. The platform
was rotated between the NE, NW and SE quadrants of the pool during subsequent trials in a
pseudorandom order, as determined by the Research Randomizer Form V4.0 computer program.
Each rat was tested with 6 trials per day, for up to 3 consecutive days. At the beginning of each
trial, the rat was gently grasped around the midsection and lowered into the pool facing the SW
178
wall. The experimenter subsequently left the room and was not present during testing. During
the 60-s inter-trial intervals and following testing, rats were towel dried and placed next to a
space heater. Each trial lasted a maximum of 90 s, and at the end of each trial, the rat was guided
to the platform and/or allowed to stay on the platform for 15 s. The criteria to pass visual acuity
consisted of the following: 1) the rat located the platform three consecutive times in less than 30
seconds, or 2) the rat located the platform in less than 30 seconds in 4 out of the 6 trials, and
located the platform in the remaining 2 trials. Once the rat passed visual acuity, it was not
required to repeat the task on the following day. Animals that failed to pass this test were
removed from the study. Both the latency to platform (i.e. the amount of time necessary for the
rat to reach the platform) and swimpaths were recorded as described in Methods 7.2.3.7.
7.2.3.4 Hidden platform testing
During spatial acquisition, the rats must learn to use distal cues to navigate a direct path to the
hidden platform (Vorhees and Williams, 2006). For these tests, the platform was submerged 2.5
cm beneath the surface of water, and remained in a constant position. The platform was placed
in the SW quadrant of the pool for 56% of the rats, and in the NE quadrant for the remaining
animals. A total of 6 trials per day for each animal were conducted over 14 consecutive days.
Rats were placed twice into each of the 3 quadrants that did not contain the platform in a
pseudorandom order. Both the path taken and latency to platform were recorded (see Methods
section 7.2.3.7). Each trial lasted a maximum of 60 s, and at the end of each trial, the rat was
guided to the platform and/or allowed to stay on the platform for 15 s. The score for each animal
was calculated as the average time of the 6 trials.
Spatial reversal evaluates the ability of the rat to extinguish its initial learning of the platform
path (spatial acquisition), and acquire a direct path to the new goal position (Vorhees and
Williams, 2006). The protocol was the same as described above for spatial acquisition, except
that the platform was relocated to the opposite quadrant, and testing was conducted over 5, rather
than 14, consecutive days. Spatial reversal was conducted the day following the probe test for
spatial acquisition (see Methods 7.2.3.5)
179
7.2.3.5 Probe trials
Probe trials assess reference memory and are determined by preference for the platform area
when the platform is absent (Vorhees and Williams, 2006). The probe trials were administered
24 hr following the last day of the spatial acquisition test and the spatial reversal test. Rats were
tested for only a single 60 s trial, and were lowered into the opposite quadrant from where the
platform was located during spatial learning. The number of crossings in the area where the
platform was previously located in each trial was recorded.
7.2.3.6 Search strategy analysis
Explorative strategies were classified by two independent investigators, blinded to treatment of
the animals, into seven prototypical behavioural categories as defined by Graziano et al., (2003)
(Figure 7.1). The data analyzed in the present study were based on the swim paths categorized
by the principle investigator, and had a 96% inter-observer agreement on strategy classification.
In reanalysis of a subset of trials by the principle investigator 1 month later, the intra-observer
agreement on strategy classification was 98%. Consequently, we were confident that the swim
paths could be reliably sorted into one of the seven search strategies (Graziano et al., 2003). As
illustrated in Figure 7.1, the seven behavioural categories were divided into 3 broader categories
that included spatial strategies, systematic non-spatial strategies and repetitive looping-based
strategies (Brody and Holtzman, 2006).
Spatial strategies include the following categories: 1) spatial direct, which consists of swimming
directly to the platform, 2) approaching, characterized by adjusting trajectory while approaching
the platform, and 3) self-orienting, characterized by approaching and missing the platform by
several degrees, followed by returning to the start point and making another attempt to reach the
platform, or briefly re-orienting elsewhere in the pool and then reaching the platform. Spatial
strategies rely on distal cues to efficiently reach the platform.
Non-spatial, systematic strategies do not use distal cues to locate the platform, but instead
involve procedural strategies (i.e. swimming away from the pool wall) that increase the
likelihood of locating the platform. The following categories are defined as non-spatial,
systematic strategies: 1) scanning, whereby the searching pattern is focused primarily on the
center of the pool, and the subject swims back to the centre of the pool immediately if it touches
180
the edge and 2) random searching, in which the rat moves in jagged paths through the entire
pool, with sudden changes in direction.
Strategies involving repetitive looping do not involve the use of distal cues and are the least
efficient in locating the platform, They consisted of the following two categories: 1) circling, in
which the rat moves away from the wall forming circular trajectories, but often remains too close
to the periphery and often fails to locate the platform, and 2) thigmotaxis, characterized by
swimming almost exclusively at the periphery and repeatedly searching for contact with the tank
wall. Swim paths in which the rat formed tight circles with some net directional movement were
also categorized as thigmotaxis.
181
Figure 7.1 Behavioural categories. Each row illustrates a few prototypical tracks for each
search strategy.
182
183
7.2.3.7 Data Acquisition
A digital video camera mounted to the ceiling directly above the center of the pool was relayed
to a tracking system (SMART, San Diego Instruments) in a separate room. During Morris water
maze testing, escape latency (s) and swim speed (cm/s) were recorded. Swim paths were traced
with a mouse on the monitor during testing in a separate room from where the water maze tank
was located, and later classified as described in section 7.2.3.6.
7.2.4 Statistical Analysis
Statistical analysis was performed using Statistica 6.0 software. For Morris water maze
performance data, repeated measures ANOVAs were used. For probe trial data, assessment was
performed by one-way ANOVAs. The Newman-keuls post-hoc test was used to determine
difference between treatment groups. For comparison of strategy use between groups, chi-square
analysis was performed. Significance was set at a p-value of 0.05 or less.
7.3 Results
7.3.1 SE induction
See Results section 6.3.1 and Table 6.1.
7.3.2 Visible platform testing
As illustrated in Figure 7.2, SE rats required a greater number of trials to pass the visible
platform test when compared to rats in both the ‗pilo no-SE‘ and ‗sham‘ control groups. Eight
SE animals failed to locate the platform by the end of 3 days and were eliminated from the study.
There were no differences between SE groups in terms of the number of rats excluded: 0 from
the ‗LDP SE‘ experimental group, 4 from the ‗RLDP SE‘ (or ‗saline SE‘), 1 from the ‗tat-
NR2B9c SE‘, and 3 from the ‗tat-NR2BAA SE‘ (p=0.47). Of the disqualified SE rats, some
consistently clung to the wall of the pool (classified as thigmotaxis), which may suggest sensory
or motor impairment in these animals, and/or exhibited frequent recurrent seizures during testing.
In contrast, thigmotaxis and circling in SE rats during hidden platform testing did not appear to
reflect a visual or motor deficit or a lack of motivation, because they performed successfully
during visible platform testing, during which they displayed incentive to escape from the pool,
and exhibited similar swim speed to corresponding non-seizure controls (Figure 7.4 C).
184
Figure 7.2 Number of trials performed to reach criterion during visible platform testing.
Criterion to pass visible acuity was assessed as described in Methods section 7.2.3.3. SE was
induced with either the RLDP (n=23) or the LDP (n=10) procedure and terminated after 60 min.
In drug-treated animals, tat-NR2B9C (n=16) or tat-NR2BAA (n=19) was administered 3 hr
following the termination of SE induced by the RLDP procedure (see Methods section 6.2.2).
‗Pilo no-SE‘ rats (n=22) were treated with the pilocarpine and did not develop SE. Shams
(n=19) received saline instead of pilocarpine. * different from shams and ‗pilo no-SE‘ control
groups (p<0.05). Data expressed as average ± SEM and analyzed by one-way ANOVA followed
by Newman-Keuls post-hoc.
185
186
7.3.3 The effect of SE on spatial acquisition
The position of the platform (i.e., SW or NE quadrant) during testing had no impact on the final
performance within any of the experimental groups. As illustrated in Figure 7.3, both SE groups
showed significantly greater latencies than the non-SE control groups over the 14-day testing
period. The sham and ‗pilo no-SE‘ control groups performed equally, with average escape
latencies of 21.0±2.2 s and 20.2±2.0 s in the initial 4 days of testing, reduced to 9.2±1.0 s and
9.9±1.2 s in the final 4 days, respectively. No significant difference in performance was detected
between the LDP and the RLDP SE rats (p=0.17), with the average escape latencies of 42.7± 2.8
s and 41.1± 3.6 s in the initial 4 days of testing, improving to 32.9± 4.0 s and 34.3± 4.7 s in the
final 4 days, respectively (Figure 7.3).
7.3.4 The effect of SE on spatial reversal
During spatial reversal, the hidden platform was placed in the opposite quadrant from the
quadrant in which it was located during spatial acquisition (Figure 7.3). In SE and non–SE
groups, an increase in latencies was observed on the first day of spatial reversal when compared
to the last day of spatial acquisition (Figure 7.3, compare day A14 with day R1); however,
reversal latencies remained lower than those for day 1 of spatial acquisition (Figure 7.3, compare
day R1 with day A1). Whereas both non-SE control groups exhibited reduced latencies by the
second day of reversal training, no improvement in performance was detected in either of the SE
experimental groups.
187
Figure 7.3 The effect of SE on hidden platform testing in the Morris water maze. SE was
induced with either the RLDP (red circles, n=23) or the LDP (blue circles, n=10) procedure and
terminated after 60 min as in Methods. ‗Pilo no-SE‘ rats (black diamonds, n=22) were treated
with the pilocarpine and did not develop SE. Shams (green triangles, n=19) received saline
instead of pilocarpine. Each data point represents the average of 6 trials per day (± SEM). Each
group was tested for 14 days of spatial acquisition (A1 – A14) and for 5 days of spatial reversal
(R1 – R5). # Performance in SE groups different from non-SE control groups (p<0.05).
* During acquisition training, latencies in final 4 days (A11-A14) were reduced compared to
initial 4 days (A1-A4) in SE groups and in non-SE control groups (p<0.05). ** Latencies
reduced in day R1 compared to day A1 in the RLDP SE group and in both non-SE control
groups (p<0.05). *** Latencies increased in day R1 compared to day A14 in SE and non-SE
control groups (p<0.05). ^ During reversal training, latencies reduced in day R5 compared to
day R1 in non-SE control groups (p<0.05). Data was analyzed by repeated-measure ANOVA.
Dashed lines represent the predicted performance of corresponding groups based solely on
search strategy use (see appendix III, section 3.1).
188
189
7.3.5 Acquisition and reversal probe tests
SE rats exhibited impaired spatial memory in the acquisition and reversal probe tests. As
illustrated in Figure 7.4 (A, B), rats following SE exhibited a lower number of platform crossings
compared to both non-SE control groups.
190
Figure 7.4 Number of platform crossings in spatial acquisition (A) and spatial reversal (B)
probe trials and swim speed (C). SE was induced with either the RLDP (n=23) or the LDP
(n=10) procedure and terminated after 60 min as in Methods section 7.2.2. In drug-treated
animals, tat-NR2B9C (n=16) or tat-NR2BAA (n=19) was administered 3 hr following the
termination of SE induced by the RLDP procedure (see Methods section 7.2.2). ‗Pilo no-SE‘
rats (n=22) were treated with the pilocarpine and did not develop SE. Shams (n=19) received
saline instead of pilocarpine. A, B: SE groups exhibit poor retention in location of the hidden
platform: * different from shams and ‗pilo no-SE‘ control groups (p<0.05). C: Swim speed was
similar across all animal groups during the probe tests. Black bars depict swim speed during the
spatial acquisition probe trial. Grey bars depict swim speed during the spatial reversal probe
trial. Data expressed as average ± SEM. Data analyzed by one-way ANOVA followed by
Newman-Keuls post-hoc.
191
192
7.3.6 Effect of SE on search strategy use during spatial acquisition
Because differences in escape latencies may reflect the type of search strategy used (Brody and
Holtzman, 2006), we next analysed the use of different search strategies by the various groups.
The distribution of each search strategy used in SE and non-SE groups is illustrated in Figure
7.5, and a comparison in search strategy use between groups is demonstrated in Figure 7.6. In
control groups, both the sham and the ‗pilo no-SE‘ rats employed similar strategies at all times
assessed: on day 1 of spatial acquisition, these animals used a high proportion of spatial
strategies (sham: 37%, pilo non-SE: 34%) and non-spatial systematic strategies (sham: 52%,
non-SE: 59%, Figure 7.6A, B), and a low fraction of repetitive looping-based strategies (Sham:
11%, Non-SE: 8%, Figure 7.6C). As their performance improved, control rats used spatial
strategies nearly exclusively (Figure 7.6, A). In contrast to non-SE rats, rats following SE
employed a lower proportion of spatial strategies and a greater proportion of non-spatial,
systematic and/or repetitive looping-based strategies on all days tested (p<0.05, Figure 7.6).
Over the 14-days of testing, RLDP SE and LDP SE rats increased their use of spatial strategies
and decreased their use of non-spatial, systematic strategies and repetitive-looping based
strategies (Figure 7.6).
7.3.7 Effect of SE on search strategy use during spatial reversal
The above results show that SE rats exhibit impaired use of search strategies when compared to
non-SE groups, but still increased the use of more efficient strategies over 14-days of spatial
acquisition. We next assessed the effect of the spatial reversal task on search strategy use by the
various groups. Following relocation of the submerged platform to the opposite quadrant, both
SE and non-SE groups exhibited a decrease in the use of spatial strategies, and an increase in the
use of non-spatial, systematic strategies (Figure 7.6, compare days A14 and R1).
During spatial reversal, non-SE rats used more efficient search strategies (i.e., a greater
proportion of spatial strategies and a lower proportion of non-spatial, systematic strategies and
repetitive looping-based strategies) compared to SE rats across all days assessed (Figure 7.6,
p<0.05). Both the sham and the ‗pilo no-SE‘ rats showed similar improvement in strategy use
over 5-days of testing, with spatial strategies being used nearly exclusively by day 5 (Figure
7.6A). Although RLDP SE rats exhibited an increase use of spatial strategies over this period
(Figure 7.6A), more than half of the strategies selected still consisted of non-spatial, systematic
193
and repetitive-based looping strategies on day 5 (Figure 7.6B, C). In contrast to RLDP SE rats,
LDP SE rats showed no change in search strategy use (Figure 7.6A).
194
Figure 7.5 The effect of SE on the distribution of search strategies used during spatial
acquisition and spatial reversal testing. SE was induced with either the RLDP (n=23) or the
LDP (n=10) procedure and terminated after 60 min as in Methods section 7.2.2. ‗Pilo no-SE‘ rats
(n=22) were treated with the pilocarpine and did not develop SE. Shams (n=19) received saline
instead of pilocarpine. Animals tested in the MWM and search strategies assessed as in Methods
section 7.2.3on day 1 (A1), day 7 (A7) and day 14 (A14) of spatial acquisition, and on day 1
(R1) and day 5 (R5) of spatial reversal. Results are presented as the percentage of trials and as
the total number of trials that all animals in each group used a given strategy.
195
196
Figure 7.6 Summary of search strategy use between groups during Morris water maze
testing. SE was induced with either the RLDP (n=23) or the LDP (n=10) procedure and
terminated after 60 min as in Methods section 7.2.2. ‗Pilo no-SE‘ rats (n=22) were treated with
the pilocarpine and did not develop SE. Shams (n=19) received saline instead of pilocarpine.
Animals tested in the MWM and search strategies assessed. Results presented as the percentage
of trials that all animals in each group used a given strategy: (A) spatial strategies, (B) non-
spatial, systematic strategies, and (C) repetitive looping-based strategies. * Search strategy use
different from day A1 (p<0.05). ** Search strategy use on day R5 different from day R1
(p<0.05). ^ Search strategy use on day R1 different from day A14 (p<0.05). # Search strategy
use in SE rats different from non-SE control groups on corresponding day (p<0.05). Chi-square
analysis was used for each comparison
197
198
7.3.8 Quantitative assessment of the contribution of search strategy to overall performance
The above results demonstrating relatively poor performance of the SE rats in the probe test (a
measure of spatial memory) suggested that the reduction in escape latencies during acquisition
testing in the MWM might primarily reflect improved use of more efficient search strategies by
these animals. We therefore determined the extent to which the shift in search strategies
contributed to improved performance. An alternative possibility was that the rats became better
at using one or more of the individual strategies over the 14-days of testing and that this
contributed to improved performance. We first calculated the average escape latency for each
individual strategy on the first and last day of acquisition learning. As shown in Table 7.1, both
of the non-SE control groups exhibited improved performance in the use of both spatial
strategies and non-spatial, systematic strategies. In contrast, improved performance in the RLDP
SE rats occurred only with the scanning strategy, and no significant improvement in any of the
strategies was detected in the LDP SE rats.
199
Table 7.1: Performance as a function of strategy use in hidden platform Morris water maze testing
Strategy RLDP SE
day 1
RLDP SE
day 7
RLDP SE
day 14
LDP SE
day 1
LDP SE
day 7
LDP SE
day 14
Repetitive Looping 58.5 ± 2.5
n = 36
53.3 ± 2.3
n = 32
53.9 ± 4.1
n = 14
55.3 ±
1.9
n = 29
56.2 ± 3.4
n = 15
56.4 ± 6.0
n = 10
Thigmotaxis 59.2 ± 0.3 n
= 26
54.3 ± 3.4
n = 18
51.9 ± 5.4
n = 10
56.2 ±
1.7
n = 28
56.3
±18.7
n = 13
54.7 ± 5.3
n = 6
Circling 56.7 ± 0.7
n = 10
52.8 ± 2.9
n = 14
49.9 ± 5.9
n = 4
29.6
n = 1
53.2
±16.8
n = 2
32.2
±20.3
n = 2
Non-spatial,
systematic
51.2 ± 3.9
n = 73
43.3 ± 2.6
n = 47*
41.6 ± 2.5
n = 53*
43.4 ±
3.9
n = 25
42.4 ± 2.8
n = 30
40.2 ± 3.4
n = 23
Random Searching 57.4 ± 1.7
n = 42
56.9 ± 2.8
n = 20
51.2 ± 4.1
n = 22
60.0
n = 10
55.4 ± 2.4
n = 11
57.8 ± 2.0
n = 8
Scanning 42.9 ± 2.7
n= 31
33.2 ± 2.8
n = 27*
34.9 ± 2.7
n = 31*
32.2 ±
4.7
n = 15
34.8 ± 3.0
n = 19
32.3 ± 3.4
n = 15
Spatial 13.2 ± 1.5
n = 23
8.3 ± 0.8
n = 52
9.2 ± 0.9
n = 63
5.9 ± 1.2
n = 6
14.1 ±
3.6
n = 15
14.7 ± 3.1
n = 24
Orienting 18.4 ± 1.0
n = 13
12.6 ± 1.5
n = 17
15.9 ± 1.6
n = 20
13 .0
n = 1
11.0 ± 1.9
n = 7
17.8 ± 3.8
n = 15
Approaching 7.3 ± 3.2
n = 8
6.3 ± 0.6
n = 34
6.8 ± 0.8
n = 37
5.4 ± 1.2
n = 4
16.8 ± 6.5
n = 8
10.0 ± 5.3
n = 9
Direct Find 2.7 ± 0.7
n= 2
3.6
n=1
3.1 ± 0.2
n = 2
1
n = 1
N/A N/A
Latency in seconds (mean ± standard error). n: number of individual trials during hidden platform testing where a
given strategy was used. N/A: not applicable since no example of this search strategy was found. Shaded rows:
classes of strategies, values reflect the pooled results from the individual strategies listed below each shaded row.
* Performance significantly different from day 1 (p<0.05). Data assessed using one-way ANOVA.
200
Table 7.1: continued
Strategy Sham
day 1
Sham
day 7
Sham
day 14
Pilo no-
SE
day 1
Pilo no-
SE
day 7
Pilo no-
SE
day 14
Repetitive Looping 42.6 ± 5.2
n = 12
N/A N/A 54.5 ±
3.5
n = 10
N/A N/A
Thigmotaxis 42 ± 5.2
n = 12
N/A N/A 54.5 ±
3.5
n = 10
N/A N/A
Circling N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Non-spatial,
systematic
42.5 ± 2.3
n = 59
18.6 ± 4.0
N = 9 *
24.9 ± 3.6
n=16 *
47.6 ±
1.9
n = 72
24.4 ±
3.3
n = 27 *
19.5 ± 3.8
n = 12 *
Random Searching 58.3 ± 1.7
n = 20
N/A N/A 59.9 ±
0.1
n = 31
60
n = 2
N/A
Scanning 34.4 ± 2.4
n = 39
18.6 ± 4.0
n = 9 *
24.9 ± 3.6
n = 16 *
37.8 ±
2.5
n = 40
21.6 ±
2.7
n = 25 *
19.5 ± 3.8
n = 12 *
Spatial 11.4 ± 0.1
n = 42
5.8 ± 0.6
n = 104*
7.0 ± 0.6
n = 97*
11.8 ±
1.0
n = 44
6.3 ± 0.5
n = 98*
5.3 ± 0.3
n = 114*
Orienting 15.9 ± 1.7
n = 13
11.5 ± 2.2
n = 19
13.8 ± 1.5
n = 25
17.0 ±
1.4
n = 19
11.3 ±
1.2
n = 20*
8.4 ± 0.5
n = 21*
Approaching 9.6 ± 1.0
n = 28
4.9 ± 0.6
n = 69*
5.0 ± 0.5
n = 62*
8.0 ± 0.8
n = 24
5.4 ± 0.6
n = 67*
5.0 ± 3.4
n = 74*
Direct Find 3.4
n = 1
2.8 ± 0.02
n = 16
2.3 ± 0.2
n = 10
1.0
n = 1
6.3 ± 0.5
n = 98
2.7 ± 0.2
n= 19
Latency in seconds (mean ± standard error). n: number of individual trials during hidden platform testing where a
given strategy was used. N/A: not applicable since no example of this search strategy was found. Shaded rows:
classes of strategies, values reflect the pooled results from the individual strategies listed below each shaded row.
* Performance significantly different from day 1 (p<0.05). Data assessed using one-way ANOVA.
201
We next compared the importance of the shift in strategies relative to the improved efficiency
when using each strategy. Quantitative analyses were based on calculations described by Brody
et al., (2006). As demonstrated in section 3.1 of Appendix III, convolution analysis was used to
determine the predicted performance of the RLDP SE rats based on shifts in strategy use for all
days of spatial acquisition, while removing the changes in the performance of each strategy from
the assessment. The predicted performance based on this analysis closely matched the actual
data collected in the RLDP SE and the LDP SE groups (Figure 7.2, dashed lines). In RLDP SE
rats, the convolution analysis predicted that performance would be improved by 33% from day 1
to day 14, a value that is close to the 40% improvement observed. A similar analysis conducted
in LDP SE rats predicted a 34% improvement in performance from day 1 to day 14, and is close
to the 32% improvement observed.
The converse analysis was also performed. To obtain the predicted performance, the change in
performance of each strategy was used in the assessment, while the effect of shift in strategy use
was removed. Calculations are illustrated in section 3.2 of Appendix III. This analysis predicted
an improved performance of only 11% from day 1 to day 14 in the RLDP SE rats, and an
improved performance of only 0.1% in the LDP SE rats. These values markedly underestimated
the actual improvement in performance of 40% and 32% in the RLDP SE and the LDP SE rats,
respectively. Based on this analysis, we concluded that the improved performance s between
days 1 and 14 was mainly accounted for by a shift in strategy use.
A similar analysis was conducted for the control groups. For shams, the convolution analysis
based on strategy shift predicted a 68% improvement over the 14 days of testing, similar to the
observed improvement of 74%. When the analysis was based on improved performance within
each strategy, the predicated improvement was 48%. Predicted values were similar in pilo no-
SE rats, with a 73% improvement attributable to a shift in strategy use, and a 53% improvement
based on increased efficacy in performance within each strategy. The predicted value based on
shift in strategy use was closest to the observed improvement of 72% in pilo no-SE rats.
Accordingly, in non-SE rats, shifts in strategy use predominately contributed to improved
performance during spatial acquisition. However, improvements in the use of each individual
strategy also played an important role in improved performance.
202
7.3.9 SE results in differential impairment in Morris water maze performance and search strategy use
A closer examination in the performance of individual RLDP SE rats during spatial acquisition
showed that SE differentially affects MWM performance, despite each rat receiving similar
treatment for SE induction. In this analysis, individual rats were partitioned into groups based on
escape latencies in the initial 4 days compared to the final 4 days of spatial acquisition testing.
Here, performances of individual rats clearly fell into three discrete groups. As illustrated in
Figure 7.7, 8 of the RLDP SE rats (group 1) showed no improvement in performance over 14-
days of testing, and were significantly different from 10 of the RLDP SE rats (group 2) that
showed significant reduction in latencies within this period. These 2 groups also exhibited
differences in search strategy use (Figure 7.8). The 8 RLDP SE rats that showed no
improvement in MWM performance also had no shift in strategy use during testing. In contrast,
the 10 RLDP SE rats that exhibited improved performance also showed an increase in use of
spatial strategies (Figure 7.8A), and a decrease in use of non-spatial, systematic strategies
(Figure 7.8B). All of these animals showed impaired performance and use of less efficient
strategies when compared to shams. Five of the RLDP SE rats (group 3) exhibited no
impairment during MWM testing, with performance (Figure 7.7) and selection of search
strategies (Figure 7.8) similar to shams.
As shown in Table 7.2, there was no significant difference between groups with respect to
seizure susceptibility and seizure severity. All groups exhibited similar swim velocities when
compared to shams, indicating no presence of motor impairment. Reference memory, as
assessed by the number of platform crossings in the spatial acquisition and spatial probe tests,
was different between the three RLDP SE groups. Although group 1 had a lower number of
platform crossings when compared to group 2, both groups performed poorly when compared to
shams. On the other hand, the number of platform crossings in group 3 RLDP SE rats was
similar to shams in the two probe tests.
203
Table 7.2: Comparison of RLDP SE rats that exhibit differences in Morris water maze performance
Treatment
/group #
# of
pilocarpine
injections for
RLDP
protocol1
Seizure
Severity2
Swim velocity
during spatial
acquisition
probe test3
# of platforms
crossed during
spatial
acquisition
probe test4
Swim velocity
during spatial
acquisition
probe test3
# of platforms
crossed during
spatial
acquisition
probe test4
1. RLDP
SE (n=8)
3.6 ± 1.1 2.8 ± 0.3 25.6 ± 2.5 0.3 ± 0.5* ^ 27.0 ± 3.8 0.4 ± 0.7* ^
2. RLDP
SE (n=10)
3.9 ± 1.4 2.9 ± 0.3 25.3 ± 2.1 1.2 ± 0.8* 24.6 ± 2.1 1.3 ± 1.3*
3. RLDP
SE (n=5)
3.8 ± 1.5 2.9 ± 0.4 25.4 ± 3.2 3.6 ± 2.0 27.4 ± 2.1 3.4 ± 0.9
Shams
(n=19)
---- ---- 25.0 ± 3.1 3.4 ± 1.3 27.0 ± 3.0 3.1 ± 1.3
1. Number of repeated low-dose pilocarpine injections (10 mg/kg) administered in the RLDP protocol (average ±
SD). 2. Average maximum seizure activity for all animals determined as in Methods (average ± SD). 3. Average
swim velocity (cm/s) (average ± SD). 4. # of platforms crossed in probe trial (average ± SD). * different from
shams (p<0.05). ^ different from group 2 RLDP SE rats (p<0.05). Data analyzed by one-way ANOVA followed
by Newman-Keuls post-hoc.
204
Figure 7.7 SE results in differential impairment in Morris water maze performance. SE
was induced with the RLDP (n=23) procedure and terminated after 60 min as in Methods section
7.2.2. RLDP SE animals were subdivided into 3 groups based on performance (see section
7.3.9). Shams (black circles, n=19) received saline instead of pilocarpine. Each data point
represents the average of 6 trials per day (± SEM). * During acquisition training, latencies in
final 4 days (A11-A14) reduced compared to initial 4 days (A1-A4) in RLDP SE groups 2 and 3
and in shams (p<0.05). # Performance in RLDP SE groups 1 and 2 are different from RLDP SE
group 3 and shams (p<0.05). Data analyzed by repeated-measure ANOVA.
205
206
Figure 7.8 SE results in differential use of search strategies during Morris water maze
testing. SE was induced with the RLDP (n=23) and terminated after 60 min as in Methods
section 7.2.2. SE animals were subdivided into 3 groups based on performance (see section
7.3.9). Shams (n=19) received saline instead of pilocarpine. Animals tested in the MWM and
search strategies assessed as in Methods section 7.2.3. Results presented as the percentage of
trials that all animals in each group used a given strategy: (A) spatial strategies, (B) non-spatial,
systematic strategies, and (C) repetitive looping-based strategies. * Search strategy use different
from day A1 (p<0.05), ** p=0.1. # Search strategy use different from shams on corresponding
day (p<0.05). Chi-square analysis was used for each comparison.
207
208
7.3.10 The effect of Tat-NR2B9c on visual-spatial learning and use of search strategies following SE
In chapter 5, we demonstrated that tat-NR2B9c is neuroprotective within the CA1, CA3 and CA4
pyramidal cell layers of the dorsal hippocampus. Because the dorsal hippocampus is involved in
visual-spatial learning, we determined whether the neuroprotection provided by tat-NR2B9c
would improve spatial learning and search strategy use following SE. Rats treated with tat-
NR2B9c following SE had similar swim velocities when compared to both non-SE control
groups, indicating no presence of motor impairment (Figure 7.4C). Figure 7.9 demonstrates that
administration of tat-NR2B9c did not improve escape latencies during either spatial acquisition
or spatial reversal testing, and did not improve reference memory as assessed in the probe tests
(Figure 7.4A, B). Furthermore, search strategy use as a function of time was not altered by the
drug treatment during spatial acquisition (Figure 7.10), with all SE experimental groups using
less efficient search strategies when compared to shams.
209
Figure 7.9 Tat-NR2B9c did not improve performance in SE rats during hidden platform
learning. Escape latencies (mean ± SEM) during spatial acquisition (A1 – A14) and spatial
reversal testing (R1 – R5) in tat-NR2B9c (n = 16; purple squares), tat-NR2BAA (n=17, orange
triangles) and saline-treated (n = 24; red circles) rats 3 months following 60-minutes SE and in
shams (n=19, black diamonds) were determined as in Methods. Each data point represents the
average of 6 trials per day: # Performance in SE rats different from shams (p<0.05). Data
analyzed by repeated-measure ANOVA followed by Newman-Keuls post-hoc.
210
211
Figure 7.10 Tat-NR2B9c has no effect on the distribution of search strategies used during
spatial acquisition in rats following SE. SE was induced with the RLDP procedure and
terminated after 60 min as in Methods. Tat-NR2B9C (n=16), Tat-NR2BAA (n=19) or saline
(n=23) was administered 3 hr following the termination of SE. Shams (n=19) received saline
instead of pilocarpine. Search strategies were assessed as in Methods. Results are presented as
the percentage of trials for which all rats in a group used a given strategy. Similar shift in search
strategy use was detected in rats treated with saline, tat-NR2BAA and tat-NR2B9c (p=0.51). *
Search strategy use different from day A1. # Search strategy use different from shams. Chi-
square analysis was used for each comparison.
212
213
7.4 Discussion
Although many studies have examined the impact of SE on spatial learning during MWM testing
(Persinger et al., 1993; Rice et al., 1998; Hort et al., 1999; Hort et al., 2000; Wu et al., 2001;
McKay and Persinger, 2004; dos Santos et al., 2005; Frisch et al., 2007; Zhou et al., 2007), little
attention has been given to the effect of SE on the use of search strategies. In the present study,
we analyzed the effect of SE on strategy use during spatial acquisition and spatial reversal
testing. The main findings include: (1) SE groups treated with either the RLDP or LDP seizure-
inducing protocol exhibit impaired performance in the MWM, and show some improvement in
performance over prolonged training. (2) SE groups use less efficient search strategies than non-
SE groups. (3) Increased use of more efficient search strategies, rather than improvement in
performance of individual strategies, most closely predicted the improved performance in both
the SE and non-SE groups. (4) Within the same group of animals with SE, variability in
behaviour of individual rats during MWM testing occurred. While the majority of rats show
impaired performance and use of poor search strategies, but differed in the ability to show
improvement over prolonged training, some rats exhibited no behavioural impairment when
compared to non-SE rats. (5) Finally, neuroprotection within the dorsal hippocampus provided
by tat-NR2B9c did not modify MWM performance in rats following SE. These results are
discussed below.
7.4.1 SE rats exhibit impaired performance in the MWM and improve during prolonged training
In agreement with previous studies, we found that MWM performance in rats following SE was
markedly impaired (Rice et al., 1998; Hort et al., 2000; Wu et al., 2001; McKay and Persinger,
2004; Frisch et al., 2007; Zhou et al., 2007; dos Santos et al., 2005; Cunha et al., 2009).
However, we found that with prolonged training, SE rats were capable of improving their
performance. This finding is generally similar to that of dos Santos et al., (2006) but differs
from that of several other groups that found no improvement in performance (Rice et al., 1998;
Hort et al., 2000; Wu et al., 2001; McKay and Persinger, 2004; Zhou et al., 2007; Cunha et al.,
2009); in these latter studies, MWM testing was conducted for up to a maximum of 5 days.
Since we did not observe a significant change in performance within the first 5 days of testing,
this duration may not have been long enough for improved performance to occur in SE rats
described in the other studies (Rice et al., 1998; Hort et al., 2000; Wu et al., 2001; McKay and
214
Persinger, 2004; Zhou et al., 2007; Cunha et al., 2009). In general, our results suggest that rats
following SE retain the ability to improve performance in MWM testing with extended training.
We previously demonstrated that rats treated with the RLDP protocol exhibited a lower mortality
rate and less severe status compared to rats treated with the LDP protocol (see chapter 3).
Despite these differences, we found that the MWM performance was similar between the RLDP
SE and the LDP SE groups. These results are congruent with our previous findings that the two
seizure-inducing protocols also cause similar behavioural impairments in rats when assessed in
the open field, elevated plus maze, and hyperexcitability tests (see chapter 6). These results are
not unexpected, since we previously found that neuronal loss in the hippocampus and piriform
cortex was similar in RLDP SE and LDP SE rats, brain regions associated with cognitive (see
section 7.1) and behavioural performance (see section 6.4.2). Our general finding is that the
RLDP protocol has the advantage to reduce mortality in Wistar rats following SE, without
affecting SE-induced morbidity and neuropathology, and therefore serves as a more beneficial
method in generating seizures for this rat strain (see section 7.4.6).
7.4.2 SE rats use less efficient strategies in the MWM
One of our main findings was that rats following SE showed impaired search strategy use in the
spatial acquisition and spatial reversal tasks. SE groups displayed a greater proportion of less
efficient search strategies (repetitive-looping based strategies and non-spatial, systematic
strategies) while using fewer spatial strategies compared to non-SE groups. Nonetheless, with
increased training times, epileptic rats learned how to use more efficient strategies and the
increased use of these strategies was able to account for the improved performance. The
observation that SE rats showed poor spatial memory compared to non-SE rats (as assessed by
the probe tests) further supports the idea that the reduced latencies during spatial acquisition
resulted from improvements in the procedural-strategy component of the MWM task as oppose
to the spatial component. The prolonged training necessary for improved performance in SE
groups is also congruent with the fact that procedural learning is a form of habit-like learning
that can take weeks rather than days to acquire, and does not involve cognitive factors (e.g.,
memory and expectancy) that occur during place learning (Kirsch et al., 2004; Bayley et al.,
2005). In the present study, once the more efficient strategies were learned by SE rats, they were
retained, as indicated by the observation that performance and strategy selection was better on
215
initial day of spatial reversal than at the beginning of spatial acquisition. These findings indicate
that in spite of the initial poor performance on the MWM, the rats following SE were able to
form and retain a procedural memory of newly acquired search strategies.
During the spatial reversal task, no improvement in overall performance was observed in rats
treated with either induction protocol. Although there was no change in strategy use by the LDP
SE rats, RLDP SE rats increased their use of more efficient strategies over the 5 days of reversal
training. It is not clear why the change in strategy use in RLDP SE rats did not coincide with
improved performance during reversal training, or why strategy use was different in rats treated
with the LDP protocol compared to the RLDP protocol. Because spatial reversal assesses
different factors (i.e., cognitive flexibility) than those assessed during spatial acquisition
(Vorhees and Williams, 2006), the differences in the procedures may account for the differences
in behavioural responses of SE rats detected during spatial acquisition when compared to spatial
reversal. Another possibility is that testing in the spatial reversal task was only 5-days, and that
this duration was not long enough to detect improvement in performance in SE rats, as was
detected over 14-days of testing in the spatial acquisition task.
7.4.3 Improvement in search strategy selection contributed to improved performance epileptic rats
In the present study, we found that the RLDP SE group and the non-SE groups improved their
performance in using individual search strategies. To further assess the importance of a change
in strategy use relative to improved efficiency in use of individual strategies in contributing to
improved performance, we conducted the convolution analyses as described by Brody et al.,
(2006). The general finding was that changes in strategy use more closely predicted and
therefore contributed mostly to the change in performance observed in the SE groups. A shift in
strategy use was also found to predominately contribute to improved performance in non-SE
groups. Brody et al., (2006) found similar results in transgenic mice following traumatic brain
injury. This emphasizes that the use of less efficient search strategies in rats following SE, and
perhaps in brain trauma more generally (Brody et al., 2006), along with poor spatial memory, are
important factors underlying the impaired performance in these animals.
216
7.4.4 The pathological effects of SE may interfere with the selection of more efficient search strategies
Our results indicate that search strategy use does not operate based on a simple hierarchical
hypothesis as was suggested by Sutherland et al (1982) (Sutherland et al., 1982). In this
hypothesis, Sutherland et al., (1982) proposed that mice capable of using spatial information will
proceed to exclusively use spatial strategies, whereas those incapable of using spatial
information will predominately use nonspatial, systematic strategies. We found, however, that
SE rats showing little evidence of true spatial memory in the probe tests showed improvement in
use of spatial strategies during spatial acquisition. This finding is similar to that previously
reported for transgenic and wild type mice subjected to traumatic brain injury (Brody and
Holtzman, 2006). In addition, when the platform was changed to the opposite quadrant, SE rats
exhibited a decrease in performance that correlated with the use of fewer spatial strategies, and
the use of more non-spatial, systematic strategies (in Figures 7.2 and 7.4, compare day 16 with
day 14). These results suggest that SE rats are capable of acquiring spatial memory, but
nevertheless continue to predominately use less efficient search strategies and to perform poorly
in the spatial probe tests. In this respect, they behave similarly to caudate-putamen lesioned rats,
which although capable of using spatial strategies, exhibit a preference for alterative, possibly
simpler strategies (Whishaw et al., 1987). Wishaw et al., (1987a) hypothesized that damage to
the caudate-putamen, which has previously been reported in rats following SE (Fujikawa, 1996;
Clifford et al., 1987), may disrupt the ability of the animal to select the most appropriate
behavioural strategy.
Although the physiological basis for determining strategy choice during spatial navigation tasks
is not fully understood, studies have indicated that: 1) the cholinergic system is involved
(Sutherland et al., 1982; Whishaw and Petrie, 1988; Whishaw, 1989; Chang and Gold, 2003;
McIntyre et al., 2003), and that 2) different neural systems control whether spatial or non-spatial
strategies are employed (McDonald and White, 1993; McDonald and White, 1994; Miranda et
al., 2006). Muscarinic blockade with atropine does not disrupt performance in a non-spatial
version (visible platform) of the Morris water maze, but impairs strategies in searching for the
platform in a subsequent spatial version (hidden platform) (Whishaw and Petrie, 1988; Whishaw,
1989). In addition, the level of acetylcholine in the striatum and in the hippocampus determines
whether tasks are solved using either response (egocentric) or place (allocentric) mechanisms,
217
respectively (Chang and Gold, 2003; McIntyre et al., 2003). These results suggest that when
spatial information is required for the solution of a task the hippocampus is more active,
whereas when stimulus-response learning is required the striatum is more active (Miranda et al.,
2006). Several authors have suggested that the striatal and hippocampal neural systems interact
through competitive mechanisms, so that in determining which strategy is best suited to solve a
task, the more efficient system is used (McDonald and White, 1993; McDonald and White, 1994;
Epp et al., 2008). Previous studies have demonstrated that widespread neurodegeneration
(Honchar et al., 1983; Turski et al., 1983b; Peredery et al., 2000) and changes in the cholinergic
system (Jope and Gu, 1991; Mingo et al., 1997; Baran et al., 2004; Mendes de Freitas et al.,
2005) occur in rats following SE. Consequently, these and other pleiotropic effects of SE on the
nervous system most likely contribute to the impaired selection of search strategies by SE rats.
7.4.5 Rats following SE exhibited variability in behaviour during MWM testing
One of the main findings was that variability in behaviour during MWM testing occurred within
the same group of rats with SE. Although the majority of rats following SE showed impaired
performances during MWM testing, there were differences in their ability to improve
performances over prolonged training. Within the RLDP SE group, 44% of the rats learned how
to use more efficient strategies, and the increased use of these strategies was able to account for
the improved performance in these animals. On the other hand, 34% of the SE rats exhibited no
improvement in escape latencies or changes in strategy use with extended training. Since these
rats simply swam around the pool and rarely located the platform, this behaviour can account for
why these animals had a worst performance in the probe tests when compared to SE rats that
showed improved performance, and utilized strategies that increased their likelihood of
encountering the platform. Five out of 23 rats exhibited no behavioural impairment, with
performances in the MWM and probe tests indistinguishable from controls.
We previously demonstrated that rats following SE sustain major neuronal loss in brain regions
associated with MWM performance (i.e., hippocampus and thalamus, see chapters 4 and 5).
However, variability in the severity of brain damage between individual SE rats was also
observed. Therefore, it is possible that differences in the pattern of brain damage involved in
learning of the MWM task may contribute to the variability in performance between rats
following SE. In support of this idea, McKay and Persinger (2004) found that ketamine-treated
218
SE rats performed equivalently to nonseized controls in spatial and non-spatial water maze tasks,
whereas acepromazine-treated SE rats performed poorly. Despite cognitive sparing in ketamine-
treated SE rats, extensive brain damage was still present. However, the pattern of brain damage
(i.e., amygdala, hippocampus and thalamus) was different between the two groups, and may have
contributed to the differences in MWM performance between the ketamine-treated SE rats and
the acepromazine-treated SE rats (McKay and Persinger, 2004). Further research is necessary to
determine whether the variability in MWM performance we observed in rats following SE is
correlated with differences in neuropathology.
7.4.6 Neuroprotection of the dorsal hippocampus by tat-NR2B9c did not modify performance in the MWM
Administration of tat-NR2B9c resulted in neuroprotection within the CA1, CA3 and CA4
subfields of the dorsal hippocampus (see Chapter 5). In spite of its protective action, the
administration of Tat-NR2B9c did not result in improved performance in the MWM, or in the
use of more efficient search strategies during MWM testing. In contrast to our results, several
studies have reported a connection between neuroprotection and improved cognitive functioning.
Cunha et al., (2009) found that repeated daily treatments of diazepam, carbamazipine and
phenytoin immediately following SE provided substantial neuroprotection, resulting in less than
30% neuronal loss in the CA1, CA3 and dentate gyrus; this protective effect correlated with
improved spatial learning during MWM testing. Similarly, Yang et al., (2007) found that
treatment of rats with erythropoietin prior to SE induction resulted in neuroprotection of the CA1
and CA3 (although the extent was not specified), as well as improved cognitive functioning and
use of spatial strategies in the MWM (Jun et al., 2009). Rice et al., (1998) also showed that pre-
treatment of rats with MK-801 resulted in almost complete protection of the CA1 and greatly
improved spatial learning. A possible explanation for the difference in findings from these
studies compared to our results may be the amount of protection that was afforded in the
hippocampus following the different treatments. For instance, Broadbent et al., (2004)
demonstrated that spatial learning was impaired by bilateral dorsal hippocampal lesions that
encompassed 30 to 50 percent of the total hippocampal volume (Broadbent et al., 2004).
Consequently, the partial neuroprotection of the hippocampus by tat-NR2B9c may not have been
enough to result in cognitive sparing.
219
An alternative possibility is that other damaged brain regions not affected by tat-NR2B9c may
contribute to cognitive impairment during MWM testing. As previously discussed, McKay and
Persinger (2004) demonstrated that different patterns of brain damage (i.e., amygdala,
hippocampus, thalamus) following SE can differentially affect performance in the MWM (see
section 7.4.5). Although our results suggest that neuroprotection within the dorsal hippocampus
does not modify SE-induced alterations in spatial learning and behavioural strategies, it is also
possible that there was not enough protection within the dorsal hippocampus in the present study
to have a noticeable behavioural effect.
7.4.7 Conclusion
The present study demonstrates that suboptimal search strategy use, along with poor spatial
learning and memory, contributes to the impaired performance of epileptic rats during spatial
learning tasks in the MWM. With extended training, the majority of rats following SE were able
to improve their performance by learning how to use more efficient search strategies during
spatial acquisition. Partial neuroprotection within the dorsal CA1 provided by tat-NR2B9c was
insufficient to improve spatial learning, suggesting either that the amount of neuroprotection in
the hippocampus was insufficient to rescue behaviour or that other damaged brain regions not
affected by Tat NR2B9c may contribute to the decrease in learning ability. In general, our
results indicate that systematic assessment of behavioural strategies and their contribution to
overall performance is an important factor to consider when assessing morbidity in animal
models of epilepsy. Patients with TLE may have analogous poor use of cognitive strategies.
220
Chapter 8
General Discussion
8.1 The lithium/pilocarpine model of mesial temporal lobe epilepsy
The lithium/pilocarpine rodent model recapitulates the main clinical and neuropathological
features of mesial temporal lobe epilepsy with hippocampal slerosis (MTLE-HS), the most
common form of human epilepsy (see section 1.1). Both in the rodent pilocarpine model and in
the human condition the seizure disorder is initiated by an initial precipitating injury (IPI)
followed by a latent period, whereby the subjects appear neurologically normal with subsequent
development of unremitting epileptic seizures (Wieser, 2004; Curia et al., 2008). In both
conditions, widespread neuronal loss is observed in many brain regions including the
hippocampus, neocortex, piriform and entorhinal cortices, septum, amygdaloid and thalamic
structures (Moran et al., 2001; Jutila et al., 2002; Bernasconi et al., 2003; Bonilha et al., 2010a;
Bonilha et al., 2010b). A high prevalence of cognitive impairment and behavioural disturbances
(e.g., aggression, anxiety) is also reported in human MTLE-HS ( Boro and Haut, 2003; Gaitatzis
et al., 2004; Devinsky, 2004a; Swinkels et al., 2005; Cornaggia et al., 2006; Marcangelo and
Ovsiew, 2007; Garcia-Morales et al., 2008) and is observed after SE in rodents (Rice et al.,
1998; Hort et al., 1999; Hort et al., 2000). Nonetheless, the causal relationship between neuronal
death, epileptogenesis, and cognitive and behavioural morbidity following SE remains unclear
(see sections 1.5 and 1.6). Our general hypothesis is that genesis of SRSs, cognitive impairment
and behavioural alterations are caused by SE-induced neuronal death. This thesis focused on
five specific hypotheses that further characterized neuronal death and behavioural/cognitive
morbidity in rats following SE induced by the lithium/pilocarpine model (see chapter 2). The
causal relationship between neuronal death, epileptogenesis and cognitive and behavioural
morbidity was investigated by: (1) comparing the temporal onset between neuronal death and
behavioural alterations following SE (section 8.6), and (2) assessing the effect of partial
neuroprotection within the hippocampus on the incidence of SRSs, behavioural alterations and
cognitive deficits after SE in rats (section 8.7). In the subsequent sections, we summarize our
main findings and discuss the significance of these results to clinical human data.
221
8.2 Comparison of the low-dose (LDP) and repeated low dose lithium/pilocarpine (RLDP) procedures
High mortality in rodents is a major drawback in using the lithium/pilocarpine model (reviewed
in section 1.3.4). Glien et al., (2001) showed that when compared to a single dose of pilocarpine
(30 mg/kg, LDP protocol), repeated administration with reduced doses of pilocarpine (10 mg/kg,
RLDP protocol) at 30-min intervals until SE onset significantly reduced mortality in Wistar rats.
Still, it is difficult to determine a ‗best-of protocol‘ since a comparison of the effect of the LDP
and the RLDP procedures on neurodegeneration, behavioural alterations and cognitive
impairment has not been completed. This type of analysis becomes complex since most studies
have used multiple outbred rat strains such as Sprague-Dawley, Wistar, and Long-Evans hooded
(LEH) in epilepsy research. Interstrain differences have been detected in post-status epilepticus
models, including kainic acid (Sanberg and Fibiger, 1979; Golden et al., 1995; Xu et al., 2004),
pentylenetetrazol (Becker et al., 1997a) or pilocarpine (Xu et al., 2004; Hort et al., 2000).
Nonetheless, the potential interstrain differences in the LDP and RLDP lithium/pilocarpine
procedures have not been determined. In chapter three, we compared the effect of the LDP and
RLDP procedures on the rates of SE induction, intensity of behavioural seizures and mortality
rates in Wistar rats and in LEH rats. Our findings showed that the RLDP protocol reduced
mortality and severity of SE in the Wistar rats when compared to the LDP protocol, but had no
significant effect in LEH rats. Consequently, Wistar rats were used in all other experiments
presented in this thesis to minimize the number of experimental animals used. Next, we showed
that in spite of the differences in mortality rates and in intensity of behavioural seizures between
Wistar rats treated with either the LDP or the RLDP protocols, severity of pyramidal cell death
in the hippocampus and in the piriform cortex was similar at 3 months of recovery (reviewed in
section 3.4). Likewise, we demonstrated animals that developed SE, whether from the LDP or
the RLDP protocol, did not differ in anxiolytic behavioural assessments (reviewed in section
6.4.1) or in Morris water maze (MWM) performance (reviewed in section 7.4.1). Although our
results suggest that the RLDP procedure is the most effective in reducing mortality in Wistar
rats, it is not necessarily the best option to use in other strains as it had no effect in LEH rats. We
were able to validate that the RLDP protocol produced reliable neuronal loss and behavioural
and cognitive deficits in Wistar rats that were similar to the LDP protocol; these results are
discussed in the subsequent sections.
222
8.3 The severity and pattern of neuronal death in the lithium/pilocarpine model
We provided the first analysis of neurodegeneration with the RLDP lithium/pilocarpine protocol
for the induction of SE, and found that the extent of neuronal death in regions of the
hippocampus, amygdala, thalamus and piriform cortex was comparable to that previously
reported in the LDP lithium/pilocarpine protocol, and in the high-dose pilocarpine model
(Honchar et al., 1983; Turski et al., 1983a; Turski et al., 1983b; Clifford et al., 1987; Fujikawa,
1996; Motte et al., 1998; Covolan and Mello, 2000; Peredery et al., 2000; Poirier et al., 2000)
(see section 4.4.1).
8.3.1 Pattern of neuronal death in the hippocampus
The pattern of hippocampal pyramidal cell death we report in rats following SE closely replicates
classical hippocampal sclerosis in humans, with more severe neuronal death occurring in the
CA1 compared to the CA3, CA4 and hilus (Mathern et al., 1996; Wieser, 2004; Löscher and
Brandt, 2010). In addition, we detected no neuronal death in the CA2 or the granule cell layer
of the dentate gyrus. The CA2 and dentate gyrus are often referred to as the ‗resistant‘ sectors
since these areas are also relatively spared in classical human hippocampal sclerosis (Mathern et
al., 1996; Wieser, 2004). Although the lithium/pilocarpine model closely replicates classic
hippocampal sclerosis in humans, this pattern of neuronal loss is not comparable across all post-
status epilepticus models (see section 1.2.2). For instance, when compared to the
lithium/pilocarpine and pilocarpine models, SE elicited by kainic acid results in preferential
pyramidal cell death to the CA3 compared with CA1 (Schwob et al., 1980; Golden et al., 1995;
Tokuhara et al., 2007), and probably reflects the higher distribution of hippocampal kainate
receptors in CA3 (Dudek et al., 2006).
Recent findings have suggested that hippocampi from patients with MTLE can be assigned to
several distinct groups based on the severity and distribution of neuronal loss (Mathern et al.,
2002; de Lanerolle et al., 2003; Blümcke et al., 2007; Mueller et al., 2009; Thom et al., 2010). In
these studies, a classic pattern of hippocampal sclerosis with severe pyramidal cell loss in CA1
and moderate neuronal loss in all other subfields excluding CA2 ranged between 19 to 70
percent of cases evaluated (Mathern et al., 2002; de Lanerolle et al., 2003; Thom et al., 2010;
Blümcke et al., 2007; Mueller et al., 2009) . Other frequently observed sub-categories included
223
severe to varying degrees of pyramidal cell loss in all hippocampal subfields, neuronal loss
restricted to the CA1 area, and neuronal loss restricted to the hilar region (de Lanerolle et al.,
2003; Thom et al., 2005; Blümcke et al., 2007; Mueller et al., 2009; Thom et al., 2010). Up to
19 percent of cases evaluated were reported to have an absence of hippocampal sclerosis (and
therefore, were referred to as paradoxical TLE) (de Lanerolle et al., 2003; Thom et al., 2005;
Blümcke et al., 2007; Mueller et al., 2009; Thom et al., 2010). The different patterns of
hippocampal neuronal loss have been suggested to reflect different pathoetiologies and clinical
subtypes (de Lanerolle et al., 2003; Thom et al., 2005; Blümcke et al., 2007; Mueller et al., 2009;
Thom et al., 2010). For instance, clinicopathological correlations have been demonstrated
between different patterns of HS and the age of an IPI (Van Paesschen et al., 1997; Blümcke et
al., 2007; Thom et al., 2010). Furthermore, different subcategories of HS have been found to be
predictive of postsurgical outcome; patients exhibiting a classic HS, or varying damage within all
hippocampal subfields, had the best outcome of remaining seizure-free up to 2 years following
surgery when compared with patients exhibiting damage restricted to the hilar region, the CA1
region, or with no HS (de Lanerolle et al., 2003; Thom et al., 2005; Blümcke et al., 2007;
Mueller et al., 2009; Thom et al., 2010). Further research is necessary to assess the significance
of different patterns of HS in determining the causes and potential treatment of what may be
different ‗subcategories‘ of MTLE. Although the lithium/pilocarpine model closely replicates
classic HS in humans, it remains unknown how effective this or other post-status epilepticus
models are in representing other potential patterns of HS in human MTLE.
8.3.2 Pattern of neuronal death in extrahippocampal structures
Although the quintessential pathology of human MTLE has been HS, a combination of neuronal
loss, synaptic reorganization and gliosis (see section 1.5.1.1), these pathological alterations have
also been reported in extra-hippocampal structures (Hudson et al., 1993; Du et al., 1993; Wolf et
al., 1997; Juhász et al., 1999; Yilmazer-Hanke et al., 2000; Bernasconi et al., 2003; Natsume et
al., 2003; Bernasconi et al., 2005; Dawodu and Thom, 2005; Thivard et al., 2005). We
comparably showed a broad distribution of neuronal loss within the hippocampus, thalamus,
amygdala and piriform cortex in rats after SE. Previous studies have additionally reported other
pathological changes including synaptic reorganization, gliosis and cell genesis in regions of the
hippocampus, thalamus, amygdala, and piriform and entorhinal cortices (Bertram and Scott,
2000; Roch et al., 2002; Andre et al., 2007; Jung et al., 2009; Ben-Ari and Dudek, 2010). These
224
pathological changes are purported to cause the increased seizure propensity of these regions in
human MTLE ( Babb, 1986; Swanson, 1995; Masukawa et al., 1996; Pitkanen et al., 1998;
Aliashkevich et al., 2003; Bartolomei et al., 2005; Koch et al., 2005; Majores et al., 2007;
Williamson and Patrylo, 2007; Wittner et al., 2009) and in rats after SE (Bertram et al., 1998;
Mangan et al., 2000; Bertram et al., 2001; Aroniadou-Anderjaska et al., 2008). Based on the
broad distribution of the brain pathology, Bertram et al., (2009) suggested that seizure onset is
not just focused in the hippocampus, but involves widespread neuronal circuitry of independent
limbic structures.
Additional data from animal studies further support the concept that seizures arise within a
distributed limbic system. First, electrophysiological recording of multiple limbic sites in
chronically epileptic rats showed that the epileptogenic zone is broad, and indicated that the
substrate for seizure generation is distributed over several brain structures (e.g., hippocampus,
amygdala, and piriform cortex) (Bertram, 1997). Second, kindling studies have demonstrated
that the same type of behavioural seizure may be induced by stimulation of a number of different
limbic sites (Goddard et al., 1969; Bertram, 2007). However, the ease with which the seizure is
induced and the rapidity with which the seizure spread depends on which site is stimulated. For
instance, although kindling of limbic seizures occurred with stimulation of the medial dorsal
thalamic nucleus, the threshold for electric current to induce the seizure was significantly higher
than the threshold in the amygdala and hippocampus (Bertram et al., 2008). Furthermore, the
seizures generalized more rapidly from the medial dorsal thalamic nucleus compared to the
limbic structures (Bertram et al., 2008). Further studies showed that inactivating the medial
dorsal thalamic nucleus pharmacologically or manipulating the excitability of this region had a
profound effect on seizure activity in the hippocampus (Bertram et al., 2001; Bertram et al.,
2008). In general, while the hippocampus, amygdala and entorhinal and piriform cortices are
proposed to act as multiple independent generators of seizures, the thalamus displays
characteristics that suggest this structure may act as a physiological synchronizer (Bertram et al.,
1998; Avoli et al., 2002; Bertram, 2009). Other sites (although unknown) are proposed to act as
neuromodulatory input to the epileptogenic network that affects the foci propensity to seize
(Bertram, 2009).
Similar findings supporting the involvement of distinct epileptogenic structures in human MTLE
have been reported: (1) in pathological studies that showed a broad distribution of
225
neuropathological changes (e.g., neuronal loss, synaptic reorganization, neurogenesis) in
hippocampal and extrahippocampal structures (discussed above), (2) in electrophysiological
studies that have demonstrated multifocal or synchronized regional seizure onset (Spencer and
Spencer, 1994; Blumenfeld et al., 2004; Kobayashi et al., 2009; Bartolomei et al., 2010;
Wendling et al., 2010), or the presence of multiple epileptogenic zones (Maillard et al., 2004;
Bartolomei et al., 2008a; Bartolomei et al., 2008b; Chassoux et al., 2008; Wendling et al., 2010),
(3) in functional imaging studies (PET scans) that have shown broad regional hypometabolism
(indicative of an epileptogenic zone) in the mesial temporal structures (Henry et al., 1990;
Sperling et al., 1990; Ryvlin et al., 1991; Duncan, 1997; Benedek et al., 2004), and (4) in studies
assessing surgical outcomes of seizure control in patients with MTLE-HS. For instance,
although removal of limbic areas of the medial temporal lobe has led to a high rate of seizure
control (varying 50 to 93% between studies), there exist a significant number of patients for
whom seizure control is incomplete, indicating the presence of other seizure focii (Guénot, 2004;
Téllez-Zenteno et al., 2005; Schramm, 2008; Bertram, 2009). This idea is further supported by
studies which demonstrated that the greater extent of resection of mesial temporal structures
correlated with a better prognosis of remaining seizure-free (Nayel et al., 1991; Bonilha et al.,
2004; Vinton et al., 2007); however, others have failed to establish this relationship ( McKhann
et al., 2000; Schramm, 2008). Finally, the presence of extra-temporal epileptogenic zones (e.g.,
thalamus and neocortex) has been found to decrease the effectiveness of surgical intervention in
patients with refractory complex partial seizures (Newberg et al., 2000; Choi et al., 2003; Téllez-
Zenteno et al., 2005; Treiman, 2010). Altogether, these data emphasize the importance of
assessing neuropathological changes not only in the hippocampus, but also in extrahippocampal
structures, with the ultimate goal of improving surgical outcomes and developing other non-
surgical therapies to improve seizure control.
8.3.3 Differences in the pattern of neuronal loss between human MTLE and rats after SE
The symmetry of neuronal death between the cerebral hemispheres is different in human MTLE-
HS compared to rats following SE. In patients with MTLE-HS, atrophy of the hippocampus is
often bilateral but asymmetrical, with the side ipsilateral to the seizure focus exhibiting more
severe sclerosis (Mintzer et al., 2004; Wieser, 2004). The same pattern of neuronal loss also
occurs in extrahippocampal structures, with greater atrophy detected on the side ipsilateral to the
226
seizure focus (Bonilha et al., 2010a; Pail et al., 2010). In contrast, our findings and others noted
bilateral and symmetrical neurodegeneration of hippocampal and extrahippocampal structures in
rats following SE (Ben-Ari et al., 1980; Turski et al., 1983b; Clifford et al., 1987; Covolan and
Mello, 2000). The difference in pattern of neuronal loss may be contributed to species
differences in neural connectivity between the left and right cerebral hemispheres (Engel et al.,
2008). For instance, a major difference exists in the progression of seizure activity in rodents
compared to primates. In the rat, focally evoked seizures appear bilaterally symmetrical from
time of onset, as evident by both behavioural and cortical manifestations (Ben-Ari et al., 1979;
Peterson et al., 1992); seizure activity can spread rapidly mostly via commissural pathways such
as those in the anterior commissure and hippocampus (Engel et al., 2008). In contrast, in
primates, as in humans, behavioural and electrophysiological seizure manifestations remain
lateralized longer, and typically stay asymmetrical even as the seizure progress to engage
brainstem circuitry (Loddenkemper and Kotagal, 2005; Engel et al., 2008; Götz-Trabert et al.,
2008; Jan et al., 2010; Napolitano and Orriols, 2010); this occurs since the path of least
resistance involves seizure activity spreading down the neuraxis rather than across the forebrain
commissures (e.g., corpus collosum, hippocampal commissure, and anterior commissure) (Lieb
et al., 1987; Lieb et al., 1991; Engel et al., 2008).
8.4 The effect of increasing survival time on SE-induced neuronal death
8.4.1 Majority of neuronal death occurs early in rats following SE
Because previous studies have been limited by the semi-quantitative assessment of tissue damage
and by the limited number of recovery times assessed (Fujikawa, 1996; Motte et al., 1998;
Covolan and Mello, 2000; Peredery et al., 2000; Poirier et al., 2000) (see sections 1.5.1.2 and
4.4.1), our knowledge remains restricted on how SE-induced neuronal death in different brain
regions evolves over time. In chapter 4, we extended these findings by providing a detailed,
quantitative time-course comparison of SE-induced neuronal death in 19 brain regions within the
hippocampus, amygdala, thalamus and piriform cortex. Stereological estimates of NeuN positive
neurons were assessed at ten different time intervals after SE (from 1 hour to 3 months). Our
results demonstrated the the majority of neuronal death evolved rapidly after SE in rats, with the
majority of neuronal loss in all brain structures present by 24 hours. We were the first to
demonstrate that maximal neuronal loss occurred as early as 3 hours after SE in the hilus, ventral
227
CA3, reticular thalamic nucleus (Rt) and posteromedial cortical amygdaloid nucleus (PMCo), by
6 hours in the dorsal CA4 and posterior thalamic nuclei, and by 12 hours in the dorsal CA3 and
posterior piriform cortex (PPC) (see Table 4.3). The time course of this degeneration was
different for individual regions of the hippocampus, amygdala, thalamus and piriform cortex.
These findings are extensively discussed in section 4.4.
Clinical studies have provided evidence that the acute neuronal loss we observe in rats following
lithium/pilocarpine-induced SE may closely resemble the evolution of brain damage observed in
humans following an IPI. In studies using magnetic resonance imaging, evidence of acute
neuronal injury was detected in patients when assessed within 1 to 5 days after a prolonged
febriles seizure (Scott et al., 2002; Sokol et al., 2003; Scott et al., 2003). An elevation of serum
neuron-specific enolase, a marker for acute neuronal injury, was also elevated in adult patients
when assessed within 24 hours following SE (DeGiorgio et al., 1996; DeGiorgio et al., 1999).
8.4.2 Majority of neuronal death is the consequence of SE and not of spontaneous recurrent seizures (SRSs)
Because it is difficult to determine whether delayed neuronal loss is caused by SE, the
occurrence of SRSs, or both, the literature remains unclear as to the effect of SRSs on neuronal
loss (Dudek et al., 2002) (see section 1.5.1.2). Although we did not determine the latency to
onset of SRSs in rats after SE, our findings did demonstrate that by 3 months of recovery, all rats
were considered epileptic, defined as having exhibited at least ≥ 1 SRSs. Glien et al., (2001)
demonstrated that following 60 minutes of SE induced by the RLDP protocol in Wistar rats, the
average latency to the first SRS was 40 days (range 31 - 44 days). Thus, it is reasonable to
assume that any neuronal death preceding 40 days after SE is the consequence of SE and not of
SRSs. This suggestion is supported by our findings that: (1) with the exception of the thalamic
somatosensory nuclei (VPM and VPL), all other brain regions assessed showed no further
progression of neuronal loss 2 weeks after SE, a period in which SRSs were observed to occur in
rats analyzed at 3 months of recovery, and (2) Fluoro-Jade B staining, a marker for degenerating
neurons, was not detected in epileptic rats analyzed at 3 months after SE. In support of the
suggestion that SE primarily contributes to neurodegeneration, Liu et al., (1994) used the high-
dose pilocarpine procedure and showed neuronal death at 3 weeks recovery in the dorsal CA1
and CA3. The authors reasoned that since SRSs appeared approximately 2 to 2 ½ weeks after
SE in these animals, but did not contribute to any significant additional neuronal loss 6 to 12
228
weeks later, that neuronal death primarily resulted from the pilocarpine-induced SE (Liu et al.,
1994). In our studies, the thalamic somatosensory nuclei were the only regions to show
additional neuronal death between 2 weeks and 3 months after SE, and therefore, may have
resulted from SE, SRSs, or both. Overall, our results indicate that the vast majority of neuronal
death is the result of SE and that little, if any additional death, occurs subsequent to the start of
SRSs. These results are further discussed in section 4.4.3.
Our findings suggest that SE as the IPI, and not the subsequent development of SRSs, primarily
contributes to neuronal death in rats. This appears to parallel findings in human data that support
the existence of brain damage prior to development of human MTLE-HS (Mathern et al., 1996;
Wieser et al., 2004), and the lack of evidence of substantial neuropathology evolving during the
chronic stage of SRSs (Cendes et al., 1993; Bower et al., 2000; Moran et al., 2001). Regarding
the causes of brain damage, previous studies have suggested a high incidence of an IPI, which
includes febrile convulsions, SE, encephalitis, stroke or traumatic brain injury, as a predisposing
factor in human MTLE-HS (Mathern et al., 1996; Mathern et al., 2002). The most common type
of IPI recognized is prolonged febrile seizures reported in 30 to 80% of MTLE-HS patients
(French et al., 1993; Lewis, 1999; Cendes and Andermann, 2002; Mathern et al., 2002). Clinical
data determining whether MTLE-HS is a progressive disease remains ambiguous. There is
evidence from some (Briellmann et al., 2001; Briellmann et al., 2002; Fuerst et al., 2003), but not
all (Liu et al., 2002; Holtkamp et al., 2004), longitudinal MRI studies that chronic epileptic
seizures result in progressive hippocampal changes suggesting cumulative damage.
Furthermore, while some studies found increased hippocampal neuronal loss in patients with a
longer duration of temporal lobe epilepsy (Mathern et al., 1996; Mathern et al., 2002; Fuerst et
al., 2003), or those with a greater total seizure number (Kalvianinen and Salmenpera, 2002),
others have failed to establish these relationships (Cendes et al., 1993; Moran et al., 2001; Thom
et al., 2005). Still, there appears to be a general consensus that in patients with MTLE-HS, the
majority of neuronal loss occurs prior to the onset of habitual seizures, and that less substantial
neuronal loss may occur with an increased duration of the epileptic syndrome (Mathern et al.,
1996; Mathern et al., 2002; Wieser, 2004).
229
8.5 Cognitive and behavioural alterations following lithium/pilocarpine-induced SE
MTLE-HS in humans is often associated with co-morbid interictal disorders, including anxiety,
depression and psychosis (Boro and Haut, 2003; Gaitatzis et al., 2004; Devinsky, 2004a, Garcia-
Morales et al., 2008), as well as learning and memory impairments (Motamedi and Meador,
2003; Vingerhoets, 2006) (see section 1.6). Studies have shown that co-morbid psychiatric
disorders are an independent risk factor for a poor quality of life in human epilepsies, and can be
equal or more detrimental to the individual‘s overall function than the seizures themselves
(Cramer, 2002; Gilliam, 2002; Cramer et al., 2003; Boylan et al., 2004; Johnson et al., 2004).
Consequently, it is important that animal models not only recapitulate the neuropathology and
genesis of SRSs as observed in human MTLE-HS, but also allow researchers to characterize and
to identify treatments that can potentially mitigate disease-related cognitive and behavioural
morbidity (Stafstrom et al., 2006). In chapter 6, we demonstrated that SE in rats reduced
exploratory behaviour as assessed in the open field (defined in section 1.6.6.2), and increased
hyperreactivity (or aggression) as assessed in the pick-up test and in the touch-response test
(defined in section 1.6.6.3). These behavioural alterations appeared within the first week after
SE and remained unchanged by development of SRSs at 3 months (see section 8.6). SE also
produced anxiolytic effects as measured in rats by the elevated-plus maze (defined in section
1.6.6.1) at 3 months of recovery. In chapter 7, we demonstrated that rats 3 months after SE
exhibited impaired performance in the MWM (i.e., poor spatial learning and use of behavioural-
search strategies) (defined in section 1.6.7.1). These results are extensively discussed in sections
6.4 and 7.4, respectively. While we are the first to report cognitive changes (e.g., spatial learning
and memory) in rats treated by the RLDP procedure, Detour et al., (2005) is the only other group
to have characterized behavioural changes with this protocol (discussed in section 6.4.1). In
general, our data show that lithium/pilocarpine-induced SE and/or SRSs are accompanied by
profound behavioural and cognitive alterations, and thus could model affective and cognitive
disorders observed in human MTLE-HS. Specific aspects of these alterations are discussed in
the sections that follow.
8.5.1 The effect of SE on spatial learning and memory
The lithium/pilocarpine model allows us to not only investigate how seizures alter behaviour, but
also which aspect(s) of behaviour are most at risk for impairment (Stafstrom et al., 2006).
230
Acquisition of the hidden platform version of the Morris water maze (MWM) task has two main
components, behavioural strategies learning and spatial learning (see section 1.6.7.1). Although
previous studies have reported impaired spatial learning and memory in rats after SE, little
attention has been given to determine the effect of SE on behavioural strategies (see section
1.6.7.2). In chapter 7, we extended previous findings by completing a systematic assessment of
behavioural search strategies, and quantifying their contribution to overall cognitive performance
in rats after SE. We first showed that SE in rats exhibited impaired spatial learning and memory.
This finding is supported by the observations that rats after SE (1) still reached criterion in the
visual acuity test and exhibited swim speeds comparable to controls, indicating an absence in
gross motor or visual impairment, (2) performed poorly on the spatial probe tests, and (3)
predominately used repetitive-looping based search strategies and non-spatial, systematic search
strategies; these strategies do not rely on use of spatial information. Our results are consistent
with previous studies that have demonstrated poor spatial learning and memory in rats after SE
(see section 1.6.7.2).
Comparable deficits in visual-spatial learning and memory are reported in human MTLE-HS
(Hermann et al., 1997; Gleissner et al., 1998; Abrahams et al., 1999; Glikmann-Johnston et al.,
2008). For example, spatial and non-spatial, working and reference memory in MTLE-HS
patients were evaluated using a Nine-Box Maze (Abrahams et al., 1997; Abrahams et al., 1999),
a task analogous to the radial-arm maze used in rodents (reviewed in: Lanke et al., 1993;
Hodges, 1996). Results showed that MTLE-HS patients exhibited specific deficits in the
working and reference spatial memory components of the task (Abrahams et al., 1997; Abrahams
et al., 1999). Furthermore, spatial memory errors significantly correlated with volumetric
measures (e.g., degree of atrophy) of mesial temporal lobe structures, indicating a role of the
hippocampal region in spatial memory (Abrahams et al., 1999).
In another study, Glikmann-Johnston et al., (2008) assessed three measures of spatial learning in
patients with MTLE-HS: navigation, object location and plan drawing. The authors
demonstrated that MTLE-HS patients exhibited compromised behavior in all 3 measures. These
results indicate that the poor spatial learning and memory we observed in rats following SE are
comparable to cognitive deficits reported in human MTLE-HS.
231
8.5.2 The effect of SE on use of behavioural search strategies
8.5.2.1 Impaired selection of behavioural search strategies
We next showed that SE in rats dramatically impaired search strategy use in the spatial
acquisition and spatial reversal MWM tasks. Rats following SE displayed a greater proportion
of less efficient search strategies (repetitive-looping based strategies and non-spatial, systematic
strategies) while using fewer spatial strategies compared to controls (see section 7.4.2). Several
specific findings indicate that the application of poor search strategies in the SE group occurred
as a result of behavioural inflexibility (e.g., the inability to select appropriate behavioural
strategies):
(1) Although the SE group showed impaired MWM performance over the entire 14 days of
acquisition training compared to controls, the majority of these animals were able to
reduce escape latencies to finding the platform within this period (discussed in section
7.4.1). By conducting the convolution analyses (described in section 7.3.8), we showed
that changes in search strategy use primarily contributed to improved MWM performance
in these animals. This finding is further discussed in section 7.4.3, and suggests that the
higher escape latencies in rats after SE may not be solely attributed to an inability to
acquire behavioural strategies. Although rats after SE required more trials to pass the
visible platform test, indicating impairment in behavioural strategies, these animals were
still capable of acquiring the necessary skills of swimming away from the wall of the
pool and climbing onto the escape platform.
(2) We noted that although the SE group was capable of acquiring spatial memory, these
animals continued to predominately select less efficient search strategies and to perform
poorly in the spatial probe tests. This observation was supported by the fact that the SE
group showed improvement in use of spatial strategies during spatial acquisition.
Moreover, when the platform was changed to the opposite quadrant, these animals
exhibited an increase in escape latencies that correlated with the use of fewer spatial
strategies, and the use of more non-spatial, systematic strategies. These findings are
further discussed in section 7.4.4.
Altogether, our results suggests that rats after SE are capable of acquiring behavioural strategies,
and are even capable of using spatial search strategies. However, SE elicited in rats may cause
deficits in the ability to inhibit non-efficient escape strategies (i.e., behavioural inflexibility).
232
These results are comparable to previously reported observations in rats treated with
anticholinergic drugs (Whishaw, 1989; Whishaw and Tomie, 1987; Day and Schallert, 1996), in
rats and mice following traumatic brain injury (Brody and Holtzman, 2006; Thompson et al.,
2006), and in rats with lesions to specific brain structures (i.e., hippocampus, caudate-putamen)
(Whishaw and Petrie, 1988; Day et al., 1999). These studies used different testing paradigms in
the MWM task (see chapter 9) to dissociate spatial learning, behavioural-strategy learning and
the ability to switch between behavioural strategies. Although the experimental rats in these
studies were capable of behavioural strategy learning and spatial learning, in adaptive testing
paradigms (i.e., where animals were required to switch use of behavioural strategies), they
perseverated in using the least efficient strategy (see section 9.2).
8.5.2.2 Impaired acquisition of behavioural search strategies
One of our main findings was that although the majority of rats with SE exhibited impaired
MWM performance there were between animal differences in the ability to improve performance
over prolonged training, and we were able to subdivide rats into three categories based on
performance during spatial acquisition. These results are discussed in section 7.4.5. Of the
animals that showed impaired MWM performance compared to controls, 44% learned how to
use more efficient search strategies, and the increased use of these strategies accounted for their
improved performance, suggesting that they were capable of acquiring new behavioural
strategies. In contrast, 34% of the rats showed no improvement in escape latencies or changes in
search strategy use with extended training.
As noted above, acquisition of the MWM has two main components: behavioural strategy
learning and spatial learning. The animal must first acquire behavioural strategies before success
in spatial learning can be achieved. Acquisition of behavioural strategies involves the rat
learning how to navigate in its spatial environment and using the most effective strategies for
searching and reaching its target (see section 1.6.7.1). Failure to swim away from the wall to
search the inner region of the pool can inflate escape latencies, and reduce the usefulness of
escape latencies as a measure of spatial learning (Schenk and Morris, 1985; Whishaw and
Tomie, 1987; Cain, 1997). Although elevated escape latencies are most often interpreted as a
spatial learning impairment, others have reported dissociations between this measure and more
specific and accurate measures of spatial learning (Schenk and Morris, 1985; Cain, 1997).
233
Consequently, escape latencies should be interpreted cautiously, preferably in conjunction with
behavioural strategy analyses, and other more specific and accurate measures of spatial memory
(e.g., probe test analyses). Several authors have suggested that under conditions of marked
thigmotaxic swimming, elevated escape latencies are best interpreted as impairment in
behavioural strategy learning (Schenk and Morris, 1985; Morris, 1989; Whishaw, 1989; Cain,
1997). The subset of rats in our study that exhibited no improvement during spatial acquisition
had parallel impairments in both escape latencies and thigmotaxic swimming, indicating that
they were also impaired in the acquisition of behavioural strategies.
In sum, we showed that both impairment in search strategy use, and poor spatial learning and
memory, contribute to the impaired performance of epileptic rats during spatial learning tasks in
the MWM. The ability to both learn behavioural strategies and to select the most appropriate
behavioural strategy appears to operate on overlapping and separable neural systems. For
instance, the ability to select between allocentric (e.g., based on distal cues) and egocentric (e.g.,
based on placement in the environment) search strategies relies on a competitive interaction
between the hippocampal and the striatal neural systems, respectively (see section 7.4.4). The
amygdala has also been shown to influence search strategy selection (Packard, 2009; Hawley et
al., 2011). In contrast, behavioural strategy learning has been shown to require multiple neural
systems, including the prefrontal cortex, striatum, cerebellum, medial thalamus, and
hippocampus (see section 1.6.7.1). Although in the present study it appears that SE in rats
impaired the ability to select the most appropriate search strategy, a subset of these rats may
instead exhibit deficits in behavioural strategy learning. Future studies using different testing
paradigms are necessary to more directly delineate the effect of SE on spatial learning,
behavioural strategy learning, and behavioural flexibility (see chapter 9).
8.5.3 Impaired use of behavioural strategies in human MTLE-HS
Patients with MTLE-HS may have analogous poor use of behavioural strategies. Recent studies
indicate that MTLE may affect decision-making under ambiguity (Labudda et al., 2009; Delazer
et al., 2010; Delazer et al., 2011; Yamano et al., 2011;), which uses implicit information and
requires processing of feedback and reward-based, adaptive learning (Brand et al., 2006). In
these studies, decision-making under ambiguity was assessed by performance in the Iowa
Gambling Task (IGT). The IGT is proposed to simulate decision-making in real-life situations in
234
which premises, outcomes, rewards or punishments are uncertain (Brand et al., 2006). In the
IGT, MTLE-HS patients were reported as having shifted more often between advantageous and
disadvantageous selections than controls, and had difficulties in establishing a consistent
response pattern (Labudda et al., 2009; Delazer et al., 2010; Yamano et al., 2011; Delazer et al.,
2011). The authors suggested that MTLE-HS patients selected decks randomly and were not
capable of adapting their strategies from feedback.
It has been suggested that decision-making abilities under ambiguity, as measured by the IGT,
are separable from cognitive abilities, including executive functions and intelligence (Brand et
al., 2006; Delazer et al., 2010; Toplak et al., 2010). For instance, recent studies compared
decision-making under ambiguity and decision-making under risk in MTLE-HS patients. Risk
refers to the form of uncertainty where probabilities are known, as opposed to ambiguity where
outcome probabilities are incompletely known (Brand et al., 2006). While MTLE-HS patients
showed severe deficits in decision-making under ambiguity in the IGT, they perform normally in
decision-making under risk as assessed by the game of dice task (GDT) (Labudda et al., 2009;
Delazer et al., 2010), or by the probability-associated gambling task (PAG) (Delazer et al.,
2010), both of which offers explicit probabilities for gains and losses. Brand et al., (2006)
suggested that decision-making under ambiguity and decision-making under risk both require a
feedback route, in which experience in terms of gains and losses is processed. However,
decision-making under risk also uses a cognitive route, in which executive functions use explicit
information to plan and modify decision-making behaviour. This is supported by the fact that
GDT performance has been shown to correlate with executive functions (Brand et al., 2006), but
not with decision-making under ambiguity as assessed by the IGT (Brand et al., 2007; Brand et
al., 2008). Likewise, Toplak et al., (2010) reviewed 43 studies and showed that the majority of
these found no positive correlation with IGT performance and other cognitive abilities, including
measures of inhibition, working memory, and set-shifting as indices of executive functions, as
well as measures of verbal, nonverbal and full-scale IQ as indices of intelligence. Based on this
literature, Labudda et al., (2009) and Delazer et al., (2010) suggested that brain regions
underlying executive functions are preserved, and that this enabled MTLE-HS patients to make
decisions based on explicit, but not implicit, information.
Several lines of evidence suggest that impaired decision-making abilities in MTLE-HS patients
are caused by lesions specific to the temporo-limbic system. First, a recent study showed that
235
IGT performance in patients with MTLE-HS was worse than patients with neocortical TLE
(characterized by lesions in the lateral, basal or polar parts of the temporal lobe) (Delazer et al.,
2011). Although patients with neocortical TLE and controls showed a significant learning effect
over the blocks of the IGT, performance of patients with MTLE-HS showed no improvement
from the first to the last block of trials. These results suggest that TLE patients with lesions
associated with the mesial temporal lobe have greater deficits in decision-making compared to
TLE patients with lesions associated with the neocrotex. (Delazer et al., 2011). Previous studies
have similarly found impaired IGT performance in patients with MTLE who have lesions in the
amygdalo-hippocampal complexes (Bonatti et al., 2009; Labudda et al., 2009; Delazer et al.,
2010). Second, the IGT detected deficits with decision-making abilities in individuals with
lesions in the amygdala and/or hippocampus (Bechara et al., 1999; Gutbrod et al., 2006; Gupta et
al., 2010). Finally, a brain imaging study using functional connectivity analyses provided
evidence that the amygdala and hippocampus are involved in reward-based learning, and the
strength of the connection between these two structures predicts flexibility in adapting decisions
(Cohen et al., 2008).
In sum, we showed that rats after SE used suboptimal search strategies during spatial learning
tasks in the MWM. This finding may be analogous to specific deficits in decision-making under
ambiguity observed in human MTLE-HS. In both conditions, acquisition of behavioural (or
decision-making) strategies relies on use of implicit information, and requires acquisition and
adaption of behavioural strategies based on experience. Furthermore, the neural systems
involved in acquisition and selection of behavioural strategies appear to rely on neural networks
dissociable from cognitive abilities (e.g., spatial learning in rats; executive functions and
intelligence in humans). Finally, human and rodent studies suggest that lesions within limbic
structures may contribute to impaired use of behavioural strategies.
8.6 The temporal relationship between neuronal death, behavioural alterations and cognitive impairment following status epilepticus
Because we conducted a detailed time-course evaluation of SE-induced neuronal death (see
section 8.4), we were able to compare the progression of neuronal death with the occurrence of
behavioural alterations in rats following SE. Our findings showed that neuronal loss occurs
236
within the hippocampus, amygdala, thalamus and piriform cortex as early as 3 to 12 hours
following SE, with the majority of neuronal death present by 24 hours (see section 8.4).
Although we demonstrated SE-induced behavioural changes in the hyperexcitability tests and in
the open field within the first week after SE that persisted for at least 12 weeks (see chapter 6),
previous studies have demonstrated the onset of behavioural alterations and cognitive
impairment as early as 24 to 48 hours (see section 6.4.2). For example, pilocarpine-treated rats
exhibited increased aggression to handling and increased hyperexcitability as early as 2 days
after SE (Rice et al., 1998), and kainic acid-treated rats showed increased hyperreactivity in
response to handling and increased activity in the open field 24-hours after SE (Milgram et al.,
1988). In both studies, behavioural alterations persisted 6 to 8 weeks later (Milgram et al., 1988;
Rice et al., 1998). Similar results were obtained in cognitive tasks (see Table A1-2). Chauvière
et al., (2009) recently demonstrated impaired performance in the displaced object-recognition
task at 4 days following pilocarpine-induced SE, the earliest time assessed, with deficits in
spatial memory and object recognition still present at 40 days. Others reported impaired visual-
spatial learning in the MWM when testing was conducted 5 to 7 days following SE induced by
either kainate or pilocarpine (Milgram et al., 1988; Rice and DeLorenzo, 1999; Cunha et al.,
2009; Sun et al., 2009). Even though Hort et al., (2000) pre-trained rats for 8 days prior to SE
onset, animals still exhibited impaired spatial memory 3 and 6 days following pilocarpine-
induced SE (Hort et al., 1999). Because SE animals are in very poor physical condition
immediately following SE, it is difficult to assess the behavioural and cognitive ability of rats
less than 1 or 2 days following SE so that the time of the first appearance of impaired behavior
remains unknown. In these studies, cognitive impairments persisted for up to 2 months,
indicating no recovery of behavioural function (Milgram et al., 1988; Rice and DeLorenzo, 1999;
Cunha et al., 2009; Sun et al., 2009). These findings, together with our data, indicate that
neurodegeneration, behavioural alterations and cognitive impairment develop within the same
timeframe and are consistent with a functional relationship between these processes.
237
8.7 The effect of neuroprotection on epileptogenesis, behavioural alterations, and cognitive impairment
8.7.1 Neuroprotection within the hippocampus
8.7.1.1 Effect of neuroprotection on epileptogenesis
Human and animal studies suggest hippocampal sclerosis is involved in the development of TLE
and in the genesis of behavioural and cognitive deficits (Engel et al., 1991; Engel, 1996; Mathern
et al., 1996; Sloviter, 1999; Acharya et al., 2008). In chapter 5, we showed that tat-NR2B9c
provided partial neuroprotection of hippocampal pyramidal cells (CA1, CA3 and CA4) when
administered 3 hours following SE. This result allowed us to determine whether partial
neuroprotection within the hippocampus reduced the incidence of SRSs, or modified behavioural
and cognitive alterations in rats following lithium/pilocarpine-induced SE. In spite of its
neuroprotective effect, tat-NR2B9c had no effect on the number of rats developing SRSs
(discussed in section 6.4.3), on behaviour as assessed by the open field, elevated plus maze or
hyperexictability tests (discussed in 6.4.3), or on MWM performance (see section 7.4.6). Our
data show that partial neuroprotection of CA1, CA3 and CA4 pyramidal cells within the dorsal
hippocampus was insufficient to prevent development of SRSs, or to modify behavioural and
cognitive alterations in rats following SE.
Table 8.1 provides a comparison of literature that investigated the effect of various
neuroprotective drugs on the development and occurrence of SRSs, behavioural alterations, and
learning and memory impairments in post-status epilepticus models. Numerous other studies are
in agreement with our findings that partial neuroprotection of the hippocampus does not prevent
the development of epilepsy (Rice et al., 1998; Halonen et al., 2001; Capella and Lemos, 2002;
Ebert et al., 2002; Brandt et al., 2003b; Rigoulot et al., 2003; Rigoulot et al., 2004; dos Santos et
al., 2005; Francois et al., 2006; Frisch et al., 2007; Chu et al., 2008). Even with nearly complete
neuroprotection of the hippocampus, SRSs in rats following SE still occurred (Rice et al., 1998;
Andre et al., 2007; Ebert et al., 2002; Brandt et al., 2006; Nehlig, 2007). In contrast to our
findings and these studies, Bolanos et al., (1998) reported partial neuroprotection of the
hippocampus and a decrease in the incidence of SRSs in rats treated with valproate (AED) for
forty days following kainate-induced SE; however, because the occurrence of SRSs was
monitored during the administration of valproate, it is difficult to determine whether the reduced
238
incidence of SRSs in these animals resulted from the partial neuroprotection of the hippocampus,
or from the anticonvulsant effect of the drug. Jung et al., (2006) also reported that treatment of
rats following lithium/pilocarpine-induced SE with celecoxib (a COX-2 inhibitor) offered partial
neuroprotection of the hippocampus and reduced the incidence of SRSs; however, celecoxib also
reduced the generation of ectopic granule cells in the hilus and reduced gliosis in the CA1,
making it difficult to determine which if any of these drug effects were responsible for reducing
the incidence of SRSs. The development of SRSs in the absence of overt brain damage in other
seizure models further suggests that neuronal loss is not a prerequisite for epileptogenesis (see
section 1.5.1.6), and indicates that other factors such as synaptic reorganization (see section
1.5.2), reactive gliosis (see section 1.5.3) and/or neurogenesis (see section 1.5.4) may play a
more important role in epileptogenesis.
Although we did not assess the effect of tat-NR2B9c on neuronal loss within the dentate hilus,
others have demonstrated that most neuroprotective agents either have no effect or result in only
partial neuroprotection of this region (Halonen et al., 2001; Rigoulot et al., 2003; Chu et al.,
2008; Pitkänen et al., 2004; Rigoulot et al., 2004; Pitkänen et al., 2005; Francois et al., 2006;
Jung et al., 2006; Zhou et al., 2007), even if other hippocampal subfields (e.g., CA1, CA3 and
CA4) are completely protected (Rice et al., 1998; Ebert et al., 2002; Brandt et al., 2003b; Andre
et al., 2007) (see Table 8.1). These results indicate that neurodegeneration in the dentate hilus is
more resistant compared with other hippocampal regions to neuroprotective agents (Löscher and
Brandt, 2010). Loss of dentate hilus cells is a characteristic finding in most post-status
epilepticus rodent models (Loscher, 2002; Martin and Pozo, 2006; Sharma et al., 2007; Löscher
and Brandt, 2010), and is the most consistent cell loss reported in human MTLE-HS (Sloviter,
1994; Lowenstein, 2001; Nadler, 2003; Blümcke et al., 2007; Thom et al., 2009). Hilar cell loss
involves both excitatory mossy cells and inhibitory peptide-containing interneurons (Sloviter,
1987). There are presently two controversial explanations for how hilar cell loss may result in
hyperexictability of the dentate granule cells, which could be causal for increased seizure
susceptibility or the development of SRSs. These explanations may also account for the lack of
effect neuroprotection within other hippocampal subfields has on SRSs.
1. The ‘dormant basket cell’ hypothesis postulates that degeneration of mossy cells results
in reduction of afferent excitatory synaptic input onto insult-resistant inhibitory basket
cells, rendering these cells ‘dormant’ and granule cells hyperexcitable (Sloviter, 1987;
239
Sloviter, 1989; Sloviter et al., 1991; Sloviter et al., 2003). However, the validity of this
theory has been widely challenged on both anatomical and physiological grounds
(reviewed in: Bernard et al., 1998; Ratzliff et al., 2004; Dudek and Sutula, 2007).
2. Alternatively, loss of inhibitory interneurons in the hilus may lead to reduced GABAergic
synaptic input to granule cells that could contribute to abnormal recurrent excitation of
granule cells found in epileptic rats (Kobayashi and Buckmaster, 2003; Ratzliff et al.,
2004; Sun et al., 2007).
A few studies have suggested that epileptogenesis may develop independent of hilar cell loss in
post-status epilepticus rodent models. Numerous studies have confirmed that partial reduction in
SE-induced hilar cell loss by various neuroprotective agents had no effect on the development of
epilepsy (Ebert et al., 2002; Pitkänen et al., 2004; Francois et al., 2005; Pitkänen et al., 2005;
Francois et al., 2006; Jung et al., 2006; Chu et al., 2008) (see Table 9.1). Even though Brandt et
al., (2006) reported complete neuroprotection of the hippocampus and hilus in rats treated with
valproate following electrically-induced SE, this effect was still not sufficient to prevent genesis
of SRSs.
8.7.1.2 Neuroprotection may offer disease-modifying effects
Even though (partial) neuroprotection within the hippocampus did not prevent the development
of chronic epilepsy, it may never the less offer disease-modifying effects. The literature on this,
however, remains controversial. For instance, partial neuroprotection within the hippocampus
has been shown to increase the latency period (Francois et al., 2005) or to reduce the frequency
and severity of SRSs (Bolanos et al., 1998; Pitkänen et al., 2004; Francois et al., 2005; Jung et
al., 2006; Chu et al., 2008) in rats following SE (see Table 8.1). In contrast, Pitkanen et al.,
(2005) and Ebert et al., (2002) showed that partial neuroprotection of the hippocampus increased
the severity of epilepsy; more specifically, the number of surviving hilar cells positively
correlated with the frequency of SRSs. Still, others failed to establish a relationship between
partial (Capella and Lemos, 2002; Brandt et al., 2003b; Narkilahti et al., 2003b; Rigoulot et al.,
2003; Rigoulot et al., 2004; Pitkänen et al., 2004; Francois et al., 2006; Frisch et al., 2007) or
complete (Brandt et al., 2006) neuroprotection of the hippocampus and the severity of SRSs.
A series of studies suggest that neuroprotection within the hippocampus may even play a role in
the prognosis of treatment for epilepsy. These experiments showed that rats developing epilepsy
240
after an episode of SE induced by sustained electrical basolateral amygdala stimulation markedly
differed in their response to phenobarbital (Brandt et al., 2004; Volk et al., 2006; Bethmann et
al., 2008). While approximately 30% of rats did not respond to treatment, SRSs were suppressed
in the other animals, resulting in two subgroups (i.e., responders and nonresponders).
Nonresponders exhibited hippocampal damage, whereas most responders exhibited no overt
brain damage, suggesting a causal relationship between neuronal damage and
pharmacoresistance (Volk et al., 2006; Bethmann et al., 2008). This data is consistent with the
clinical observation that hippocampal sclerosis is associated with poor prognosis of AED
treatment in patients with TLE, but is a good indicator for a positive outcome to surgical
treatment (Schmidt and Löscher, 2005).
8.7.1.3 The effect of neuroprotection on behavioral alterations
The effect of neuroprotection within the hippocampus on SE-induced cognitive and behavioural
morbidity also remains ambiguous. Other studies are in agreement with our findings that partial
neuroprotection within the hippocampus had no effect on SE-induced cognitive and/or
behavioural morbidity (Cilio et al., 2001; Halonen et al., 2001; Narkilahti et al., 2003b; Pitkänen
et al., 2004; Zhou et al., 2007). In contrast to these results, several studies have demonstrated
that partial (Bolanos et al., 1998; Cilio et al., 2001; dos Santos et al., 2005; Frisch et al., 2007;
Cunha et al., 2009; Jun et al., 2009) or almost complete neuroprotection (Rice et al., 1998;
Brandt et al., 2006) of the hippocampus reduced behavioural alterations or improved learning
and memory in rats after SE. The results of these studies are shown in Table 9.1, and are
discussed in sections 6.4.3 (behavioural alterations) or 7.4.6 (impaired learning and memory).
8.7.2 Effect of neuroprotection in extrahippocampal regions
Although limbic seizures have often been attributed to hippocampal pathology, others have
provided evidence that the parahippocampal regions, including the piriform and entorhinal
cortices, may also play an important role. Francois et al., (2005) showed that simultaneous
protection of the hippocampus, parahippocampal cortices, amygdala and thalamus increased the
latency to SRSs; the latency to the first SRS was correlated with neuronal damage in the piriform
and entorhinal cortices, but not in the hippocampus and amygdala. Similarly, André et al.,
(2003) showed that partial neuroprotection (by pregabatrin) in layer II of the piriform cortex and
in layers III and IV of the entorhinal cortex, and without any neuroprotection within the
241
hippocampus, caused an increase in the latency to SRSs (see Table 8.1). In a separate study,
André et al., (2007) demonstrated that only simultaneous protection of the hippocampus and the
parahippocampal cortices (plus the amygdala and thalamus by carisbamate) was able to delay or
completely block the occurrence of SRSs, whereas treatments protecting only CA1 and/or CA3
(by caffeine, topiramate, vigabatrin, and amygdala kindling) were not effective. Based on this
set of experiments, the authors suggested that neurodegeneration in the piriform and entorhinal
cortices is a critical factor early in the epileptogenic process, whereas the involvement of the
hippocampus is delayed (Andre et al., 2007; Nehlig, 2007). Still, even with drugs like
carisbamate that offered nearly complete neuroprotection of the hippocampal formation and
parahippcampal cortices, some rats still developed epilepsy (Andre et al., 2007), suggesting that
simply preventing neuronal loss may not be enough to prevent epileptogenesis.
Our findings support the general consensus that neuroprotection, as narrowly defined as
prevention of cell death, is not sufficient to prevent epilepsy (Sankar, 2005). Walker et al.,
(2007) argued that neuroprotection after SE should encompass not only the prevention of
neuronal death, but also the preservation of neuronal and network function. In general, the
majority of patients with MTLE-HS exhibit at least several epileptogenic structures (including
not only the lesional site but also other localized and distant sites) that form complex seizure
networks (Bartolomei et al., 2008b; Bartolomei et al., 2010), and the fact that SRSs can be
induced in rats in the absence of neuronal death, argues against damage in any ‗key‘ or ‗critical‘
brain region as being a prerequisite for epileptogenesis.
No drug has yet been found to prevent or modify the epileptogenic process induced by a brain
insult in humans (Temkin, 2001; Sossa, 2006; Temkin, 2009). Clinical trials conducted have
largely focused on the effect of conventional anti-epileptic drugs (AEDs), including phenytoin,
phenobarbital, carbamazepine, or valproate, in the prevention of epilepsy or disease-
modification. Not surprisingly, AEDs have thus far failed for several proposed reasons (Temkin,
2001; Sossa, 2006; Temkin, 2009): (1) AEDs have been developed for symptomatic suppression
of seizures and not for the prevention or modification of the epileptogenic process, and (2) the
molecular mechanisms underlying epileptogensis and ictogenesis are fundamentally different
(reviewed in: Loscher, 2002; Weaver, 2003). Further clinical trials are necessary to determine
whether new anti-epileptogenic drugs, if any, developed in the laboratory are effective in
humans.
242
Table 8.1 Consequences of neuroprotective drug treatment
Drug Seizure model SE duration
(limited by)
Beginning of drug
treatment
Duration of drug
treatment
1. Atipamezole (α2
receptor antagonist)
Amygdala stimulation Exp 1: 3 h
(diazepam); Exp 2:
not limited
1 week after SE 9 weeks (minipump
implant 100 μg/kg/h)
2. Preconditioning by
amygdala kindling
LDP protocol
lithium/pilocarpine
2 h (diazepam) Preconditioning with fully
kindled amygdala seizures
preceding SE
N/A
3. Carbamazepine
(AED)
Kainate Not limited 1 day after SE 40 mg/kg, i.p., 3
times/day, for 56 days
4. Carbamazepine Pilocarpine (right
dorsal hippocampus)
3 h (thiopental) 1 hr after 3 h SE 120 mg/kg, i.p., for 4
days
5. Carisbamate (RWJ-
333369;
neuromodulator)
LDP protocol
lithium/pilocarpine
2 hr (diazepam) Immediately after SE
onset
60, 90, and 120 mg/kg,
i.p., 2 times/day, for 7
days
6. Carisbamate LDP protocol
lithium/pilocarpine
1 h (diazepam in
controls)
1 h after SE onset 90 and 120 mg/kg, i.p.,
2 times/day, for 6 days
7. Caffeine LDP protocol
lithium/pilocarpine
2 h (diazepam) 14 days prior and 7 days
after SE
0.3 g/L in drinking
water, 14 days prior and
7 days after SE
8. Caffeine LDP protocol
lithium/pilocarpine
2 h (diazepam) 15 days prior and 7 days
after SE
0.3 g/L in drinking
water, 14 days prior and
7 days after SE
9. Celecoxib (COX-2
inhibitor)
LDP protocol
lithium/pilocarpine
1 h (diazepam) 1 day after SE Oral administration, 20
mg/kg, for 14 days
10. Cycloheximide
Pilocarpine
1.5 h (thionembutal) 20 min prior to SE onset 1mg/kg, s.c., for 1 dose
11. z-DEVD-fmk
(caspase-3 inhibitor)
Amygdala stimulation 3 h (diazepam) 3 h after SE onset 6 µg/d/i.c.v., for 1 week
12. Diazepam
(GABAA agonist)
Pilocarpine (right
dorsal hippocampus)
3 h (thiopental) 1 hr after 3 h SE 20 mg/kg, i.p., for 4
days
13. Dizocilpine
(NMDAR antagonist)
Kainate 1.5 h (diazepam) Immediately after
termination of SE
0.1 mg/kg, i.p., for 1
dose
14. Dizocilpine Kainate 1.5 h (diazepam) Immediately after
termination of SE
0.1 mg/kg, i.p., for 1
dose
Abbreviations: h, hour; LDP, N/A, not applicable; low-dose lithium/pilocarpine protocol; i.p., intraperitoneal injection; i.c.v.,
intracerebral injection; min, minutes; P, postnatal day; RLDP, repeated low-dose lithium/pilocarpine protocol; s.c., subcutaneous
injection
243
Table 8.1 (continued)
Neuroprotective effects
Latency to
SRSs
Incidence
of SRSs
Frequency,
severity or
duration of
SRSs
Behavioural
alterations
Impairment
of learning
and memory
References
1. ↓Hilus (p) N.D. N.E. ↓ N.D. N.E. (Pitkänen et al., 2004)
2. ↓ CA1 (c), ↓ CA3 (c),
↓ amygdala (c), ↓
piriform cortex (c), ↓
layer II of entorhinal
cortex (c), ↓ layers III/IV
of entorhinal cortex (p),
↓ hilus (p)
N.E. N.E. N.E. N.D. N.D. (André et al.,
2007)
3. ↓ Hippocampus (p) N.D. N.E. ↓ N.D. N.D. (Capella and
Lemos, 2002)
4. ↓CA1 (p), ↓CA4 (p),
N.E. in CA3
N.D. N.D. N.D N.D. ↓ (Cunha et al.,
2009)
5. ↓ Layer II piriform
cortex (c), ↓ layers III-IV
entorhinal cortex (c), ↓
CA1 (p; dose-related),
N.E. in CA3 and hilus.
Decreased
(52-85 vs 16
days)
↓ N.E. N.D. N.D. (André et al.,
2007)
6. ↓CA1 (p), ↓PC (p),
↓EC (p), ↓amygdala (p),
↓thalamus (p)
Increased –
correlated
with # of
neurons in
PC and EC
N.E. N.D. N.D. N.D. (Francois et al.,
2005)
7. ↓ CA1 (c), ↓ CA3 (p),
↑ layer III of piriform
cortex, N.E. in hilus,
N.E. N.E. N.E. N.D. N.D. (André et al.,
2007)
8. ↓ CA1 (c), ↓hilus (p),
↑layers III-IV PC, N.E.
in EC
N.E. N.E. N.E. N.D. N.D. (Rigoulot et al.,
2003)
9. ↓ CA1 (p), ↓CA3 (c),
↓hilus (p)
N.D ↓ ↓ N.D. N.D. (Jung et al.,
2006)
10. ↓Dorsal hippocampus
(N.S.), ↓(p)
N.D. N.E. N.E. ↓ N.E. (dos Santos et
al., 2005)
11. ↓ CA1 (p), ↓CA3 (p),
↓hilus (p)
N.D. N.E. N.E. N.D. N.E. (Narkilahti et
al., 2003b)
12. ↓CA1 (p), ↓CA3c
(p), ↓hilus (p), ↓layers II-
III PC (p), ↓EC (p),
↓amydala (p)
N.D. N.E. Increased (positively
correlated with #
of hilar neurons)
N.D. N.D. (Pitkänen et al., 2005)
13. ↓layers II-III PC (p),
↓CA1 (c), ↓CA3 (c),
Hilus (p), ↓EC (N.S.),
↓amygdala (N.S.)
N.D. N.D. Increased
(positively
correlated with
# of hilar
neurons)
N.D. N.D. (Ebert et al.,
2002)
14. ↓CA1 (c) N.D. N.E. N.D. ↓ ↓ (Rice et al.,
1998) -
behaviour
(Mello et al.,
1993) –
histopathology
Abbreviations: ↓, beneficial effect of drug treatment; ↑, drug treatment exacerbates neuronal loss, (A) studies that are only
available as abstracts; (c), complete neuroprotection; EC, entorhinal cortex; ND, not determined; NE, drug treatment is not
effective; NS, not specified; NC, nearly complete neuroprotection (>90% of neurons remaining); (p), partial neuroprotection; PC,
piriform cortex
244
Table 8.1 Consequences of neuroprotective drug treatment
Drug Seizure model SE duration
(limited by)
Beginning of drug
treatment
Duration of drug
treatment
15. Dizocilpine Pilocarpine 1 h (diazepam) 20 min prior to
pilocarpine injection
0.1 mg/kg, i.p., for 1 dose
16. Erythropoietin (renal
cytokine)
LDP protocol
lithium/pilocarpine
1 h (diazepam) 1 h after SE onset 5000 IU/kg in PBS, i.p.,
for 7 days
17. Erythropoietin LDP protocol
lithium/pilocarpine
1 h (diazepam) 4 h before SE onset 10 U/g, i.p., for 1 dose
18. Gabapentin (AED) Kainic acid (P35) Not limited 1 day after SE 200 mg/kg, i.p., for 10
days
19. Ketamine (NMDAR
antagonist)
Pilocarpine (right
dorsal hippocampus)
3 h (thiopental) 1 hr after 3 h SE 50 mg/kg, i.p., for 4 days
20. Lamotrigine
(AED)
Perforant path stimulation
(PPS)
2 h after end of
PPS (diazepam)
1 h after SE onset 12.5 mg/kg, i.p., 2
times/day, for 14 days
21. Levetiracetam
(AED)
LDP protocol
lithium/pilocarpine
2 hour
(pentobarbital)
24 h after SE onset 50 mg/kg, i.p., 2
times/day, for 2 weeks
22. Phenytoin
(AED)
Pilocarpine (right dorsal
hippocampus)
3 h (thiopental) 1 hr after 3 h SE 60 mg/kg, i.p, for 4 days
23. Pregabalin
(AED)
LDP protocol
lithium/pilocarpine
2 hr (diazepam) Immediately after SE
onset
50 mg/kg, for initial 7
days, 10 mg/kg for
remaining days (until
sacrificed)
24. Pregabatrin
(AED)
LDP protocol
lithium/pilocarpine
2 h (diazepam) 20 min after pilocarpine 50 mg/kg, i.p., for 6 days
(histology), 10 mg/kg, i.p.,
for remaining 55 days
(monitoring SRSs)
25.Retigabine
(potassium channel
opener)
Kainate 1.5 h (diazepam) 0, 1 and 2 h after
termination of SE
3 mg/kg, i.p., for 3 doses
26. Tat-NR2B9c
(synthetic peptide)
RLDP protocol
lithium/pilocarpine
1 h (diazepam) 3 h after SE onset 3 nmol/g, i.p., for 1 dose
27. Topiramate
(AED)
LDP protocol
lithium/pilocarpin
2 hr (diazepam) Immediately after SE
onset
Doses varying 10 – 60
mg/kg, i.p., 2 times/day,
for 7 days
28. Topiramate
LDP protocol
lithium/pilocarpine
1 h (diazepam in
controls)
1 h and 10 h after SE
onset
10 mg/kg or 30 mg/kg, i.p.
2 times/day, for 7 days
29. Topiramate LDP protocol
lithium/pilocarpine
2 h (diazepam) Topiramate at SE onset
and 10 hr later,
diazepam at 2 h and 10
h after SE onset
10 mg/kg, 30 mg/kg, or 60
mg/kg, i.p., for 7 days
Abbreviations: h, hour; LDP, N/A, not applicable; low-dose lithium/pilocarpine protocol; i.p., intraperitoneal injection; i.c.v.,
intracerebral injection; min, minutes; P, postnatal day; RLDP, repeated low-dose lithium/pilocarpine protocol; s.c., subcutaneous
injection
245
Table 8.1 (continued)
Neuroprotective effects
Latency to SRSs
Incidence of SRSs
Frequency, severity or duration of SRSs
Behavioural alterations
Impairment of learning and memory
References
15. ↓ anterior PC (c),
posterior PC (p), ↓CA1 (p),
↓CA3 (p), ↓thalamus (p),
↓amygdala (p), N.E. in
hilus, substantia nigra pars
reticulata and EC
N.D. N.E. N.E. N.D. N.D. (Brandt et
al., 2003b)
16. ↓CA1(p), ↓CA3 (c),
↓hilus (p)
N.D. N.E. ↓ N.D. N.D. (Chu et al.,
2008)
17. ↓CA1 (p), ↓CA3 (p)
N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. ↓ (Jun et al.,
2009)
18.↓CA1 (p), ↓CA3 (p) N.D. N.D. N.D. N.E. N.E. (Cilio et al.,
2001)
19. ↓ CA1 (p), ↓ CA3 (p),
N.E. in CA4
N.D. N.D. N.D N.D. ↓ (Cunha et
al., 2009)
20. ↓CA3 (p), ↓hilus (p),
↓PC (p), ↓EC (p), ↓
amygdala (p), NE in CA1
N.D. N.E. N.D. N.D. N.E. (Halonen et
al., 2001)
21.↓ CA1 (P), ↓CA3 (p),
↓hilus (p),
N.D. N.E. N.D. N.D. N.E. (Zhou et al.,
2007)
22. ↓ CA1 (p), ↓ CA3 (p),
N.E. in CA4
N.D. N.D. N.D N.D. ↓ (Cunha et
al., 2009)
23. ↓Layer II PC (p),
↓Layers III-IV EC (p), N.E.
in hippocampus
Increased N.E. N.E. N.D. N.D. (André et al., 2003)
24. ↓Layer II PC (p),
↓Layers III-IV EC (p), N.E.
in hippocampus
Increased N.E. N.E. N.D. N.D. (André et al., 2003)
25.↓layers II-III PC (p),
N.E. in hippocampus, PC,
EC and amygdala
N.D. N.E. N.E. N.D. N.D. (Ebert et al.,
2002)
26. ↓CA1 (p), ↓CA3 (p),
↓CA4(p), N.E. in PC
N.D. N.E. N.D. N.E. (results not
published – see
thesis chapter 6)
N.E. (results not
published – see
thesis chapter 7)
(Dykstra et
al., 2009)
27. ↓CA3 (c), ↓CA1 (p),
N.E. in hilus, EC and PC
N.E. N.E. N.E. N.D. N.D. (André et al., 2003)
28. ↓CA1 (p), ↓CA3 (p)
(only at 30 mg/kg drug
dose), N.E. in hilus, DG,
EC, and PC
N.E. N.E. N.E. N.D. N.D. (Rigoulot et
al., 2004)
29. ↓CA1 (p), ↓hilus (p),
↓layers III-IV EC (p), N.E.
in CA3 and PC
N.E. N.E. N.E. N.D. N.D. (Francois et
al., 2006)
Abbreviations: ↓, beneficial effect of drug treatment; ↑, drug treatment exacerbates neuronal loss, (A) studies that are only
available as abstracts; (c), complete neuroprotection; EC, entorhinal cortex; ND, not determined; NE,not effective; NS, not
specified; (p), partial neuroprotection; PC, piriform cortex
246
Table 8.1 Consequences of neuroprotective drug treatment
Drug Seizure model SE duration (limited
by)
Beginning of drug
treatment
Duration of drug
treatment
30. Topiramate
Pilocarpine 40 min (diazepam only
in controls); 40 min
(topiramate, 2 hr
diazepam in
experimental drug
groups)
Topiramate at 40 min
after SE onset,
diazepam at 2 hr after
SE onset in
experimental drug
groups
20 mg/kg or 100
mg/kg, i.p., for 1 dose
31. Valproate (AED)
Kainate (P35) Not limited in controls 24 h after SE 600 mg/kg, i.p., 2
times/day, for 30
days, tapered to 300
mg/kg, i.p., 2
times/day for final 10
days
32. Valproate
Amygdala
stimulation
4 h (diazepam) 4 hr after SE onset 4 weeks
33. Vigabatrin
(inhibition of GABA
transaminase)
LDP protocol
Lithium/pilocarpine
2 h (diazepam) Immediately after SE
onset
400 mg/kg, i.p., for
initial dose, 250
mg/kg, i.p., 3
times/day, for 45 days
Abbreviations: h, hour; LDP, N/A, not applicable; low-dose lithium/pilocarpine protocol; i.p., intraperitoneal injection; i.c.v.,
intracerebral injection; min, minutes; P, postnatal day; RLDP, repeated low-dose lithium/pilocarpine protocol; s.c., subcutaneous
injection
247
Table 8.1 (continued)
Neuroprotective effects
Latency to SRSs
Incidence of SRSs
Frequency, severity or duration of SRSs
Behavioural alterations
Impairment of learning and memory
References
30.↓CA3 (p) and
↓CA4 (p) at dose of
100 mg/kg TPM, N.E.
with dose of 20 mg/kg
TPM, N.E. in CA1
N.D. N.E. N.E. N.D. ↓ with dose of
20 mg/kg TPM,
N.E. with dose
of 100 mg/kg
TPM
(Frisch et al., 2007) –
improved cognitive
function occurred at
20 mg/kg treatment of
TPM, independent of
neuroprotection
within the
hippocampus
31. ↓CA1 (c), ↓CA3
(p)
N.D. ↓ (during
drug
tapering)
↓ (during
drug tapering)
↓ ↓ (Bolanos et al., 1998)
32. ↓ Hippocampus
and hilus (c –1 out of
9 rats showed
moderate damage in
CA1)
N.D. N.E. N.E. ↓ N.E. (Brandt et al., 2006)
33. ↓ CA3 (c), ↓ CA1
(p), ↑layers II-IV of
entorhinal cortex, N.E.
hilus
N.E. N.E. N.E. N.D. N.D. (André et al., 2003)
Abbreviations: ↓, beneficial effect of drug treatment; ↑, drug treatment exacerbates neuronal loss, (A) studies that are only
available as abstracts; (c), complete neuroprotection; EC, entorhinal cortex; ND, not determined; NE,not effective; NS, not
specified; (p), partial neuroprotection; PC, piriform cortex
248
8.8 Conclusion
This present thesis demonstrates that the lithium/pilocarpine RLDP procedure for the induction
of SE reliably produces neurodegeneration and behavioural alterations in rats, and effectively
models the main features of human MTLE-HS (section 1.1). However, the effectiveness of
using this protocol is strain-dependent as it reduced mortality in Wistar, but not in LEH, rats (see
chapter 3). We showed that the majority of neuronal loss and behavioural alterations were
caused by SE as the IPI, and with the possible exception of neuronal loss in the thalamic
somatosensory nuclei (see section 4.4.2), these processes were unaffected by development of
SRSs at the 3 months recovery time. Stereological analysis of neurons (stained for the neuronal
specific marker [NeuN]) at various times (1 to 3 months) following SE showed regional
variability in the evolution of neuronal loss within the hippocampus, amygdala, thalamus and
piriform cortex, with the majority of neuronal death present by 24 hrs of recovery (see chapter
4). SE resulted in decreased exploratory behavior as assessed in the open field test, increased
aggression to handling, increased hyperreactivity as assessed in the touch respone test, and
anxiolytic effects as measured in the elevated-plus maze test (see chapter 6). Furthermore,
deficits in search strategies use, as well as impaired spatial learning and memory, contributed to
poor performance in the Morris water maze (see chapter 7).
Overall, our results do not support the general hypothesis that genesis of SRSs, cognitive
impairment and behavioural alterations are caused by SE-induced neuronal death. To assess the
relationship between these processes, we first compared the progression of neuronal death and
behavioural alterations in rats after SE. As discussed in section 8.6, our data and comparison of
results from other studies indicate that the majority of neuronal death and behavioural alterations
develop within the first several days after SE. Despite this, a detailed analysis assessing onset of
behavioural changes at even earlier times (i.e., 1, 3, 6 and 12 hours after SE) is required to more
thoroughly assess the temporal relationship between these processes. However, SE animals are
often in poor physical condition immediately following SE, and this precludes assessement of
behavioural alterations in rats less than 1 or 2 days of recovery. Interestingly, Castro et al.,
(2010) demonstrated that when compared to systemic injection of pilocarpine (320 mg/kg), SE in
rats induced by intrahippocampal injection of pilocarpine (total 2.4 mg) recovered almost
immediately following cessation of SE. Because this model also results in hippocampal neuronal
death (Castro et al., 2010; Furtado et al., 2011), it offers an alternative to other SE models in
249
assessing the temporal relationship between seizure-induced neurodegeneration and behavioural
alterations.
As discussed in section 8.7, we next assessed the effect of partial neuroprotection within the
hippocampus (by tat-NR2B9c) on development of SRSs and behavioural alterations in rats
following SE. Our data showed that reducing pyramidal cell loss in the hippocampus had no
effect on the number of rats developing SRSs or on behavioural alterations, and argues against a
causal relationship between neurodegeneration within this region, genesis of SRSs and
behavioural morbidity. As discussed in section 9.3, further studies are necessary to assess the
connection between different patterns of neurogeneration, epileptogenesis and behavioural
alterations caused by SE in rats.
250
Chapter 9
Future directions
9.1 Cell death mechanisms contributing to differential rates of neuronal loss following SE
9.1.1 Previous literature
Previous studies on the pilocarpine model showed that neuronal death occurs by necrosis and/or
apoptosis (Sloviter et al., 1996; Fujikawa et al., 1999; Fujikawa et al., 2000b; Bengzon et al.,
2002; Weise et al., 2005; Henshall, 2007; Henshall and Murphy, 2008; Fujikawa et al., 2010). In
contrast to early neuronal loss, which occurs in the first 24 to 48 hours following a neurological
insult and is predominately necrotic, delayed or secondary neuronal death occurring at later times
has been identified to be mainly apoptotic (Kermer et al., 1999; Snider et al., 1999; Weise et al.,
2005). Different cell death mechanisms have been reported to occur in different brain regions
(Sloviter et al., 1996; Lopez-Meraz et al., 2010), or within the same neuronal population in rats
following SE (Narkilahti et al., 2003a; Weise et al., 2005). Numerous studies have described the
extent and severity of SE-induced neurodegeneration in the pilocarpine and lithium/pilocarpine
models (Turski et al., 1983a; Turski et al., 1983b; Honchar et al., 1983; Fujikawa, 1996; Motte
et al., 1998; Covolan and Mello, 2000; Peredery et al., 2000; Poirier et al., 2000). Still, our
understanding on how SE-induced neuronal death in different brain regions progresses over time
remains unclear. Previous studies have been limited by the semi-quantitative assessment of
neuronal damage and by the limited number of recovery times assessed (see sections 1.5.1.2 and
4.4.1). The effect of SE on neuronal loss is further discussed in section 1.5.
9.1.2 Summary of our findings
In chapter 4, we extended these findings by conducting a detailed, quantitative time course
comparison of SE-induced neuronal death in 19 brain regions within the hippocampus,
amygdala, thalamus and piriform cortex. Neuronal death was assessed by stereological analysis
of neurons (stained for the neuronal specific marker [NeuN]) at ten different intervals after SE
(from 1 hour to 3 months). Our results showed that depending upon the brain region, neuronal
death occurred as early as 1 hour after SE, with the majority of neuronal death in all brain
regions present by 24 hours. While specific regions within the hippocampus (dorsal and ventral
251
CA1) and amygdala (LaDL, LaVM, BLP, BMP) showed additional neuronal loss between 1 and
14 days after SE, the somatosensory thalamic nuclei (VPM, VPL) were the only areas with
additional neuronal death detected after 2 weeks. In general, we demonstrated that different
brain regions exhibit differential rates of neuronal loss following lithium/pilocarpine induced SE.
These findings are further discussed in sections 4.4 and 8.4.
9.1.3 Proposed studies
The cell death mechanisms involved in neuronal death following lithium/pilocarpine-induced SE
remain unclear. While some studies showed that neuronal death in this model is predominately
necrotic ( Fujikawa et al., 1999; Fujikawa et al., 2000b; Fujikawa, 2005; Fujikawa et al., 2010;
Kotariya et al., 2010), others have provided evidence that delayed neuronal loss is apoptotic
(Bengzon et al., 2002; Narkilahti et al., 2003a; Weise et al., 2005; Henshall, 2007; Wang et al.,
2008) (see section 4.4.4). As discussed in section 1.5.1.4, specific signalling cascades
contributing to apoptotic and necrotic morphologies have been reported. For instance, the
expression and activation of calpain was detected in early degenerating necrotic neurons
following SE (Araújo et al., 2008; Wang et al., 2008), whereas caspase-3 was found in delayed
degenerating neurons exhibiting apoptotic features ( Narkilahti et al., 2003a; Weise et al., 2005;
Wang et al., 2008). Other studies, however, have failed to find caspase-3 activation following
prolonged seizures (Fujikawa et al., 2002; Wang et al., 2008). The detailed time-course analysis
of neuronal death we completed in chapter 4 establishes a framework in which further studies
can investigate whether differential rates of neuronal loss reflect regional differences in cell
death mechanisms.
We hypothesize that necrotic and apoptotic cell death mechanisms will be present in regions
exhibiting early (≤ 1 day) and delayed (>1day) neuronal loss, respectively. In view of the fact
that a large proportion of neuronal death occurs by 24 hours after SE (see section 9.1.2), we
expect that necrosis will be the dominate cell death morphology. However, because the dorsal
and ventral CA1 subfields of the hippocampus, the lateral (LaDL and LaVM) and basalateral
amydaloid nuclei (BLP and BMP), and the thalamic somatosensory nuclei showed delayed
neuronal loss (see section 9.1.2), we expect that a proportion of degenerating neurons within
these regions will exhibit apoptotic features. An initial study can focus on hippocampal
subfields that exhibit fast (CA4) and relatively slow (CA1) neuronal loss. Different cell death
252
morphologies can be detected by use of electron and light microscopy. Brain sections can also
be co-stained with Fluoro-jade B (FJB, a marker for degenerating neurons), for NeuN (neurons),
and for specific apoptotic (e.g., caspase-3, caspase-8, p38, ERK) and necrotic (e.g., calpain,
JNK) signalling cascades at various times (1hr – 7 days) following SE. Analysis by confocal
microscopy will permit the identification of degenerating neurons (FJB+/NeuN+) that co-stain
for specific cell-death signalling markers. Although evidence for apoptotic neuronal death has
previously been assessed by the presence of TUNEL staining and DNA laddering, these
morphological changes have also been reported in necrotic neurons (Fujikawa et al., 1999;
Fujikawa et al., 2000b; Fujikawa et al., 2002). Therefore, a combination of experimental
approaches is often required, with confocal microscopy offering the best confirmation on cell
death phenotypes. Several extensive reviews describing apoptotic and necrotic cell death
mechanisms are available (Saraste, 1999; Saraste and Pulkki, 2000; Manning and Zuzel, 2003;
Goldstein and Kroemer, 2007; Vanlangenakker et al., 2008).
9.2 Specific cognitive alterations in rats following SE
9.2.1 Previous literature
As deficits in cognition and memory are commonly observed in human MTLE-HS (Boro and
Haut, 2003; Devinsky, 2003; Motamedi and Meador, 2003; Devinsky, 2004a; Gaitatzis et al.,
2004; Vingerhoets, 2006; Garcia-Morales et al., 2008), causing reduced quality of life for the
patient (Cramer, 2002; Gilliam, 2002; Cramer et al., 2003; Boylan et al., 2004; Johnson et al.,
2004), a major goal in experimental epilepsy studies is to identify and evaluate cognitive and
behavioural dysfunction (Stafstrom, 2006). Previous studies have demonstrated that rats after SE
exhibit elevated escape latencies compared to controls when evaluated in the hidden platform
MWM task (see section 1.6.7.2). Although elevated search times are often interpreted as
impaired spatial learning, others have argued that this deficit may be more attributable to
impairment in behavioural strategies (Schenk and Morris, 1985; Morris, 1989; Whishaw, 1989;
Cain, 1997). This idea is substantiated by observations that rats following SE often exhibit a
thigmotaxic response in the MWM, and that this behaviour occurs in the absence of sensory or
motor impairment (Milgram et al., 1988; Hort et al., 1999; Kubova et al., 2004; McKay and
Persinger, 2004; Groticke et al., 2008; Jun et al., 2009) (see section 1.6.7.2). The effect of SE on
cognitive and behavioural morbidity is further discussed in section 1.6.
253
9.2.2 Summary of our findings
In chapter 7, we extended previous findings by performing a detailed analysis on the effect of SE
in rats on search strategy use in the hidden platform MWM task. Swim paths were analyzed
according to a categorization developed by Graziano et al., (2003), which is a seven category
qualitative analysis of prototypical behaviour in the MWM: thigmotaxis, circling, random
searching, scanning, self-orienting, approaching target, and ability to directly locate the target.
The search strategies are organized on a continuum of difficulty and efficiency where
thigmotaxis is considered the least efficient way of solving the hidden-platform MWM task,
while direct finding of the hidden platform is the most efficacious (Graziano et al., 2003). These
swim paths were divided into 3 broader categories that included spatial strategies, systematic
non-spatial strategies, and repetitive looping-based strategies (Brody and Holtzman, 2006) (see
section 7.2.3.6).
In general, we found that suboptimal use of search strategies, along with impaired spatial
learning and memory, contributed to poor MWM performance in rats following SE.
Furthermore, we detected between animal differences in the ability to improve performance over
extended training. Our results showed that 22% of rats after SE exhibited no behavioural
impairment, with performance in the MWM and spatial probe tests indistinguishable from
controls. Of the animals that showed MWM impairment compared to controls, 44% acquired
more efficient search strategies, and the increased use of these strategies accounted for their
improved performance. In contrast, 34% of rats showed no improvement in escape latencies or
shift in strategy use.
9.2.3 Proposed studies
Previous studies have shown that spatial learning, behavioural strategy learning, and the ability
to switch between behavioural strategies are dissociable from one another (Morris, 1984;
Whishaw and Tomie, 1987; Whishaw and Petrie, 1988; Morris, 1989; Whishaw, 1989; Day and
Schallert, 1996; Day et al., 1999), and that each of these components rely to some extent on
different neural systems (see sections 1.6.7.1, 7.4.4, and 8.5.2.2). Our results showed impaired
spatial memory and search strategy use in rats following SE. Future studies are necessary to
determine whether spatial learning, behavioural strategy learning, and/or the ability to switch
between behavioural strategies are preserved to verify the specificity of cognitive alterations in
254
these animals. Because we were able to separate rats following SE into three different groups
based on MWM performance (see section 9.2.2), our first hypothesis is that these group
differences can be accounted for by selective differences in cognitive alterations. By using
different testing paradigms in the MWM (described below), future studies can specifically assess
the effect of SE on spatial learning, behavioural strategies learning, and the pliability of
switching between different search strategies.
McKay and Persinger (2004) demonstrated that different patterns of brain damage following SE
can differentially affect MWM performance (see section 7.4.5). Because spatial learning and
behavioural strategies learning involve different neuronal networks, our second hypothesis is that
different patterns of neuronal loss are responsible for the group differences we observed in rats
following SE. This hypothesis can be assessed by quantifying neuronal loss in brains regions
that underlie specific cognitive functions, including spatial learning (e.g., dorsal hippocampus,
posterior parietal cortex), behavioural strategies learning (e.g., prefrontal cortex, striatum,
cerebellum, medial thalamus), and the ability to switch between behavioural strategies (e.g.,
striatum, hippocampus, amygdala) (see sections 1.6.7.1 and 8.5.2.2).
9.2.3.1 Spatial learning and memory
Rats treated with anticholinergic drugs (Whishaw and Tomie, 1987; Whishaw, 1989; Day and
Schallert, 1996), following traumatic brain injury (Brody and Holtzman, 2006; Thompson et al.,
2006), or with lesions to specific brain structures (e.g., hippocampus, caudate-putamen)
(Whishaw and Petrie, 1988; Day et al., 1999) tend to perseverate in thigmotaxic responding for
many more trials than controls. Our findings have demonstrated a similar thigmotaxic response
after SE in rats. The authors suggested the animal‘s focus on trying to locate an escape around
the walls of the pool by using repetitive-looping based strategies prevented the ability to acquire
spatial information (Day and Schallert, 1996; Day et al., 1999; Thompson et al., 2006); therefore,
these studies initially trained rats in the MWM with procedures that deterred the animal‘s
thigmotaxic response. In the shrinking platform task, training begins with an escape platform
that occupies nearly the entire pool. The area to which the rats could escape is made smaller by
substituting smaller platforms as training progresses. The use of repetitive looping-based
strategies is discouraged in the first several trials by placing a block between the submerged
platform and the walls of the pool. Although rats following traumatic brain injury still exhibited
255
impaired spatial learning in this task (Thompson et al., 2006), rats treated with anticholinergic
drugs and with hippocampal lesions exhibited similar performance to controls in finding the
submerged platform, and preferentially searched the goal quadrant on the probe trials (Day and
Schallert, 1996; Day et al., 1999).
Our results indicate that rats after SE were capable of acquiring spatial memory by the fact that
they (1) showed an increase in use of spatial strategies during extended MWM training, and (2)
exhibited higher search times when the submerged platform was moved diagonally from its
original location (see section 7.4.4). Because the shrinking platform task discourages the use of
repetitive-looping based strategies, we hypothesize that rats following SE and tested with this
procedure will acquire spatial information and show a preference to the platform quadrant in the
probe tests. This task will confirm whether impaired performance in rats after SE assessed using
the spatial acquisition MWM task is caused by impaired use of spatial information.
9.2.3.2 Acquisition and retention of behavioural-strategies
Acquisition of behavioural strategies can be assessed with a nonspatial training paradigm
(Morris, 1989; Saber and Cain, 2003). In this task, the submerged platform is moved to a
different quadrant of the pool on successive trials, thus preventing the learning of a place
response. We hypothesize that although a majority of rats after SE will acquire more efficient
search strategies in the nonspatial training paradigm, a subset of these animals will not show
improved performance. This is based on the fact that we observed no improvement in
performance with a subset of SE rats when assessed in the spatial acquisition MWM task (see
section 9.2.2). This task will confirm the percentage of rats following SE that exhibit deficits in
acquisition of search strategies.
9.2.3.3 Pliability of search strategy use
A number of different testing paradigms can be used to assess an animal‘s ability to efficiently
alter search strategies. The shift learning paradigm has been used in rats treated with atropine
(Day and Schallert, 1996), with hippocampal lesions (Day et al., 1999), or following traumatic
brain injury (Thompson et al., 2006). In this paradigm, the animal is first trained to learn the
position of a hidden submerged platform using the shrinking platform task (see section 9.3.2.1).
After acquisition of spatial search strategies, the platform is shifted diagonally across from the
256
old location in a probe trial to determine the animal‘s ability to effectively switch search
strategies. Sham animals will efficiently switch from use of spatial strategies to non-spatial,
systematic strategies (Day and Schallert, 1996; Day et al., 1999; Thompson et al., 2006). In
contrast, rats treated with atropine or with hippocampal lesions were demonstrated to initially use
spatial strategies, but then revert to use of repetitive looping-based strategies (Day and Schallert,
1996; Day et al., 1999). Rats subjected to traumatic brain injury showed deficits in spatial
learning (see section 9.3.2.1) and persisted in using repetitive looping-based strategies in the shift
learning paradigm (Thompson et al., 2006).
Day et al., (1999) additionally tested rats with hippocampal lesions on an alternative version of
the shift learning paradigm. In this task, animals were first trained to use spatial strategies using
the shrinking platform task (see section 9.3.2.1). When training was complete, the submerged
platform was randomly shifted around the walls of the pool so that rats were required to switch
to use of repetitive looping-based strategies. Although hippocampal-lesioned rats showed an
initial preference for responding thigmotaxically, once spatial search strategies were acquired in
the shrinking platform task, these animals required more trials compared to controls to switch
back to a thigmotaxic response in the shift-training paradigm (Day et al., 1999). Even with
spatial learning deficits, this procedure can still be used since animals would be required to
switch from use of systematic, non-spatial strategies, to use of repetitive looping-based
strategies.
Because the majority of rats after SE were capable of acquiring spatial strategies but continued to
select less efficient search strategies (see section 9.3.2.1), we hypothesize that these animals will
show deficits in the ability to alter between search strategies. This task will confirm the
percentage of rats following SE that are capable of acquiring search strategies (see section
9.2.3.2), but exhibit behavioural inflexibility.
257
9.3 The causal relationship between neurodegeneration, genesis of SRSs and behavioural alterations
9.3.1 Previous literature
Different patterns of hippocampal neuronal loss are observed in human MTLE (Thom et al.,
2010; Thom et al., 2005; Blümcke et al., 2007; Mueller et al., 2009; de Lanerolle et al., 2003)
and this correlates with the age of an IPI (Thom et al., 2010; Blümcke et al., 2007; Van
Paesschen et al., 1997), or is predictive of response to AED treatment and postsurgical outcome
(Thom et al., 2010; Thom et al., 2005; Blümcke et al., 2007; Mueller et al., 2009; de Lanerolle et
al., 2003) (see section 8.3.1). Extrahippocampal neurodegeneration is observed in patients with
MTLE (Hudson et al., 1993; Du et al., 1993; Wolf et al., 1997; Juhász et al., 1999; Yilmazer-
Hanke et al., 2000; Bernasconi et al., 2003; Natsume et al., 2003; Bernasconi et al., 2005;
Dawodu and Thom, 2005; Thivard et al., 2005); however, futher studies are required to
determine whether different patterns of neuronal loss occur in extrahippocampal regions and if
so, investigate if this is correlated with the severity and distribution of hippocampal neuronal
loss, and the contribution (if any) this damage has on disease outcome. In fact, several studies
reported extrahippocampal neuronal death in the absence of HS (Bernasconi et al., 2001;
Bernasconi et al., 2003).
Animal models of epilepsy have demonstrated a correlation between the pattern of neuronal loss
and severity of the IPI or disease outcome. For instance, several studies showed that adult rats
that were electrically stimulated in the amygdala exhibited different types of self-sustaining
status epilepticus (SSSE). Neuronal loss was found to be more restricted in animals that
displayed ambulatory SSSE (with facial automatisms, neck myoclonus and concomitant
ambulatory behavior) compared with typical SSSE (with facial automatisms, neck and forelimb
myoclonus, rearing and falling, and tonic-clonic seizures) (Tilleli et al., 2005). These findings
indicate that severity of the IPI (i.e., different types of SE) leads to different patterns of neuronal
loss.
Brandt et al., (2003) showed that the type of SSSE not only results in different patterns of
neuronal loss, but also affects the percentage of rats developing epilepsy. In this study, three
different types of SSSE were induced in adult rats by electrical stimulation of the amygdala. In
rats with partial (type I) SSSE, neurodegeneration was restricted to the ipsilateral amygdala,
258
endopiriform nucleus, mediodorsal thalamus and piriform and entorhinal cortices. In rats
exhibiting a partial SSSE with generalized seizures (type II), neurodegeneration was more
marked and less variable compared to rats with type I SSSE, and also extended to include less
severe neuronal loss in the contralateral hemisphere. Variable damage was also detected in the
CA1 and CA3a sectors of the hippocampus. In rats with generalized (type III) SSSE, extensive
bilateral damage was observed and reported to be similar to the pattern of neuronal loss detected
following pilocarpine and kainate-induced SE. Only 33% of rats with type I SSSE developed
SRSs, compared to >90% after type II or type III SSSE. Furthermore, epileptic rats following
type I SSSE exhibited a longer latency to development of epilepsy, and exhibited less severe and
frequent SRSs.
A series of experiments showed rats developing epilepsy after an episode SE markedly differed
in their response to phenobarbital (Brandt et al., 2004; Volk et al., 2006; Bethmann et al., 2008).
While phenobarbital suppressed SRSs in rats with no overt brain damage, rats with hippocampal
pyramidal cell loss did not respond to treatment. These results are further discussed in section
8.7.1.2.
McKay and Persinger (2004) showed that different patterns of neuronal loss (e.g., amygdala,
hippocampus, thalalmus) in rats after SE can differentially affect performance in the MWM.
These results are further discussed in section 7.4.5.
9.3.2 Summary of our findings
Our findings showed that in adult rats following lithium/pilocarpine-induced SE, partial
neuroprotection (by tat-NR2B9c) within the hippocampus had no effect on the incidence of
SRSs, or on behavioural alterations. In contrast, others demonstrated that neuroprotection of
specific brain regions can affect disease outcome and mitigate behavioural morbidity. These
results are extensively discussed in section 8.7 and compared in Table 8.1. The differential
effects of various neuroprotective strategies on disease outcome may be related to differences in
the pattern of neuroprotection conferred, or in the pattern of neuronal loss acquired by different
models of SE (see table 8.1).
259
9.3.3 Proposed studies
A prominent question that arises from our work and previous literature is how different patterns
of seizure-induced neuronal loss affect (1) the development and severity of SRSs, (2) the type of
behavioural alterations displayed, and (3) the effectiveness of different neuroprotective
strategies. Several animal models of epilepsy offer the opportunity for future studies to explore
how restricted versus widespread, or how hippocampal versus extrahippocampal neuronal loss
affect these processes. In general, we hypothesize that different patterns of SE-induced neuronal
loss in adult rats will result in differences in the severity of epilepsy, the specificity of
behavioural deficits displayed, and the effectiveness of different neuroprotective strategies used.
This work can allow us to investigate whether (1) different animal models of epilepsy more
clearly represent different ‗subcategories‘ of neuropathology observed in human MTLE, and (2)
identify specific brain regions or neuronal networks contributing to the severity of epilepsy or
underlying specific behavioural alterations. A comparison of different neuroprotective strategies
effective in selective brain regions can also be used as a tool to assess the causal relationship
between preserved neuronal networks, severity of disease outcome (e.g., severity or frequency of
SRSs) and behavioural changes. For example, as shown in Table 8.1, different neuroprotective
drugs were found to be effective in selective brain regions. Future studies can therefore use a
combination of neuroprotective strategies and different seizure models to characterize the
relationship between different patterns of neuronal loss and disease morbidity.
9.3.3.1 SE models result in different patterns of neuronal loss
In chapter 4, we showed SE induced by the RLDP lithium/pilocarpine procedure results in
widespread neurodegeneration within the hippocampus, thalamus, amygdala and piriform cortex.
This model also results in behavioural and cognitive alterations (see chapters 6 and 7). Castro et
al., (2010) showed that when compared to systemic injection of pilocarpine (320 mg/kg), SE
induced by intrahippocampal injection of pilocarpine (total 2.4 mg, referred to as the H-PILO
model) resulted in significantly less extrahippocampal neuronal death. The H-PILO and
lithium/pilocarpine models offer an opportunity for future studies to assess how differences in
the severity of extrahippocampal neuronal death affect disease outcome and the effectiveness of
different neuroprotective strategies. For instance, even though we showed that partial
neuroprotection in the hippocampus (by tat-NR2B9c) had no effect on seizure development and
260
behavioural alterations in the RLDP lithium/pilocarpine model, it may have a beneficial effect in
the H-PILO model since damage is more restricted to the hippocampus.
As previously described in section 9.3.1, several studies have demonstrated that different types
of SSSE induced by electrical stimulation of the basolateral amygdala also produce differences
in the pattern of neurodegeneration (Brandt et al., 2003; Tilleli et al., 2005). These differences
include (1) neuronal death restricted to the ipsilateral side of seizure onset versus bilateral
neuronal loss, and (2) neuronal death restricted to extrahippocampal regions versus
extrahippocampal and hippocampal neuronal loss. Thus, this SE model also offers the
opportunity to investigate the causal relationship between different patterns of neuronal loss,
development of epilepsy and behavioural morbidity.
261
References
Aarts M, Liu Y, Liu L, Besshoh S, Arundine M, Gurd JW, Wang YT, Salter MW, Tymianski M
(2002) Treatment of ischemic brain damage by perturbing NMDA receptor-PSD-95 protein
interactions. Science 298:846-850.
Aarts MM, Tymianski M (2004) Molecular mechanisms underlying specificity of excitotoxic
signaling in neurons. Curr Mol Med 4:137-147.
Abrahams S, Pickering A, Polkey CE, Morris RG (1997) Spatial memory deficits in patients
with unilateral damage to the right hippocampal formation. Neuropsychologia 35:11-24.
Abrahams S, Morris RG, Polkey CE, Jarosz JM, Cox TC, Graves M, Pickering A (1999)
Hippocampal involvement in spatial and working memory: A structural MRI analysis of patients
with unilateral mesial temporal lobe sclerosis. Brain Cog 41:39-65.
Acharya MM, Hattiangady B, Shetty AK (2008) Progress in neuroprotective strategies for
preventing epilepsy. Progress Neurobiol 84:363-404.
Agam G, Bersudsky Y, Berry GT, Moechars D, Lavi-Avnon Y, Belmaker RH (2009) Knockout
mice in understanding the mechanism of action of lithium. Biochem Soc Trans 37:1121-1125.
Albers GW, Goldstein LB, Hall D, Lesko LM (2001) Aptiganel hydrochloride in acute ischemic
stroke: A randomized controlled trial. JAMA 286:2673-2683.
Al-Hallaq RA, Conrads TP, Veenstra TD, Wenthold RJ (2007) NMDA di-heteromeric receptor
populations and associated proteins in rat hippocampus. J Neurosci 27:8334-8343.
Aliashkevich AF, Yilmazer-Hanke D, Van Roost D, Mundhenk B, Schramm J, Blümcke I (2003)
Cellular pathology of amygdala neurons in human temporal lobe epilepsy. Acta Neuropathol
106:99-106.
André V, Rigoulot MA, Koning E, Ferrandon A, Nehlig A (2003) Long-term pregabalin
treatment protects basal cortices and delays the occurrence of spontaneous seizures in the
lithium/pilocarpine model in the rat. Epilepsia 44:893-903.
André V, Dube C, Francois J, Leroy C, Rigoulot MA, Roch C, Namer IJ, Nehlig A (2007)
Pathogenesis and pharmacology of epilepsy in the lithium/pilocarpine model. Epilepsia 38:41-
47.
Andrioli A, Fabene PF, Spreafico R, Cavalheiro EA, Bentivoglio M (2009) Different patterns of
neuronal activation and neurodegeneration in the thalamus and cortex of epilepsy-resistant
proechimys rats versus wistar rats after pilocarpine-induced protracted seizures. Epilepsia
50(4):832-848
Anisman H, McIntyre DC (2002) Conceptual, spatial and cue learning in the morris water maze
in fast or slow kindling rats: Attention deficit comorbidity. J Neurosci 22:7809-7817.
262
Araújo IM, Gil JM, Carreira BP, Mohapel P, Petersen A, Pinheiro PS, Soulet D, Bahr BA,
Brundin P, Carvalho CM (2008) Calpain activation is involved in early caspase-independent
neurodegeneration in the hippocampus following status epilepticus. J Neurochem 105:666-676.
Arida FA, Scorza CA, Cavalheiro EA (1999) The course of untreated seizures in the pilocarpine
model of epilepsy. Epilepsy Res 34:99-107.
Arnautova EN, Nesmeianova TN (1964) Commission on terminology of the international league
against epilepsy. A proposed international classification of epileptic seizures. Epilepsia 5:297-
306.
Aroniadou-Anderjaska V, Fritsch B, Qashu F, Braga MFM (2008) Pathology and
pathophysiology of the amygdala in epileptogenesis and epilepsy. Epilepsy Res 78:102-116.
Arundine M, Tymianski M (2003) Molecular mechanisms of calcium-dependent
neurodegeneration in excitotoxicity. Cell Calcium 34:325-337.
Avoli M, Louvel J, Pumain R, Köhling R (2005) Cellular and molecular mechanisms of epilepsy
in the human brain. Prog Neurobiol 77:166-200.
Avoli M, D'Antuono M, Louvel J, Köhling R, Biagini G, Pumain R, D'Arcangelo G, Tancredi V
(2002) Network and pharmacological mechanisms leading to epileptiform synchronization in the
limbic system in vitro. Prog Neurobiol 68:167-207.
Azcoitia I, Perez-Martin M, Salazar V, Castillo C, Ariznavarreta C, Garcia-Segura LM,
Tresguerres JAF (2005) Growth hormone prevents neuronal loss in the aged rat hippocampus.
Neurobiol Aging 26:697-703.
Babb TL (1986) Metabolic, morphologic and electrophysiologic profiles of human temporal lobe
foci: An attempt at correlation. Adv Exp Med Biol 293:115-125.
Babb TL, Brown WJ (1986) Neuronal, dendritic and vasular profiles of human temporal lobe
epilepsy correlated with celllular physiology in vivo. Adv Neurol 44:949-966.
Babb TL, Kupfer WR, Pretorius JK, Crandall PH, Levesque MF (1991) Synaptic reorganization
by mossy fibers in human epileptic fascia dentata. Neurosci 42:351-363.
Baldi E, Lorenzini CA, bucherelli C (2003) Task solving by procedural strategies in the morris
water maze. Physiol Behav 78:785-793.
Bannerman DM, Good MA, Butcher SP, Ramsay M, Morris RGM (1995) Distinct components
of spatial learning revealed by prior training and NMDA receptor blockade. Nature 378:182-186.
Bannerman DM, Yee BK, Good MA, Heupel MJ, Iversen SD, Rawlins JN (1999) Double
dissociation of function within the hippocampus: A comparison of dorsal, ventral, and complete
hippocampal cytotoxic lesions. Behav Neurosci 113:1170-1188.
263
Bannerman DM, Rawlins JN, McHugh SB, Deacon RM, Yee BK, Bast T, Zhang WN, Pothuizen
HH, Feldon J (2004) Regional dissociations within the hippocampus--memory and anxiety.
Neurosci Biobehav Rev 28:273-283.
Baram TZ, Eghbal-Ahmadi M, Bender RA (2002) Is neuronal death required for seizure-induced
epileptogenesis in the immature brain? Prog Brain Res 135:365-375.
Baran H, Kepplinger B, Draxler M, Skofitsch G (2004) Choline acetyltransferase, glutamic acid
decarboxylase and somatostatin in the kainic acid model for chronic temporal lobe epilepsy.
Neurosignals 13:290-297.
Bartolomei F, Khalil M, Wendling F, Sontheimer A, Régis J, Ranjeva JP, Guye M, Chauvel P
(2005) Entorhinal cortex involvement in human mesial temporal lobe epilepsy: An
electrophysiologic and volumetric study. Epilepsia 46:677-687.
Bartolomei F, Chauvel P, Wendling F (2008a) Epileptogenicity of brain structures in human
temporal lobe epilepsy: A quantified study from intracerebral EEG. Brain 131:1830.
Bartolomei F, Wendling F, Chauvel P (2008b) The concept of an epileptogenic network in
human partial epilepsies. Neurochirurgie 54:174-184.
Bartolomei F, Cosandier-Rimele D, McGonigal A, Aubert S, Régis J, Gavaret M, Wendling F,
Chauvel P (2010) From mesial temporal lobe to temporoperisylvian seizures: A quantified study
of temporal lobe seizure networks. Epilepsia 51:2147-2158.
Bayley PJ, Frascino JC, Squire LR (2005) Robust habit learning in the absence of awareness and
independent of the medial temporal lobe. Nature 436:550-553.
Bechara A, Damasio H, Damasio AR, Lee GP (1999) Different contributions of the human
amygdala and ventromedial prefrontal cortex to decision-making. J Neurosci 19:5473-5481.
Becker A, Krug M, Schröder H (1997a) Strain differences in pentylenetetrazol-kindling
development and subsequent potentiation effects. Brain Res 763:87-92.
Becker A, Letzel K, Letzel U, Grecksch G (1997b) Kindling of the dorsal and the ventral
hippocampus: Effects on learning performance in rats. Physiol Behav 62:1265-1271.
Becker AJ, Gillardon F, Blumcke I, Langendorfer D, Beck H, Wiestler OD (1999) Differential
regulation of apoptosis-related genes in resistant and vulnerable subfields of the rat epileptic
hippocampus. Mol Brain Res 67:172-176.
Belmaker RH, Bersudskya Y (2007) Lithium–pilocarpine seizures as a model for lithium action
in mania . Neurosci Biobehav Rev 31:843-849.
Ben-Ari Y, Lagowska J, Tremblay E, Le, Gal La Salle, G. (1979) A new model of focal status
epilepticus: Intra-amygdaloid application of kainic acid elicits repetitive secondarily generalized
convulsive seizures. Brain Res 163:176-179.
264
Ben-Ari Y, Tremblay E, Ottersen OP (1980) Injections of kainic acid into the amygdaloid
complex of the rat: An electrographic, clinical and histological study in relation to the pathology
of epilepsy. Neurosci 5:515-528.
Ben-Ari Y, Tremblay E, Riche D, Ghilini g, Naquet R (1981) Electrographic, clinical and
pathological alterations followign systemic administration of kainic acid, bicuculline or
pentetrazole: Metabolic mapping using the dexoyglucose method with special reference to the
pathology of epilepsy. Neurosci 6:1361-1391.
Ben-Ari Y (1985) Limbic seizure and brain damage produced by kainic acid: Mechanisms and
relevance to human temporal lobe epilepsy. Neurosci 14:375-404.
Ben-Ari Y, Dudek FE (2010) Primary and secondary mechanisms of epileptogenesis in the
temporal lobe: There is a before and an after. Epilepsy Curr 10:118-125.
Benedek K, Juhász C, Muzik O, Chugani DC, Chugani HT (2004) Metabolic changes of
subcortical structures in intractable focal epilepsy. Epilepsia 45:1100-1105.
Bengzon J, Mohapel P, Ekdahl CT, Lindvall O (2002) Neuronal apoptosis after brief and
prolonged seizures. Prog Brain Res 135:111-119.
Berg AT, Berkovic SF, Brodie MJ, Buchhalter J, Cross JH, van Emde Boas W, Engel J, French
J, Glauser TA, Mathern GW, Moshé SL, Nordli D, Plouin P, Scheffer IE (2010) Revised
terminology and concepts for organization of seizures and epilepsies: Report of the ILAE
commission on classification and terminology, 2005-2009. Epilepsia 51:676-685.
Bernard C, Esclapez M, Hirsch JC, Ben-Ari Y (1998) Interneurones are not so dormant in
temporal lobe epilepsy: A critical reappraisal of the dormant basket cell hypothesis. Epilepsy Res
32:93-103.
Bernasconi N, Bernasconi A, Caramanos Z, Antel SB, Andermann F, Arnold DL (2003) Mesial
temporal damage in temporal lobe epilepsy: A volumetric MRI study of the hippocampus,
amygdala and parahippocampal region. Brain 126:462-469.
Bernasconi N, Natsume J, Bernasconi A (2005) Progression in temporal lobe epilepsy:
Differential atrophy in mesial temporal structures. Neurology 65(2):223-8 65:223-228.
Berridge MJ, Irvine RF (1989) Inositol phosphates and cell signalling. Nature 341:197-205.
Berridge MJ (2009) Inositol trisphosphate and calcium signalling mechanisms. Biochem
Biophys Acta 1793:933-940.
Bertram EH, Lothman EW, Lenn NJ (1990) The hippocampus in experimental chronic epilepsy:
A morphometric analysis. Ann Neurol 27:43-48.
Bertram EH (1997) Functional anatomy of spontaneous seizures in a rat model of limbic
epilepsy. Epilepsia 38:95-105.
265
Bertram EH, Zhang DX, Mangan P, Fountain N, Rempe D (1998) Functional anatomy of limbic
epilepsy: A proposal for central synchronization of a diffusely hyperexcitable network. Epilepsy
Res 32:194-205.
Bertram EH, Scott C (2000) The pathological substrate of limbic epilepsy: Neuronal loss in the
medial dorsal thalamic nucleus as the consistent change. Epilepsia 41:S3-S8.
Bertram EH, Mangan PS, Zhang D, Scott CA, Williamson JM (2001) The midline thalamus:
Alterations and a potential role in limbic epilepsy. Epilepsia 42:967-978.
Bertram E (2007) The relevance of kindling for human epilepsy. Epilepsia 48:65-74.
Bertram EH, Zhang D, Williamson JM (2008) Multiple roles of midline dorsal thalamic nuclei in
induction and spread of limbic seizures. Epilepsia 49:256-268.
Bertram EH (2009) Temporal lobe epilepsy: Where do the seizures really begin? Epilepsy Behav
14:S32-S37.
Bethmann K, Fritschy JM, Brandt C, Löscher W (2008) Antiepileptic drug resistant rats differ
from drug responsive rats in GABA A receptor subunit expression in a model of temporal lobe
epilepsy. Neurobiol Dis 31:169-187.
Biagini G, Baldelli E, Longo D, Pradelli L, Zini I, Rogawski MA, Avoli M (2006) Endogenous
neurosteroids modulate epileptogenesis in a model of temporal lobe epilepsy. Exp Neurol
201:519-524.
Biagini G, Longo D, Baldelli E, Zoli M, Rogawski MA, Bertazzoni G, Avoli M (2009)
Neurosteroids and epileptogenesis in the pilocarpine model: Evidence for a relationship between
P450scc induction and length of the latent period. Epilepsia 50:53-58.
Binder DK, Steinhäuser C (2006) Functional changes in astroglial cells in epilepsy. Glia 54:358-
368.
Blümcke I, Pauli E, Clusmann H, Schramm J, Becker A, Elger C, Merschhemke M, Meencke
HJ, Lehmann T, von Deimling A, Scheiwe C, Zentner J, Volk B, Romstöck J, Stefan H,
Hildebrandt M (2007) A new clinico-pathological classification system for mesial temporal
sclerosis. Acta Neuropathol 113:235-244.
Blumenfeld H, McNally KA, Vanderhill SD, Paige AL, Chung R, Davis K, Norden AD,
Stokking R, Studholme C, Novotny EJJ, Zubal IG, Spencer SS (2004) Positive and negative
network correlations in temporal lobe epilepsy. Cereb Cortex 14:892-902.
Bolanos AR, Sarkisian M, Yang Y, Hori A, Helmers SL, Mikati M, Tandon P, Stafstrom CE,
Holmes GL (1998) Comparison of valproate and phenobarbital treatment after status epilepticus
in rats. Neurology 51:41-48.
Bonatti E, Kuchukhidze G, Zamarian L, Trinka E, Bodner T, Benke T, Delazer M (2009)
Decision making in ambiguous and risky situations after unilateral temporal lobe epilepsy
surgery. Epilepsy Behav 14:665-673.
266
Bonilha L, Kobayashi E, Mattos JP, Honorato DC, Li LM, Cendes F (2004) Value of extent of
hippocampal resection in the surgical treatment of temporal lobe epilepsy. Arq Neuropsiquiatr
62:15-20.
Bonilha L, Edwards JC, Kinsman SL, Morgan PS, Fridriksson J, Rorden C, Rumboldt Z, Roberts
DR, Eckert MA, Halford JJ (2010a) Extrahippocampal grey matter loss and hippocampal
deafferentation in patients with temporal lobe epilepsy. Epilepsia 51:519-528.
Bonilha L, Elm JJ, Edwards JC, Morgan PS, Hicks C, Lozar C, Rumboldt Z, Roberts DR,
Rorden C, Eckert MA (2010b) How common is brain atrophy in patients with medial temporal
lobe epilepsy? Epilepsia 51:1774-1779.
Boro A, Haut S (2003) Medical comorbidities in the treatment of epilepsy. Epilepsy Behav 4:S2-
S12.
Bouilleret V, Boyet S, Marescaux C, Nehlig A (2000) Mapping of the progressive metabolic
changes occurring during the development of hippocampal sclerosis in a model of mesial
temporal lobe epilepsy. Brain Res 852:255-262.
Boylan LS, Flint LA, Labovitz DL, JAckson SC, Starner K, Devinsky O (2004) Depression but
not seizure frequency predicts quality of life in treatment-resistant epilepsy. Neurology 62:258-
261.
Brandeis R, Brandys Y, Yehuda S (1989) The use of the Morris water maze the study of memory
and learning. Int J Neurosci 48:29-69.
Brandt C, Glien M, Potschka H, Volk H, Löscher W (2003a) Epileptogenesis and
neuropathology after different types of status epilepticus induced by prolonged electrical
stimulation of the basolateral amygdala in rats. Epilepsy Res 55:83-103.
Brandt C, Potschka H, Loscher W, Ebert U (2003b) N-methyl--aspartate receptor blockade after
status epilepticus protects against limbic brain damage but not against epilepsy in the kainate
model of temporal lobe epilepsy. Neurosci 118:727-740.
Brandt C, Volk HA, Löscher W (2004) Striking differences in individual anticonvulsant response
to phenobarbital in rats with spontaneous seizures after status epilepticus. Epilepsia 45:1488-
1497.
Brandt C, Gastens AM, Sun MZ, Hausknecht M, Loscher W (2006) Treatment with valproate
after status epilepticus: Effect on neuronal damage, epileptogenesis, and behavioral alterations in
rats. Neuropharmacology 51:789-804.
Brand M, Labudda K, Markowitsch HJ (2006) Neuropsychological correlates of decision-
making in ambiguous and risky situations. Neural Netw 19:1266-1276.
Brand M, Recknor EC, Grabenhorst F, Bechara A (2007) Decisions under ambiguity and
decisions under risk: Correlations with executive functions and comparisons of two different
gambling tasks with implicit and explicit rules. J Clin Exp Neuropsychol 29:86-99.
267
Brand M, Heinze K, Labudda K, Markowitsch HJ (2008) The role of strategies in deciding
advantageously in ambiguous and risky situations. Cogn Process 9:159-173.
Briellmann RS, Newton MR, Wellard M, Jackson GD (2001) Hippocampal sclerosis following
brief generalized seizures in adulthood. Neurology 57:315-317.
Briellmann RS, Berkovic SF, Syngeniotis A, King MA, Jackson GD (2002) Seizure-associated
hippocampal volume loss: A longitudinal magnetic resonance study of temporal lobe epilepsy.
Ann Neurol 51:641-644.
Broadbent NJ, Squire LR, Clark RE (2004) Spatial memory, recognition memory and the
hippocampus. PNAS 101:14515-14520.
Brody DL, Holtzman DM (2006) Morris water maze search strategy analysis in PDAPP mice
before and after experimental traumatic brain injury. Exp Neurol 197:330-340.
Brown DA (2010) Muscarinic acetylcholine receptors (mAChRs) in the nervous system: Some
functions and mechanisms. J Mol Neurosci 41:340-346.
Browning RA, Nelson DK (1986) Modification of electroshock and pentylenetetrazol seizure
patterns in rats after precollicular transections. Exp Neurol 93:546-556.
Buckmaster PS, Dudek FE (1999) In vivo intracellular analysis of granule cell axon
reorganization in epileptic rats. J Neurophysiol 81:712-721.
Buckmaster PS, Zhang GF, Yamawaki R (2002) Axon sprouting in a model of temporal lobe
epilepsy creates a predominately excitatory feedback circuit. J Neurosci 22:6650-6658.
Burke R, Beukelman DR, Hux K (2004) Accuracy, efficiency and preferences of survivors of
traumatic brain injury when using three organization strategies to retrieve words. Brain Inj
18:497-507.
Butman J, Allegri RF, Thomson A, Fontela E, Abel C, Viaggio B, Drake M, Serrano C, Loñ L
(2007) Behavioral flexibility impairment with negative feedback in refractory temporal lobe
epileptic patients with unilateral amygdala and hippocampal resection. Actas Esp Psiquiatr 35:8-
14.
Cain DP (1997) Prior non-spatial pretraining eliminates sensorimotor disturbances and
impairments in water maze learning caused by diazepam. Psychopharmacology 130:313-319.
Cain DP, Boon F, Corcoran ME (2006) Thalamic and hippocampal mechanisms in spatial
navigation: A dissociation between brain mechanisms for learning how versus learning where to
navigate. Behav Brain Res 170:241-256.
Cammisuli S, Murphy MP, Ikeda-Douglas CJ, Vidya B, Damian Holsinger RM, Head E,
Michalakis M, Racine RJ, Milgram NW (1997) Effects of extended electrical kindling on
exploratory behavior and spatial learning. Behav Brain Res 89:179-190.
268
Cao L, Xu J, Lin Y, Zhao X, Liu X, Chi Z (2009a) Autophagy is upregulated in rats with status
epilepticus and partly inhibited by vitamin E. Biochem Biophys Res Commun 379:949-953.
Cao L, Chen R, Xu J, Lin Y, Wang R, Chi Z (2009b) Vitamin E inhibits activated chaperone-
mediated autophagy in rats with status epilepticus. Neurosci 161:73-77.
Capella HM, Lemos T (2002) Effect on epileptogenesis of carbamazepine treatment during the
silent period of the pilocarpine model of epilepsy. Epilepsia 43:110-111.
Cardoso A, Assunção M, Andrade JP, Pereira PA, Madeira MD, Paula-Barbosa MM, Lukoyanov
NV (2008) Loss of synapses in the entorhinal-dentate gyrus pathway following repeated
induction of electroshock seizures in the rat. J Neurosci Res 86:71-83.
Cardoso A, Carvalho LS, Lukoyanova EA, Lukoyanov NV (2009) Effects of repeated
electroconvulsive shock seizures and pilocarpine-induced status epilepticus on emotional
behavior in the rat. Epilepsy Behav 14:293-299.
Carobrez AP, Bertoglio LJ (2005) Ethological and temporal analyses of anxiety-like behavior:
The elevated plus-maze model 20 years on . Neurosci Biobehav Rev 29:1193-1205.
Carvalho MC, Masson S, Brandao ML, de Souza Silva MA (2008) Anxiolytic-like effects of
substance P administration into the dorsal, but not ventral, hippocampus and its influence on
serotonin. Peptides 29:1191-1299.
Castro OW, Furtado MA, Tilelli CQ, Fernandes A, Pajolla GP, Garcia-Cairasco N (2010)
Comparative neuroanatomical and temporal characterization of fluorojade-positive
neurodegeneration after status epilepticus induced by systemic and intrahippocampal pilocarpine
in Wistar rats. Brain Res 1374:43-55
Cavalheiro EA, Silva DF, Turski WA, Calderazzo-Filho LS, Bortolotto ZA, Turski L (1987) The
susceptibility of rats to pilocarpine-induced seizures is age-dependent. Brain Res 37:43-58.
Cavalheiro EA, Leite JP, Bortolotto ZA, Turski WA, Ikonomidou C, Turski L (1991) Long-term
effects of pilocarpine in rats: Structural damage of the brain triggers kindilng and spontaneous
recurrent seizures. Epilepsia 32:778-782.
Cavalheiro EA, Leite JP, Bortolotto ZA, Turski WA, Ikonomidou C, Turski L (2001) Long-term
effects of pilocarpine in rats: Structural damage of the brain triggers kindling and spontaneous
recurrent seizures. Epilepsia 32:778-82.
Cavalheiro EA, Naffah-Mazzacoratti MG, Mello LE, Leite JP (2006) The pilocarpine model of
seizures. In: Models of seizures and epilepsy (Pitkanen A, Schwartzkroin PA, Moshe SL, eds),
pp433-448. Boston: Elsevier Academic Press.
Cavazos JE, Sutula TP (1990) Progressive neuronal loss induced by kindling: A possible
mechanism for mossy fiber synaptic reorganization and hippocampal sclerosis. Brain Res 527:1-
6.
269
Cavazos JE, Golarai G, Sutula TP (1991) Mossy fiber synaptic reorganization induced by
kindling: Time course of development, progression, and permanence. J Neurosci 11:2795-2803.
Cavazos JE, Das I, Sutula TP (1994) Neuronal loss induced by limbic pathways by kindling:
Evidence for induction of hippocampal slcerosis by repeated brief seizures. J Neurosci 14:3121.
Cavazos JE, Jones SM, Cross DJ (2004) Sprouting and synaptic reorganization in the subiculum
and CA1 region of the hippocampus in acute and chronic models of partial-onset epilepsy.
Neurosci 126:677-688.
Cavazos JE, Cross DJ (2006) The role of synaptic reorganization in mesial temporal lobe
epilepsy. Epilepsy Behav 8:483-493.
Cendes F, Andermann F, Gloor P, Lopes-Cendes I, Andermann E, Melanson D, Jones-Gotman
M, Robitaille Y, Evans A, Peters T (1993) Atrophy of mesial structures in patients with temporal
lobe epilepsy: Cause or consequence of repeated seizures? Ann Neurol 34:795-801.
Cendes F, Andermann F (2002) Do febrile seizures promote temporal lobe epilepsy?
retrospective studies. In: Febrile seizures (In Baram T.Z., Shinnar S, eds), Academic Press, San
Diego.
Chabolla DR (2002) Characteristics of the epilepsies. Mayo Clin Proc 77:981-990.
Chang Q, Gold PE (2003) Switching memory systems during learning: Changes in patterns of
brain acetylcholine and release in the hippocampus and striatum in rats. J Neurosci 23:3001-
3005.
Chard PS, Bleakman D, Christakos S, Fullmer CS, Miller RJ (1993) Calcium buffering
properties of calbindin D28k and parvalbumin in rat sensory neurones. J Physiol 472:341-357.
Chassoux F, Landre E, Rodrigo S, Beuvon F, Turak B, Semah F, Devaux B (2008) Intralesional
recordings and epileptogenic zone in focal polymicrogyria. Epilepsia 49:51-64.
Chauviere L, Rafrafi N, Thinus-Blanc C, Bartolomei F, Esclapex M (2009) Early deficits in
spatial memory and theta rhythm in experimental temporal lobe epilepsy. J Neurosci 29:5402-
5410.
Chen S, Kobayashi M, Honda Y, Kakuta S, Sato F, Kishi K (2007) Preferential neuron loss in
the rat piriform cortex following pilocarpine-induced status epilepticus. Epilepsy Res 4:1-18.
Chin RFM, Neville BGR, Scott RC (2004) A systematic review of the epidemiology of status
epilepticus. Eur J Neurosci 11:800-810.
Choi JY, Kim SJ, Hong SB, Seo DW, Hong SC, Kim BT, Kim SE (2003) Extratemporal
hypometabolism on FDG PET in temporal lobe epilepsy as a predictor of seizure outcome after
temporal lobectomy. Eur J Nucl Med Mol Imaging 30:581-587.
270
Choleris E, Thomas AW, Kavaliers M, Prato FS (2001) A detailed ethological analysis of the
mouse open field test: Effects of diazepam, chlordiazepoxide and an extremely low frequency
pulsed magnetic field. Neurosci Biobehav Rev 25:235-260.
Chu CT (2006) C.T. chu, autophagic stress in neuronal injury and disease. J Neuropathol Exp
Neurol 65:423-432.
Chu K, Jung KH, Lee ST, Kim JH, Kang KM, Kim HK, Lim JS, Park HK, Kim M, Lee SK, Roh
JK (2008) Erythropoietin reduces epileptogenic processes following status epilepticus. Epilepsia
49:1723-1732.
Cilio MR, Bolanos AR, Liu Z, Schmid R, Yang Y, Stafstrom CE, Mikati MA, Holmes GL
(2001) Anticonvulsant action and long-term effects of gabapentin in the immature brain.
Neuropharm 40:139-147.
Cilio MR, Sogawa Y, Cha BH, Liu X, Huang LT, Holmes GL (2003) Long-term effects of status
epilepticus in the immature brain are specific for age and model. Epilepsia 44:518-528.
Clark JD, Rager DR, Calpin JP (1997a) Animal well-being. I. general considerations. Lab Anim
Sci 47:564-570.
Clark JD, Rager DR, Calpin JP (1997c) Animal well-being. II. stress and distress. Lab Anim Sci
47:571-579.
Clark JD, Rager DR, Calpin JP (1997d) Animal well-being. III. an overview of assessment. Lab
Anim Sci 47:580-585.
Clark JD, Rager DR, Calpin JP (1997b) Animal well-being. IV. specific assessment criteria. Lab
Anim Sci 47:586-597.
Clifford DB, Olney JW, Benz AM, Fuller TA, Zorumski CF (1990) Ketamine, phencyclidine,
and MK-801 protect against kainic acid-induced seizure-related brain damage. Epilepsia 31:382-
390.
Clifford DB, Olney JW, Maniotis A, Collins RC, Zorumski CF (1987) The functional anatomy
and pathology of lithium/pilocarpine and high-dose pilocarpine seizures. Neurosci 23:953-968.
Codogno P, Meijer AJ (2005) Autophagy and signaling: Their role in cell survival and cell death.
Cell Death Differ 12:1509-1518.
Cohen MX, Elger CE, Weber B (2008) Amygdala tractography predicts functional connectivity
and learning during feedback-guided decision-making. Neuroimage 39:1396-1407.
Commission on classification and terminology of the international league against epilepsy.
(1989) Epilepsia 30:389-399.
Cornaggia CM, Beghi M, Provenzi M, Beghi E (2006) Correlation between cognition and
behavior in epilepsy. Epilepsia 47:34-39.
271
Coultrap SJ, Nixon KM, Alvestad RM, Valenzuela CF, Browning MD (2005) Differential
expression of NMDA receptor subunits and splice variants among the CA1, CA3 and dentate
gyrus of the adult rat. Curr Opin Neurobiol 135:104-111.
Cousins SL, Papadakis M, Rutter R, Stephenson A (2008) Differential interaction of NMDA
receptor subtypes with the post-synaptic density-95 family of membrane associated guanylate
kinase proteins. J Neurochem 104:903-913.
Cousins SL, Kenny AV, Stephenson FA (2009) Delineation of additional PSD-95 binding
domains within NMDA receptor NR2 subuntis reveals differences between NR2A/PSD-95 and
NR2B/PSD-95 association. Neurosci 158:89-95.
Covolan L, Mello LE (2000) Temporal profile of neuronal injury following pilocarpine or kainic
acid-induced status epilepticus. Epilepsy Res 39:133-152.
Covolan L, Smith RL, Mello LEAM (2000) Ultrastructural identification of dentate granule cell
death from pilocapine-induced seizures. Epilepsy Res 41:9-21.
Covolan L, Mello LE (2006) Assessment of the progressive nature of cell damage in the
pilocarpine model of epilepsy. Braz J Med Biol Res 39:915-924.
Cramer JA (2002) Mood disorders are linked to health-related quality of life in epilepsy.
Epilepsy Behav 3:492.
Cramer JA, Blum D, Reed M, Fanning K (2003) The influence of comorbid depression on
quality of life for people with epilepsy. Epilepsy Behav 4:521.
Croiset G, De Wied D (1992) ACTH: A structure-activity study on pilocarpine-induced epilepsy.
Eur J Pharmacol 229:211-216.
Cui H, Hayashi A, Sun H (2007) PDZ protein interactions underlying NMDA receptor-mediated
excitotoxicity and neuroprotection by PSD-95 inhibitors. J Neurosci 27:9901-9915.
Cull-Candy S, Brickley S, Farrant M (2001) NMDA receptor subunits: Diversity, development
and diseaes. Curr Opin Neurobiol 11:327-335.
Cunha AOS, Mortari MR, Liberato JL, dos Santos WF (2009) Neuroprotective effects of
diazepam, carbamazepine, phenytoin and ketamine after pilocarpine-induced status epilepticus.
Basic Clin Pharmacol Toxicol 104:470-477.
Curia G, Longo D, Biagini G, Jones RSG, Avoli M (2008) The pilocarpine model of temporal
lobe epilepsy. J Neurosci Methods 172:143-157.
D. Blumer, G. Montouris and B. Hermann (1995) Psychiatric morbidity in seizure patients on a
neurodiagnostic monitoring unit, J Neuropsychiatry Clin Neurosci 7:445-456.
Dalby NO, Mody I (2001) The process of epileptogenesis: A pathophysiological approach. Curr
Opin Neurol 14:187-192.
272
D'Ambrosio R (2004) Th erole of glial membrane ion channels in seizures and epileptogenesis.
Pharmacol Ther 103:95-108.
Danober L, Deransart C, Depaulis A, Vergnes M, Marescaux C (1998) Pathophysiological
mechanisms of genetic absence epilepsy in the rat. Prog Neurobiol 55:27-57.
Danzer SC (2008) Postnatal and adult neurogenesis in the development of human disease.
Neuroscientist 14:446-458.
Dashtipour K, Tran PH, Okazaki MM, Nadler JV, Ribak CE (2001) Ultrastructural features and
synaptic connections of hilar ectopic granule cells in the rat dentate gyrus are different from
those of granule cells in the granule cell layer. Brain Res 890:261-271.
Davis M (1992) The role of the amygdala in fear and anxiety. Annu Rev Neurosci 15:353-375.
Davis SM, Lees KR, Albers GW, Diener HC, Markabi S, Karlsson G, Norris J (2000) Selfotel in
acute ischemic stroke: Possible neurotoxic effects of an NMDA antagonist. Stroke 31:347-354.
Dawodu S, Thom M (2005) Quantitative neuropathology of the entorhinal cortex region in
patients with hippocampal sclerosis and temporal lobe epilepsy. Epilepsia 46:23-30.
Day LB, Schallert T (1996) Anticholinergic effects on acquisition of place learning in the morris
water task: Spatial mapping deficit or inability to inhibit nonplace strategies? Behav Neurosci
110:998-1005.
Day LB, Weisand M, Sutherland RJ, Schallert T (1999) The hippocampus is not necessary for a
place response but may be necessary for pliancy. Behav Neurosci 113:914-924.
de Boer HM, Mula M, Sander JW (2008) The global burden and stigma of epilepsy. Epilepsy
Behav 12:540-546.
de Lanerolle NC, Kim JH, Williamson A, Spencer SS, Zaveri HP, Eid T, Spencer DD (2003) A
retrospective analysis of hippocampal pathology in human temporal lobe epilepsy: Evidence for
distinctive patient subcategories. Epilepsia 44:677-687.
de Oliveira DL, Fisher A, Jorge RS, da Silva MC, Leite M, Goncalves CA, Quillfeldt JA, Souza
DO, e Souza TM, Wofchuk S (2008) Effects of early-life LiCl-pilocarpine-induced status
epilepticus on memory and anxiety in adult rats are associated with mossy fiber sprouting and
elevated CSF S100B protein. Epilepsia 49:842-852.
de Rogalski LI, Minokoshi M, Silveira DC, Cha BH, Holmes GL (2001) Recurrent neonatal
seizures: Relationship of pathology to the electroencephalogram and cognition. Brain Res Dev
Brain Res 129:27-38.
DeGiorgio CM, Correale JD, Gott PS, Ginsburg DL, Bracht KA, Smith T, Boutros R, Loskota
WJ, Rabinowicz AL (1995) Serum neuron-specific enolase in human status epilepticus.
Neurology 45:1134-1137.
273
DeGiorgio CM, Gott PS, Rabinowicz AL, Heck CN, Smith TD, Correale JD (1996) Neuron-
specific enolase, a marker of acute neuronal injury, is increased in complex partial status
epilepticus. Epilepsia 37:606-609.
DeGiorgio CM, Heck CN, Rabinowicz AL, Gott PS, Smith T, Correale J (1999) Serum neuron-
specific enolase in the major subtypes of status epilepticus. Neurology 52:746-749.
Degroot A, Treit D (2002) Dorsal and ventral hippocampal cholinergic systems modulate anxiety
in the plus-maze and shock-probe tests. Brain Res 949:60-70.
Delazer M, Zamarian L, Bonatti E, Kuchukhidze G, Koppelstätter F, Bodner T, Benke T, Trinka
E (2010) Decision making under ambiguity and under risk in mesial temporal lobe epilepsy.
Neuropsychologia 48:194-200.
Delazer M, Zamarian L, Bonatti E, Walser N, Kuchukhidze G, Bodner T, Benke T,
Koppelstaetter F, Trinka E (2011) Decision making under ambiguity in temporal lobe epilepsy:
Does the location of the underlying structural abnormality matter? Epilepsy Behav 20:34-37.
DeLorenzo RJ, Towne AR, Pellock JM, Ko D (1992) Status epilepticus in children, adults, and
the elderly. Epilepsia 33:S15-S25.
DeLorenzo RJ, Hauser WA, Towne AR, Boggs JG, Pellock JM, Penberthy L, Garnett L, Fortner
CA, Ko D (1996) A perspective, population-based epidemiologic study of status epilepticus in
richmond, virginia. Neurology 28:10-17.
DeLorenzo RJ, Garnett LK, Towne AR, Waterhouse EJ, Boggs JG, Morton L, Choudhry MA,
Barnes T, Ko D (1999) Comparison of status epilpeticus with prolonged seizure episodes lasting
from 10 to 29 minutes. Epilepsia 40:164-169.
Delorenzo RJ (2006) Epidemiology and clinical presentation of status epilepticus. Adv Neurol
97:199-215.
Deshpande LS, Lou JK, Mian A, Blair RE, Sombati S, DeLorenzo RJ (2007) In vitro status
epilepticus but not spontaneous recurrent seizures cause cell death in cultured hippocampal
neurons. Epilepsy Res 75:171-179.
Deshpande LS, Lou JK, Mian A, Blair RE, Sombati S, Attkisson E, DeLorenzo RJ (2008) Time
course and mechanism of hippocampal neuronal death in an in vitro model of status epilepticus:
Role of NMDA receptor activation and NMDA dependent calcium entry. Eur J Pharmacol 1:73-
83.
Detour J, Schroeder H, Desor D, Nehlig A (2005) A 5-month period of epilepsy impairs spatial
memory, decreases anxiety, but spares object recognition in the lithium/pilocarpine model in
adult rats. Epilepsia 46:499-508.
Devinsky O, Vickrey BG, Cramer J, Perrine K, Hermann B, Meador K, Hays RD (1995)
Development of the quality of life in epilepsy inventory. Epilepsia 36:1089-1104.
274
Devinsky O (2000) The meaning of quality of life to patients with epilepsy. Epilepsy Behav
1:S10-S20.
Devinsky O (2003) Psychiatric comorbidity in patients with epilepsy: Implications for diagnosis
and treatment. Epilepsy Behav 4:S2-S10.
Devinsky O (2004a) Therapy for neurobehavioural disorders in epilepsy. Epilepsia 45:34-40.
Devinsky O (2004b) Diagnosis and treatment of temporal lobe epilepsy. Rev Neurol Dis 1:2-9.
DiMattia BD, Kesner RP (1988) Spatial cognitive maps: Differential role of parietal cortex and
hippocampal formation. Behav Neurosci 102:471-480.
Ding S, Fellin T, Zhu Y, Lee SY, Auberson YP, Meaney DF, Coulter DA, Carmignoto G,
Haydon PG (2007) Enhanced astrocytic Ca2+ signals contribute to neuronal excitotoxicity after
status epilepticus. J Neurosci 27:10674-10684.
Doonan F, Cotter TG (2008) Morphological assessment of apoptosis. Methods 44:200-204.
dos Santos NF, Arida RM, Filho EM, Priel MR, Cavalheiro EA (2000) Epileptogenesis in
immature rats following recurrent status epilepticus. Brain Res Rev 31:269-276.
dos Santos JG, Longo BM, Blanco MM, de Oliveira MGM, Mello LE (2005) Behavioral
changes resulting from the administration of cycloheximide in the pilocarpine model of epilepsy.
Brain Res 1066:37-48.
Drislane FW, Blum AS, Lopez MR, Gautam S, Schomer DL (2009) Duration of refractory status
epilpeticus and outcome: Los of prognostic utility after several hours. Epilepsia 50:1566-1571.
Druga R, Kubova H, Suchomelova L, Haugvicova R (2003) Lithium/pilocarpine status
epilepticus-induced neuropathology of piriform cortex and adjoining structures in rats is age-
dependent. Physiol Res 52:251-264.
Druga R, Mares P, Otahal J, Kubova H (2005) Degenerative neuronal changes in the rat
thalamus induced by status epilepticus at different developmental stages. Epilepsy Res 63:43-65.
Du F, Whetsell WOJ, Abou-Khalil B, Blumenkopf B, Lothman EW, Schwarcz R (1993)
Preferential neuronal loss in layer III of the entorhinal cortex in patients with temporal lobe
epilepsy. Epilepsy Res 16:223-233.
Dudek FE, Hellier JL, Williams PA, Ferraro DJ, Staley KJ (2002) The course of cellular
alterations associated with the development of spontaneous seizures after status epilepticus. Prog
Brain Res 135:53-65.
275
Dudek FE, Clark S, Wililams PA, Grabenstatter HL (2006) Kainate-induced status epilepticus: A
chronic model of acquired epilepsy. In: Models of seizures and epilepsy (Pitkanen A,
Schwartzkroin PA, Moshe SL, eds), pp415-432. Boston: Elsevier Academic Press.
Dudek FE, Sutula TP (2007) Epileptogenesis in the dentate gyrus: A critical perspective. Prog
Brain Res 163:755-773.
Duncan JS (1997) Imaging and epilepsy. Brain 120:339-377.
Dyker AG, Edwards KR, Fayad PB, Hormes JT, Lees KR (1999) Safety and tolerability study of
aptiganel hydrochloride in patients with an acute ischemic stroke. Stroke 39:2544-2553.
Dykstra CM, Ratnam M, Gurd JW (2009) Neuroprotection after status epilepticus by targeting
protein interactions with postsynaptic density protein 95. J Neuropathol Exp Neurol 68:823-831.
Ebert U, Brandt C, Loscher W (2002) Delayed sclerosis, neuroprotection, and limbic
epileptogenesis after status epilepticus in the rat. Epilepsia 43:86-95.
Eid T, Williamson A, Lee TW, Petroff OA, de Lanerolle NC (2008) Glutamate and astrocytes -
key players in human mesial temporal lobe epilpesy. Epilepsia 49:42-52.
Engel J, Wolfson L, Brown LL (1978) Anatomical correlates of electrical and behavioral events
related to amygdaloid kindling. Ann Neurol 3:538-544.
Engel J, Bandler R, Griffith NC, Caldecott-Hazard S (1991) Neurobiological evidence for
epilepsy-induced interictal disturbances. Adv Neuro 55:97-111.
Engel J (1993) Update on surgical treatment of the epilepsies. summary of the second
international palm desert conference on the surgical treatment of the epilepsies. Neurology
43:1612-1617.
Engel J (1996) Excitation and inhibition in epilepsy. Can J Neurol Sci 23:167-174.
Engel J (2001) A proposed diagnostic scheme for people with epileptic seizures and with
epilpesy: Report of the ILAE task force on classification and terminology. Epilepsia 42:796-803.
Engel J, Schwartzkroin PA (2006) What should be modeled? In: Models of seizures and epilepsy
(Pitkanen A, Schwartzkroin PA, Moshe SL, eds), pp1-14. Boston: Elsevier Academic Press.
Engel J, Pedley TA, Aicardi J (2008) Basal ganglia species difference: Rodents to primates. In:
Epilepsy: A comprehensive textbook . pp375. Philadelphia, PA: Lippincott Wiliams & Wilkins.
Engin E, Treit D (2007) The role of hippocampus in anxiety: Intracerebral infusion studies.
Behav Pharmacol 18:365-374.
Epp J, Keith JR, Spanswick SC, STone JC, Prusky GT, Sutherland RJ (2008) Retrograde
amnesia for visual memories after hippocampal damage in rats. Learn Mem 15:214-221.
276
Erdogan F, Gölgeli A, Küçük A, Arman F, Karaman Y, Ersoy A (2005) Effects of
pentylenetetrazole-induced status epilepticus on behavior, emotional memory and learning in
immature rats. Epilepsy Behav (Netherlands: Elsevier Science) 6:537-542.
Esclapez M, Hirsch JC, Ben-Ari Y, Bernard C (1999) Newly formed excitatory pathways
provide a substrate for hyperexcitability in experimental temporal lobe epilepsy. J Comp Neurol
408:449-460.
Fabene PF et al (2008) A role for leukocyte-endothelial adhesion mechanisms in epilepsy. Nat
Med (United States) 14:1377-1383.
Falter U, Gower AJ, Gobert J (1992) Resistance of baseline activity in the elevated plus-maze to
exogenous influences. Behav Pharmacol 3:123-128.
Fariello RG, Golden GT, Smith GG, Reyes PF (1989) Potentiation of kainic acid
epileptogenicity and sparing from neuronal damage by an NMDA receptor antagonist. Epilepsy
Res 3:206-213.
Faverjon S, Silveira DC, Fu DD, Cha BH, Akman C, Hu Y, Holmes GL (2002) Beneficial
effects of enriched environment following status epilepticus in immature rats. Neurology
59:1356-1364.
Federico F, Leggio MG, Neri P, Mandolesi L, Petrosini L (2006) NMDA receptor activity in
learning spatial procedural strategies II. the influence of cerebellar lesions. Brain Res Bull
70:356-367.
Felder CC (1995) Muscarinic acetylcholine receptors: Signal transduction through multiple
effectors. FASEB 9:619-625.
Fenton AA, Bures J (1993) Place navigation in rats with unilateral tetrodotoxin inactivation of
the dorsal hippocampus: Place but not procedural learning can be lateralized to one
hippocampus. Behav Neurosci 107:552-564.
Fernandes MJD, Dube C, Boyet S, Marescaux C, Nehlig A (1999) Correlation between
hypermetabolism and neuronal damage during status epilepticus induced by lithium and
pilocarpine in immature and adult rats. J Cereb Blood Flow Metab 19:195-209.
File SE (1993) The interplay of learning and anxiety in the elevated plus maze. Behav Brain Res
58:199-202.
Fisher RS, van Emde Boas W, Blume W, Elger C, Genton P, Lee P, Engel JJ (2005) Epileptic
seizures and epilepsy (ILAE) and the international bureau for epilepsy (IBE). Epilepsia 46:470-
472.
Fix AS, Horn JW, Wightman KA, Johnson CA, Long GG, Storts RW, Farber N, Wozniak DF,
Olney JW (1993) Neuronal vacuolization and necrosis induced by the noncompetitive N-methyl-
D-aspartate (NMDA) antagonist MK(+)801 (dizocilpine maleate): A light and electron
microscopic evaluation of the rat retrosplenial cortex. Exp Neurol 123:204-215.
277
Forder JP, Tymianski M (2009) Postsynaptic mechanisms of excitotoxicity: Involvement of
postsynaptic density proteins, radicals, and oxidant molecules. Neurosci 158:293-300.
Fountain NB (2000) Status epilepticus: Risk factors and complications. Epilepsia 41:23-30.
Franck JE, Pokorny J, Kunkel DD, Schwartzkroin PA (1995) Physiologic and morphologic
characteristics of granule cell circuitry in human epileptic hippocampus. Epilepsia 36:543-558.
Francois J, Ferrandon A, Koning E, Nehlig A (2005) Epileptic outcome is correlated with
protection in temporal cortices: Evidence from neuroprotection studies with a new drug,
RWJ333369, in the lithium/pilocarpine model. Epilepsia 46:62-63.
Francois J, Koning E, Ferrandon A, Nehlig A (2006) The combination of topiramate and
diazepam is partially neuroprotective in the hippocampus but not antiepileptogenic in the
lithium/pilocarpine model of temporal lobe epilepsy. Epilepsy Res 72:147-163.
French JA, Williamson PD, Thadani VM (1993) Characteristics of medial temporal lobe
epilepsy: results of history and physical examination. Ann Neurol 34:774-780.
Friedman LK, Saghyan A, Peinado A, Keesey R (2008) Age- and region-dependent patterns of
Ca2+ accumulations following status epilepticus. Int J Dev Neurosci 26:779-790.
Frisch C, Kudin AP, Elger CE, Kunz WS, Helmstaedter C (2007) Amelioration of water maze
performance deficits by topiramate applied during pilocarpine-induced status epilepticus is
negatively dose-dependent. Epilepsy Res 73:173-180.
Fuerst D, Shah J, Shah A, Watson C (2003) Hippocampal sclerosis is a progressive disorder: A
longitudinal volumetric MRI study. Ann Neurol 53:413-416.
Fujikawa DG, Daniels AH, Kim JS (1994) The competitive NMDA receptor antagonist CGP
40116 protects against status epilepticus-induced neuronal damage. Epilepsy Res 17:207-219.
Fujikawa DG (1995) Neuroprotective effect of ketamine administered after status epilepticus
onset. Epilepsia 36:186-195.
Fujikawa DG (1996) The temporal evolution of neuronal damage from pilocarpine-induced
status epilepticus. Brain Res 725:11-22.
Fujikawa DG, Shinmei SS, Cai B (1999) Lithium/pilocarpine-induced status epilepticus
produces necrotic neurons with internucleosomal DNA fragmentation in adult rats. Eur J
Neurosci 11:1605-1614.
Fujikawa DG, Itabashi HH, Wu A, Shinmei SS (2000a) Status epilepticus-induced neuronal loss
in humans without systemic complications or epilepsy. Epilepsia 41:981-991.
Fujikawa DG, Shinmei SS, Cai B (2000b) Kainic acid-induced seizures produce necrotic, not
apoptotic, neurons with internucleosomal DNA cleavage: Implications for programmed cell
death mechanisms. Neurosci 98:41-53.
278
Fujikawa DG, Ke X, Trinidad RB, Shinmei SS, Wu A (2002) Caspase-3 is not activated in
seizure-induced neuronal necrosis with internucleosomal DNA cleavage. J Neurochem 83:229-
240.
Fujikawa DG (2005) Prolonged seizures and cellular injury: Understanding the connection.
Epilepsy Behav 7:3-11.
Fujikawa DG, Zhao S, Ke X, Shinmei SS, Allen SG (2010) Mild as well as severe insults
produce necrotic, not apoptotic, cells: Evidence from 60-min seizures. Neurosci Lett 469:333-
337.
Furtado MA, Braga GK, Oliveira JA, Del Vecchio F, Garcia-Cairasco N (2002) Behavioral,
morphologic, and electroencephalographic evaluation of seizures induced by intrahippocampal
microinjection of pilocarpine. Epilepsia 43:S37-S39.
Furtado MA, Castro OW, Del Vecchio F, de Oliveira JA, Garcia-Cairasco N (2011) Study of
spontaneous recurrent seizures and morphological alterations after status epilepticus induced by
intrahippocampal injection of pilocarpine. Epilepsy Behav 20(2):257-266
Gaitatzis A, Trimble MR, Sander JW (2004) The psychiatric comorbidity of epilespy. Acta
Neurol Scand 110:207-220.
Garcia-Morales I, de la Pena Mayor, P., Kanner AM (2008) Psychiatric comorbidities in
epilepsy: Identification and treatment. Neurologist 14:S15-S25.
Gardella D, Hatton WJ, Rind HB, Rosen GD, von Bartheld CS (2003) Differential tissue
shrinkage and compression in the z-axis: Implications for optical disector counting in vibratome-
, plastic- and cryosections. J Neurosci Methods 124:45.
Gaskin S, Gamliel A, Tardif M, Cole E, Mumby DG (2009) Incidental (unreinforced) and
reinforced spatial learning in rats with ventral and dorsal lesions of the hippocampus. Behav
Brain Res 202:64-70.
Geschwind N (1983) Interictal behavioral changes in epilepsy. Epilepsia 24:S23-S30.
Gilliam F (2002) Optimizing epilepsy management: Seizure control, reduction, tolerability, and
co-morbidities. introduction. Neurology 58:S9-S20.
Gleissner U, Helmstaedter C, Elger CE (1998) Right hippocampal contribution to visual
memory: A presurgical and postsurgical study in patients with temporal lobe epilepsy. J Neurol
Neurosurg Psychiatry 65:665-669.
Glien M, Brandt C, Potschka H, Voigt H, Ebert U, Löscher W (2001) Repeated low-dose
treatment of rats with pilocarpine: Low mortality but high proportion of rats developing epilepsy.
Epilepsy Res 46:111.
Glikmann-Johnston Y, Saling MM, Chen J, Cooper KA, Beare RJ, Reutens DC (2008) Structural
and functional correlates of unilateral mesial temporal lobe spatial memory impairment. Brain
131:3006-3018.
279
Goddard GV, McIntyre DC, Leech CK (1969) A permanent change in brain function resulting
from daily electrical stimulation. Exp Neurol 25:295-330.
Goffin K, Nissinen J, Van Laere K, Pitkanen A (2007) Cyclicity of spontaneous recurrent
seizures in pilocarpine model of temporal lobe epilepsy in rats. Exp Neurol 205:501-505.
Golden GT, Smith GG, Ferrar TN, Reyes PF, Kulp JK, Fariello RG (1991) Strain differences in
convulsive response to the excitotoxin kainic acid. Neuroreport 2:141-144.
Golden GT, Smith GG, Ferraro TN, Reyes PF (1995) Rat strain and age differences in kainic
acid induced seizures. Epilepsy Res 20:151-159.
Goldstein P, Kroemer G (2007) Death by necrosis: Towards a molecular definition Trends
Biochem Sci 32:37-43.
Goodkin HP, Yeh JL, Kapur J (2005) Status epilepticus increases the intracellular accumulation
of GABAA receptors. J Neurosci 25:5511-5520.
Goodkin HP, Kapur J (2009) The impact of diazepam's discovery on the treatment and
understanding of status epilepticus. Epilepsia 50:2011-2018.
Gorter JA, Goncalves Pereira PM, van Vliet EA, Aronica, E. Lopes da Silva, F.H., Lucassen P
(2004) Neuronal cell death in a rat model of mesial temporal lobe epilepsy is induced by the
initial status epilepticus and not by later repeated spontaneous seizures. Epilepsia 44:647-658.
Götz-Trabert K, Hauck C, Wagner K, Fauser S, Schulze-Bonhage A (2008) Spread of ictal
activity in focal epilepsy. Epilepsia 49:1594-1601.
Graziano A, Petrosini L, Bartoletti A (2003) Automatic recognition of explorative strategies in
the morris water maze. J Neurosci Methods 130:33-44.
Griebel G (1995) 5-hydroxytryptamine-interacting drugs in animal models of anxiety disorders:
more than 30 years of research. Pharmacol Ther 65:319-395.
Groticke I, Hoffmann K, Loscher W (2008) Behavioral alterations in a mouse model of temporal
lobe epilepsy induced by intrahippocampal injection of kainate. Exp Neurol 213:71-83.
Guénot M (2004) Surgical treatment of epilepsy: Outcome of various surgical procedures in
adults and children. Rev Neurol (Paris) 160:S241-S250.
Guerreiro CA, Jones-Gotman M, Andermann F, Bastos A, Cendes F (2001) Severe amnesia in
epilepsy: Causes, anatomopsychological considerations, and treatment. Epilepsy Behav 2:224-
246.
Gupta RC, Dettbarn W (2003) Prevention of kainic acid seizures-induced changes in levels of
nitric oxide and high-energy phosphates by 7-nitroindazole in rat brain regions. Brain Res
981:184-192.
280
Gupta R, Koscik TR, Bechara A, Tranel D (2011) The amygdala and decision-making.
Neurophsychologia 49(4):1315-1324
Gutbrod K, Krouzel C, Hofer H, Müri R, Perrig W, Ptak R (2006) Decision-making in amnesia:
Do advantageous decisions require conscious knowledge of previous behavioural choices?.
Neuropsychologia 44:1315-1324.
Haberly LB PJ (1978) Association and commissural fiber systems of the olfactory cortex of the
rat. J Comp Neurol 178:711-740.
Haim E, Belmaker RH (2001) The effects of inositol treatment in animal models of psychiatric
disorders . J Affect Disord 62:113-121.
Hallera J, Kruk MR (2006) Normal and abnormal aggression: Human disorders and novel
laboratory models. Neurosci Biobehav Rev 30:292-303.
Halonen T, Nissinen J, Pitkänen A (2001) Effect of lamotrigine treatment on status epilepticus-
induced neuronal damage and memory impairment in rat. Epilepsy Res 46:205-223.
Hamilton SE, Loose MD, Qi M, Levey AI, Hille B, McKnight GS, Idzerda RL, Nathanson NM
(1997) Disruption of the m1 receptor gene ablates muscarinic receptor-dependent M current
regulation and seizure activity in mice. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 94:13316.
Handforth A, Ackermann RF (1988) Functional [14C]2-deoxyglucose mapping of progressive
states of status epilepticus induced by amygdala stimulation in rat. Brain Res 460:94-102.
Handforth A, Ackermann RF (1992) Hierarchy of seizure states in the electrogenic limbic status
epilepticus model: Behavioral and electrographic observations of initial states and temporal
progression. Epilepsia 33:589-600.
Handforth A, Ackermann RF (1995) Mapping of limbic seizure progressions utilizing the
electrogenic status epilepticus model and the 14C-2-deoxyglucose method. Brain Res Brain Res
Rev 20:1-23.
Handforth A, Treiman DM (1995) Functional mapping of the early stages of status epilepticus: A
C14-2-deoxyglucose study in the lithium pilocarpine model in rat. Neurosci 64:1057-1073.
Harding AJ, Halliday GM, Cullen K (1994) Practical considerations for the use of the optical
dissector in estimating neuronal number. J Neurosci Methods 51:83-89.
Hardingham GE (2009) Coupling of the NMDA receptor to neuroprotective and
neurodestructive events. Biochem Soc Trans 37:1147-1160.
Harwood SM, Yaqoob MM, Allen DA (2005) Caspase and calpain function in cell death:
Bridging the gap between apoptosis and necrosis. Ann Clin Biochem 42:415-431.
Hattiangady B, Shetty AK (2008) Implications of decreased hippocampal neurogenesis in
chronic temporal lobe epilepsy. Epilepsia 49:26-41.
281
Hattiangady B, Rao MS, Shetty AK (2004) Chronic temporal lobe epilpesy is associated with
severely declined dentate neurogenesis in the adult hippocampus. Neurobiol Dis 17:473-490.
Hatton WJ, Von Bartheld CS (1999) Analysis of cell death in the trochlear nucleus of the chick
embryo: Calibration of the optical disector counting method reveals systematic bias. J Comp
Neurol 409:169.
Hawley WR, Grissom EM, Dohanich GP (2011) The relationships between trait anxiety, place
recognition memory, and learning strategy. Behav Brain Res 216:525-530.
Heinrichs SC, Seyfried TN (2006) Behavioral seizures correlates in animal models of epilepsy:
A road map for assay selection, data interpretation, and the search for causal mechanisms.
Epilepsy Behav 8:5-38.
Hellier JL, Patrylo PR, Buckmaster PS, Dudek FE (1998) Recurrent spontaneous motor seizures
after repeated low-dose systemic treatment with kainate: Assessment of a rat model of temporal
lobe epilepsy. Epilepsy Res 31:73-84.
Helmstaedter C (2007) Cognitive outcome of status epilepticus in adults. Epilepsia 48:85-90.
Henry TR, Mazziotta JC, Engel JJ, Christenson PD, Zhang JX, Phelps ME, Kuhl DE (1990)
Quantifying interictal metabolic activity in human temporal lobe epilepsy. J Cereb Blood Flow
Metab 10:748-757.
Henshall DC (2007) Apoptosis signalling pathways in seizure-induced neuronal death and
epilepsy. Biochem Soc Trans 35:421-423.
Henshall DC, Murphy BM (2008) Modulators of neuronal cell death in epilepsy. Curr Opin
Pharmacol 8:75-81.
Hermann BP, Seidenberg M, Schoenfeld J, Davies K (1997) Neuropsychological characteristics
of the syndrome of mesial temporal lobe epilepsy. Arch Neurol 54:369-376.
Herzog AG (1999) Psychoneuroendocrine aspects of temporolimbic epilepsy: Part I. brain,
reproductive steroids, and emotions. Psychosomatics 40:95-101.
Hesdorffer DC, Logroscino G, Cascino G, Annegers JF, Hauser WA (1998) Risk of unprovoked
seizure after acute symptomatic seizure: Effect of status epilepticus. Ann Neurol 44:908-812.
Hodges H (1996) Maze procedures: The radial-arm and water maze compared. Brain Res Cogn
Brain Res 3:167-181.
Hogg S (1996) A review of the validity and variability of the elevated plus-maze as an animal
model of anxiety. Pharmacol Biochem Behav 54:21-30.
Holmes GL, Sarkisian M, Ben-Ari Y, Chevassus-Au-Louis N (1999) Mossy fiber sprouting after
recurrent seizures during early development in rats. J Comp Neurol 404:537-553.
282
Holtkamp M, Schuchmann S, Gottschalk S, Meierkord H (2004) Recurrent seizures do not cause
hippocampal damage. J Neurol 251:458-463.
Honchar MP, Olney JW, Sherman WR (1983) Systemic cholinergic agents induce seizures and
brain damage in lithium-treated rats. Science 220:323-325.
Hort F, Broiek G, Mares P, Langmeier M, Komirek V (1999) Cognitive functions after
pilocarpine-induced status epilepticus: changes during silent period precede appearance of
spontaneous recurrent seizures. Epilepsia 40:177-183.
Hort J, Brozek G, Komárek V, Langmeier M, Mareš P (2000) Interstrain differences in cognitive
functions in rats in relation to status epilepticus. Behav Brain Res 112:77-83.
Horvath ZA, Czopf J, Buzsaki G (1997) MK-801-induced neuronal damage in rats. Brain Res
753:181-195.
Houser CR, Miyashiro JE, Swartz BE, Walsh GO, Rich JR, Delgado-Escueta AV (1990) Altered
patterns of dynorphin immunoreactivity suggest mossy fiber reorganization in human
hippocampal epilepsy. J Neurosci 10:267-282.
Hudson LP, Munoz DG, Miller L, McLachlan RS, Girvin JP, Blume WT (1993) Amygdaloid
sclerosis in temporal lobe epilepsy. Ann Neurol 33:622-631.
Hung PL, Lai MC, Yang SN, Wang CL, Liou CW, Wu CL, Wang TJ, Huang LT (2002)
Aminophylline exacerbates status epilepticus-induced neuronal damages in immagure rats: A
morphological, motor and behavioural study. Epilepsy Res 49:218-225.
Huo JZ, Dykstra CM, Gurd JW (2006) Increase in tyrosine phosphorylation of the NMDA
receptor following the induction of status epilepticus. Neurosci Lett 401:266-270.
Ikonomidou C, Turski L (2002) Why did NMDA receptor antagonists fail clinical trials for
stroke and traumatic brain injury? Lancet Neurol 34:235-244.
Inglish J, Morris RGM (2004) Reversible hippocampal inactivation partially dissociates how and
where to search in the water maze. Behav Neurosci 118:1022-1032.
Ingvar M (1986) Cerebral blood flow and metabolic rate during seizures. relationship to epileptic
brain damage. Ann N Y Acad Sci 462:194-206.
Ingvar M, Folbergrova J, Siesjo BK (1987) Metabolic alterations underlying the development of
hypermetabolic necrosis in the substantia nigra in status epilepticus. J Cereb Blood Flow Metab
7:103-108.
Jabs R, Seifert G, Steinhäuser C (2008) Astrocytic function and its alteration in the epileptic
brain. Epilepsia 49:3-12.
Jan MM, Sadler M, Rahey SR (2010) Electroencephalographic features of temporal lobe
epilepsy. Can J Neurol Sci 37:439-448.
283
Jing G, Zhao-Fu C, Xue-Wu L, Pei-Yan S, Rong W (2007) Mitochondrial dysfunction and
ultrastructural damage in the hippocampus of pilocarpine-induced epileptic rat. Neurosci Lett
411:152-157.
Jing M, Shingo T, Yasuhara T, Kondo A, Morimoto T, Wang F, Baba T, Yuan WJ, Tajiri N,
Uozumi T, Murakami M, Tanabe M, Miyoshi Y, Zhao S, Date I (2009) The combined therapy of
intrahippocampal transplantation of adult neural stem cells and intraventricular erythropoietin-
infusion ameliorates spontaneous recurrent seizures by suppression of abnormal mossy fiber
sprouting. Brain Res 1295:203-217.
Johnson EK, Jones JE, Seidenberg M, Hermann BP (2004) The releative impact of anxiety,
depression, and clinical features on health-related quality of life in epilepsy. Epilepsia 45:544-
550.
Jones NC, Salzberg MR, Kumar G, Couper A, Morris MJ, O'Brien TJ (2008) Elevated anxiety
and depressive-like behavior in a rat model of genetic generalized epilepsy suggesting common
causation. Exp Neurol 209:254-260.
Jope RS, Gu X (1991) Seizures increase acetylcholine and choline concentrations in rat brain
regions. Neurochem Res 16:1219-1226.
Jope RS, Williams MB (1994) Lithium and brain signal transduction systems. Biochem Pharm
47:429-441.
Juhász C, Nagy F, Watson C, da Silva EA, Muzik O, Chugani DC, Shah J, Chugani HT (1999)
Glucose and [11C]flumazenil positron emission tomography abnormalities of thalamic nuclei in
temporal lobe epilepsy. Neurology 53:2037-2045.
Jun Y, Jiang TX, Yuan GHY, B.S., Jun Z, Xiao JM, Jian CX, Heng X, Xiao XZ, Xin XX (2009)
Erythropoietin pre-treatment prevents cognitive impairments following status epilepticus in rats.
Brain Res 1282:57-66.
Jung KH, Chu K, Lee ST, Kim J, Sinn DI, Kim JM, Park DK, Lee JJ, Kim SU, Kim M, Lee SK,
Roh JK (2006) Cyclooxygenase-2 inhibitor, celecoxib, inhibits the altered hippocampal
neurogenesis with attenuation of spontaneous recurrent seizures following pilocarpine-induced
status epilepticus. Neurobiol Dis 23:237-246.
Jung KH, Chu K, Lee ST, Kim JH, Kang KM, Song EC, Kim SJ, Park HK, Kim M, Lee SK, Roh
JK (2009) Region-specific plasticity in the epileptic rat brain: A hippocampal and
extrahippocampal analysis. Epilepsia 50:537-549.
Jutila L, Immonen A, Partanen K, Partanen J, Mervaala E, Ylinen A, Alafuzoff I, Paljärvi L,
Karkola K, Vapalahti M, Pitkänen A (2002) Neurobiology of epileptogenesis in the temporal
lobe. Adv Tech Stand Neurosurg 27:5-22.
Kalvianinen R, Salmenpera T (2002) Do recurrent seizures cause neuronal damage? Prog Brain
Res 135:279-295.
284
Kapur J (2006) Is mesial temporal sclerosis a necessary component of temporal lobe epilepsy?
Epilepsy Curr 6:208-209.
Kelly OP, McIntosh J, McIntyre DC, Merali Z, Anisman H (2003) Anxiety in rats selective bred
for fast and slow kindling rates: Situation-specific outcomes. Stress 6:289-295.
Kennedy MR, Carney E, Peters SM (2003) Predictions of recall and study strategy decisions
after diffuse brain injury. Brain Inj 17:1043-1064.
Kermer P, Klocker N, Bahr M (1999) Neuronal death after brain injury. models, mechanisms,
and therapeutic strategies in vivo. Cell Tissue Res 298:383-395.
Khan GM, Smolders I, Lindekens H, Manil J, Ebinger G, Michotte Y (1999) Effects of diazepam
on extracellular brain neurotransmitters in pilocarpine-induced seizures in rats. Eur J Pharmacol
373:153-161.
King D, Spencer S (1995) Invasive electroencephalography in mesial temporal lobe epilepsy. J
Clin Neurophysiol 12:32-45.
Kirsch I, Lynn SJ, Vigorito M, Miller RR (2004) The role of cognition in classical and operant
conditioning. J Clin Psychol 60:369-392.
Kjelstrup KG, Tuvnes FA, Steffenach HA, Murison R, Moser EI, Moser MB (2002) Reduced
fear expression after lesions of the ventral hippocampus. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 99:10825-
10830.
Klitgaard H, Matagne A, Vanneste-Goemaere J, Margineanu DG (2002) Pilocarpine-induced
epileptogenesis in the rat: Impact of initial duration of status epilepticus on electrophysiological
and neuropathological alterations. Epilepsy Res 51:93-107.
Knake S, Hamer HM, Rosenow F (2009) Status epilepticus: A critical review. Epilepsy Behav
15:10-14.
Kobayashi M, Buckmaster PS (2003) Reduced inhibition of dentate granule cells in a model of
temporal lobe epilepsy. J Neurosci 23:2440-2452.
Kobayashi E, Grova C, Tyvaert L, Dubeau F, Gotman J (2009) Structures involved at the time of
temporal lobe spikes revealed by interindividual group analysis of EEG/fMRI data. Epilepsia
50:2549-2556.
Koch UR, Musshoff U, Pannek HW, Ebner A, Wolf P, Speckmann EJ, Köhling R (2005)
Intrinsic excitability, synaptic potentials, and short-term plasticity in human epileptic neocortex.
J Neurosci Res 80:715-726.
Kondratyev A, Gale K (2004) Latency to onset of status epilepticus determines molecular
mechanisms of seizure-induced cell death. Mol Brain Res 121:86-94.
Kornau H, Schenker LT, Kennedy MB (1995) Domain interaction between NMDA receptor
subunits and the postsynaptic density protein PSD-95. Science 269:1737-1740.
285
Kotariya NT, Bikashvili TZ, Zhvaniya MG, Chkhikvishvili TG (2010) Ultrastructure of
hippocampal field CA1 in rats after status epilepticus induced by systemic administration of
kinaic acid. Neurosci Behav Physiol 40:127-130.
Krsek P, Mikuleck A, Druga R, Hlink Z, Kubov H, Mares P (2001) An animal model of
nonconvulsive status epilepticus: A contribution to clinical controversies. Epilepsia 42:171-180.
Krystal JH, Karper LP, Seibyl JP, Freeman GK, Delaney R, Bremner JD, Heninger GR, Bowers
MB, Charney DS (1994) Subanesthetic effects of the noncompetitive NMDA antagonist,
ketamine, in humans. psychotomimetic, perceptual, cognitive, and neuroendocrine responses.
Arch Gen Psychiatry 51:199-214.
Kubova H, Mares P, Suchomelova L, Brozek G, Druga R, Pitkanen A (2004) Status epilepticus
in immature rats leads to behavioural and cognitive impairment and epileptogenesis. Eur J
Neurosci 19:3255-3265.
Kuruba R, Hattiangady B, Shetty AK Hippocampal neurogenesis and neural stem cells in
temporal lobe epilepsy. Epilepsy Behav 14:65-73.
Kuzmiski JB, MacVicar BA (2001) Cyclic nucleotide-gated channels contribute to the
cholinergic plateau potential in hippocampal CA1 pyramidal neurons. J Neurosci 21:8707-8714.
Labudda K, Frigge K, Horstmann S, Aengenendt J, Woermann FG, Ebner A, Markowitsch HJ,
Brand M (2009) Decision making in patients with temporal lobe epilepsy. Neuropsychologia
47:50-58.
Lahti AC, Koffe lB, LaPorte D, Tamminga CA (1995) Subanesthetic doses of ketamine stimulate
psychosis in schizophrenia. Neuropsychopharmacology 13:9-19.
Lanke J, Månsson L, Bjerkemo M, Kjellstrand P (1993) Spatial memory and stereotypic
behaviour of animals in radial arm mazes. Brain Res 605:221-228.
Lau A, Tymianski M (2010) Glutamate receptors, neurotoxicity and neurodegeneration. Pflugers
Arch 460(2):525-542
Lee HK, Choi SS, Han KJ, Han EJ, Suh HW (2003) Cycloheximide inhibits neurotoxic
responses induced by kainic acid in mice. Brain Res Bull 61:99-107.
Leggio MG, Federico F, Neri P, Graziano A, Mandolesi L, Petrosini L (2006) NMDA receptor
activity in learning spatial procedural strategies I. the influence of hippocampal lesions. Brain
Res Bull 70:347-355.
Leggio MG, Neri P, Graziano A, Mandolesi L, Molinari M, Petrosini L (1999) Cerebellar
contribution to spatial event processing: Characterization of procedural learning. Exp Brain Res
127:1-11.
Leite JP, Bortolotto ZA, Cavalheiro EA (1990) Spontaneous seizures in rats: An experimental
model of partial epilepsy. Neurosci Biobehav Rev 14:511-517.
286
Leite JP, Cavalheiro EA (1995) Effects of conventional antiepileptic drugs in a model of
spontaneous recurrent seizures in rats. Epilepsy Res 20:93-104.
Leite JP, Garcia-Cairasco N, Cavalheiro EA (2002) New insights from the use of pilocarpine and
kainate models. Epilepsy Res 50:93-103.
Lemos T, Cavalheiro EA (1995) Suppression of pilocarpine-induced status epilepticus and the
late development of epilepsy in rats. Exp Brain Res 102:423-428.
Letty S, Lerner-Natoli M, Rondouin G (1995) Differential impairments of spatial memory and
social behavior in two models of limbic epilepsy. Epilepsia 36:973-982.
Levine B, Klionsky DJ (2004) Development by self-digestion: Molecular mechanisms and
biological functions of autophagy. Dev Cell 6:463-477.
Lewis DV (1999) Febriel convulsions and mesial temporal sclerosis. Current Opin Neurol
12:197-201.
Li XG, Somogyi P, Ylinen A, Buzsaki G (1994) The hippocampal CA3 network: An in-vivo
intracellular labeling study. J Comp Neurol 339:181-208.
Lieb JP, Hoque K, Skomer CE, Song XW (1987) Inter-hemispheric propagation of human mesial
temporal lobe seizures: A coherence/phase analysis. Electroencephalogr Clin Neurophysiol
67:101-119.
Lieb JP, Dasheiff RM, Engel JJ (1991) Role of the frontal lobes in the propagation of mesial
temporal lobe seizures. Epilepsia 32:822-837.
Liu Z, Nagao T, Desjardins GC, Gloor P, Avoli M (1994) Quantitative evaluation of neuronal
loss in the dorsal hippocampus in rats with long-term pilocarpine seizures. Epilepsy Res 17:247.
Liu RS, Lemieux L, Sander JW, Sisodiya SM, Duncan JS (2002) Seizure-associated
hippocampal volume loss: A longitudinal magnetic resonance study of temporal lobe epilepsy.
Ann Neurol 52:861.
Loddenkemper T, Kotagal P (2005) Lateralizing signs during seizures in focal epilepsy. Epilepsy
Behav 7:1-17.
Longo BM, Mello LE (1997) Blockade of pilocarpine- or kainate-induced mossy fiber sprouting
by cycloheximide does not prevent subsequent epileptogenesis in rats. Neurosci Lett 226:163-
166.
Lopez-Meraz ML, Niquet J, Wasterlain CG (2010) Distinct caspase pathways mediate necrosis
and apoptosis in subpopulations of hippocampal neurons after status epilepticus. Epilepsia 51:56-
60.
Lorente De Nó R (1934) Studies on the structure of the cerebral cortex. II. continuation of the
study of the ammonic system. Journal Für Psychologie Und Neurologie 46:113-177.
287
Lorenzana AL, Chancer Z, Schauwecker PE (2007) A quantitative train locus on chromosome 18
is a critical determinant of excitotoxic cell death susceptibility. Eur J Neurosci 25:1998-2008.
Löscher W, Ebert U (1996) The role of the piriform cortex in kindling. Prog Neurobiol 50:427-
481.
Löscher W (2002) Animal models of epilepsy for the development of antiepileptogenic and
disease-modifying drugs. A comparison of the pharmacology of kindling and post-status
epilepticus models of temporal lobe epilepsy. Epilepsy Res 50:105-123.
Löscher W (2007) Mechanisms of drug resistance in status epilepticus. Epilepsia 48:S74-S77.
Löscher W, Brandt C (2010) Prevention or modification of epileptogenesis after brain insults:
Experimental approaches and translational research. Pharmacol Rev 62:668-700.
Lothman EW, Collins RC (1981) Kainic acid induced limbic seizures: Metabolic, behavioural,
electroencephalographic and neuropathological correlates. Brain Res 218:318.
Lothman EW, Bertram EH, Stringer JL (1991) Functional anatomy of hippocampal seizures.
Prog Neurobiol 37:1-82.
Lowenstein DH (1999) Status epilepticus: An overview of the clinical problem. Epilepsia 40:S3-
S8.
Lowenstein DH, Bleck T, Macdonald RL (1999) It's time to revise the definition of status
epilepticus. Epilepsia 40:120-122.
Lowenstein DH (2001) Structural reorganization fo hippocampal networks caused by seizure
activity. Int Rev Neurobiol 45:209-236.
Luongo R, Oliveira DA, Lebrun I, Sandoval MR (2009) Diazepam and pentobarbital protect
against scorpion venom toxin-induced epilepsy. Brain Res Bull 79:296-302.
Lynch DR, Guttmann RP (2002) Excitotoxicity: Perspectives based on N-methyl-D-aspartate
receptor subtypes. J Pharmacol Exp Ther 300:717-723.
Macdonald RL, Kapur J (1999) Acute cellular alterations in the hippocampus after status
epiletpicus. Epilepsia 40:S9-S20.
Maillard L, Vignal JP, Gavaret M, Guye M, Biraben A, McGonigal A, Chauvel P, Bartolomei F
(2004) Semiologic and electrophysiologic correlations in temporal lobe seizure subtypes.
Epilepsia 45:1590-1599.
Majak K, Pikkarainen M, Kemppaninen S, Jolkkonen E, Pitkänen A (2002) Projections from the
amygdaloid complex to the claustrum and the endopiriform nucleus: A phaseolus vulgaris
leucoagglutinin study in the rat. J Comp Neurol 451:236-249.
Majak K, Pitkanen A (2004) Do seizures cxause irreversible cognitive damage? evidence from
animal studies. Epilepsy Behav 5:S35-S44.
288
Majak K, Rönkkö S, Kemppaninen S, Pitkänen A (2004) Projections from the amygdaloid
complex to the piriform cortex: A PHA-L study in the rat. J Comp Neurol 476:414-428.
Majores M, Schoch S, Lie A, Becker AJ (2007) Molecular neuropathology of temporal lobe
epilepsy: Complementary approaches in animal models and human disease tissue. Epilepsia
48:4-12.
Malhotra AK, Pinals DA, Weingartner H, Sirocco K, Missar CD, Pickar D, Breier A (1996)
NMDA receptor function and human cognition: The effects of ketamine in healthy volunteers.
Neuropsychopharmacology 14:301-307.
Mangan PS, Scott CA, Williamson JM, Bertram EH (2000) Aberrant neuronal physiology in the
basal nucleus of the amygdala in a model of chronic limbic epilepsy. Neurosci 101:377-391.
Manning F, Zuzel K (2003) Comparison of types of cell death: Apoptosis and necrosis. J Biol
Educ 37:141-145.
Marcangelo MJ, Ovsiew F (2007) Psychiatric aspects of epilepsy. Psychiatr Clin North Am
30:781-802.
Marescaux C, Vergnes M, Depaulis A (1992) Genetic absence epilepsy in rats from strasbourg--
a review. J Neural Transm Suppl (Wien) 35:37-69.
Margerison JH, Corsellis JA (1966) Epilepsy and the temporal lobes. A clinical,
electroencephalographic and neuropathological study of the brain in epilepsy, with particular
reference to the temporal lobes. Brain 89:499-530.
Martin ED, Pozo MA (2006) Animal models for the development of new neuropharmacological
therapeutics in the status epilepticus. Curr Neuropharm 4:33-40.
Maslansky JA, Powelt R, Deimengiant C, Patelt J (1994) Assessment of the muscarinic receptor
subtypes involved in pilocarpine-induced seizures in mice. Neurosci Lett 168:225-228.
Masukawa LM, Wang H, O'Connor MJ, Uruno K (1996) Prolonged field potentials evoked by 1
hz stimulation in the dentate gyrus of temporal lobe epileptic human brain slices. Brain Res
721:132-139.
Mathern GW, Babb TL, Leite JP, Pretorius K, Yeoman KM, Kuhlman PA (1996) The
pathogenic and progressive features of chronic human hippocampal epilepsy. Epilepsy Res
26:151-161.
Mathern GW, Adelson PD, Cahan LD, Leite JP (2002) Hippocampal neuron damage in human
epilepsy: Meyer's hypothesis revisited. Prog Brain Res 135:237-251.
Matsuura M, Oana Y, Kato M, Kawana A, Kan R, Kubota H, Nakano T, Hara T, Horikawa N
(2003) A multicenter study on the prevalence of psychiatric disorders among new referrals for
epilepsy in Japan. Epilepsia 44:114.
289
McDonald AJ, Pearson JC (1989) Coexistence of GABA and peptide immunoreactivity in non-
pyramidal neurons of the basolateral amygdala. Neurosci Lett 100:53-58.
McDonald RJ, White NM (1993) A triple dissociation of memory systems: Hippocampus,
amydgala and dorsal striatum. Behav Neurosci 107:3-22.
McDonald RJ, White NM (1994) Parallel information processing in the water maze: Evidence
for independent memory systems involving dorsal striatum and hippocampus. Behav Neurol Bio
61:260-270.
McDonald AJ, Mascagni F (2002) Immunohistochemical characterization of somatostatin
containing interneurons in the rat basolateral amygdala. Brain Res 943:237-244.
McDonough JH, Jr McLeod CG, Jr Nipwoda MT (1987) Direct microinjection of soman or VX
into the amygdala produces repetitive limbic convulsions and neuropathology. Brain Res
435:123-137.
McIntyre DC, Kelly ME (1990) Pyriform cortex involvement in limbic kindling. Soc Neurosci
Abstr 16:1107.
McIntyre DC, Kelly ME, Dufresne C (1999) FAST and SLOW amygdala kindling rat strains:
Comparison of amygdala, hippocampal, piriform and perirhinal cortex kindling. Epilepsy Res
35:197-209.
McIntyre DC, Poulter MO, Gilby K (2002) Kindling: Some old and some new. Epilepsy Res
50:79-82.
McIntyre CK, Marriott LK, Gold PE (2003) Patterns of brain acetylcholine release predict
individual differences in preferred learning strategies in rats. Neurobiol Learn Mem 79:177-183.
McIntyre DC, Gilby KL (2007) Genetically seizure-prone or seizure-resistant phenotypes and
their associated behavioral comorbidities. Epilepsia 48:30-32.
McKay BE, Persinger MA (2004) Normal spatial and contextual learning for ketamine-treated
rats in the pilocarpine epilepsy model. Pharmacol Biochem Behav 78:111-119.
McKhann GM, Schoenfeld-McNeill J, Born DE, Haglund MM, Ojemann GA (2000)
Intraoperative hippocampal electrocorticography to predict the extent of hippocampal resection
in temporal lobe epilepsy surgery. J Neurosurg 93:44-52.
McKhann GM, Wenzel HJ, Robbins CA, Sosunov AA, Schwartzkroin PA (2003) Mouse strain
differences in kainic acid sensitivity, seizure behavior, mortality and hippocampal pathology.
Neurosci 122:551-561.
McLin JP, Steward O (2006) Comparison of seizure phenotype and neurodegeneration induced
by systemic kainic acid in inbred, outbred and hybrid mouse strains. Eur J Neurosci 24:2191-
2292.
290
McNamara JO, Huang YZ, Leonard S (2006) Molecular signaling mechanisms underlying
epileptogenesis. Sci STKE 356:1-17.
Meldrum BS, Brierley JB (1973) Prolonged epileptic seizures in primates: Ischemic cell change
adn its relation to ictal physiological events. Arch Neurol 28:10-17.
Meldrum BS, Horton RW, Brierley JB (1974) Epileptic brain damage in adolescent baboons
following seizures induced by allylglycine. Brain 97:407-418.
Meldrum BS (1999) The revised operational definition of generalised tonic-clonic (TC) status
epilepticus in adults. Epilepsia 40:123-124.
Meldrum BS (2002) Concept of activity-induced cell death in epilepsy: Historical and
comtemporary perspectives. Progress Brain Res 135:1-11.
Mello LE, Cavalheiro EA, Babb TL, Kupfer WR, Pretorius JK, Tan AM, Finch DM (1993)
Circuit mechanisms of seizures in the pilocarpine model of chronic epilepsy: Cell loss and mossy
fiber sprouting. Epiepsia 34:985-995.
Melloa LE, Mendez-Oterobs R (1996) Expression of 9-O-acetylated gangliosides in the rat
hippocampus. Neurosci Lett 213:17-2-.
Menard J, Treit D (2001) The anxiolytic effects of intra-hippocampal midazolam are antagonized
by intra-septal L-glutamate. Brain Res 888:163-166.
Mendes de Freitas R, Aguiar LM, Vasconcelos SM, Sousa FC, Viana GS, Fonteles MM (2005)
Modifications in muscarinic, dopaminergic and serotonergic receptors concentrations in the
hippocampus and striatum of epileptic rats. Life Sci 78:253-258.
Meurs A, Clinckers R, Ebinger G, Michotte Y, Smolders I (2008) Seizure activity and changes in
hippocampal extracellular glutamate, GABA, dopamine and serotonin. Epilepsy Res 78:50-59.
Midzyanovskaya LS, Shatskova AB, Sarkisova KY, van Luijtelaar G, Tuomisto L, Kuznetsova
GD (2005) Convulsive and nonconvulsive epilepsy in rats: Effects on behavioral response to
novelty stress. Epilepsy Behav 5:543-551.
Mikati MA, Tarif S, Lteif L, Jawad MA (2001) Time sequence and types of memory deficits
after experimental status epilepticus. Epilepsy Res 43:97-101.
Milgram NW, Isen DA, Mandel D, Palantzas H, Pepkowski MJ (1988) Deficits in spontaneous
behavior and cognitive function following systematic administration of kainic acid.
Neurotoxicology 9:611-624.
Mingo NS, Cottrell G, Zhang L, Wallace MC, Burnham WM, Eubanks JH (1997) Kainic acid-
induced generalized seizures alter the regional hippocampal expression of the rat m1 and m3
muscarinic acetylcholine receptor genes. Epilepsy Res 29:71-79.
291
Mintzer S, Cendes F, Soss J, Andermann F, Engel JJ, Dubeau F, Olivier A, Fried I (2004)
Unilateral hippocampal sclerosis with contralateral temporal scalp ictal onset. Epilepsia 45:792-
802.
Miranda R, Marriott LK, Gold PE (2006) Patterns of brain acetylcholine release predict
individual differences in preferred learning strategies in rats. Behav Neurosci 120:641-650.
Mohajeri MH, Saini K, Li H, Crameri A, Lipp H, Wolfer DP, Nitsch RM (2003) Intact spatial
memory in mice with seizure-induced partial loss of hippocampal pyramidal neurons. Neurobio
of Disease 12:174-181.
Montecot C, Rondi-Reig L, Springhetti V, Seylaz J, Pinard E (1998) Inhibition of neuronal (type
1) nitric oxide synthase prevents hyperaemia and hippocampal lesions resulting from kainate-
induced seizures. Neurosci 84:791-800.
Moran NF, Lemieux L, Kitchen ND, Fish DR, Shorvon SD (2001) Extrahippocampal temporal
lobe atrophy in temporal lobe epilepsy and mesial temporal sclerosis. Brain 124:167-175.
Moreira CM, Masson S, Carvalho MC, Brandao ML (2007) Exploratory behaviour of rats in the
elevated plus-maze is differentially sensitive to inactivation of the basolateral and central
amygdaloid nuclei. Brain Res Bull 71:466-473.
Morimoto K, Fahnestock M, Racine RJ (2004) Kindling and status epilepticus models of
epilepsy: Rewiring teh brain. Prog Neurobiol 73:1-60.
Morris R (1984) Developments of a water-maze procedure for studying spatial learning in the
rat. J Neurosci Methods 11:47-60.
Morris RG (1989) Synaptic plasticity and learning: Selective impairment of learning rats and
blockade of long-term potentiation in vivo by the N-methyl-D-aspartate receptor antagonist AP5.
J Neurosci 9:3040-3057.
Morris RGM, Frey U (1997) Hippocampal synaptic plasticity: Role in spatial learning or the
automatic recording of attended experience? Philos Trans R Soc Lond B 352:1489-1503.
Motamedi G, Meador K (2003) Epilepsy and cognition. Epilepsy Behav 4:S25-S38.
Motte J, Gernandes MJ, Baram TZ, Nehlig A (1998) Spatial and temporal evolution of neuronal
activation, stress and injury in lithium/pilocarpine seizures in adult rats. Brain Res 793:(1-2):61-
72.
Moussa RC, Ikeda-Douglas CJ, Thakur V, Milgram NW, Gurd JW (2001) Seizure activity
results in increased tyrosine phosphorylation of the N-methyl-d-aspartate receptor in the
hippocampus. Mol Brain Res 95:36-47.
Mueller SG, Laxer KD, Barakos J, Cheong I, Garcia P, Weiner MW (2009) Subfield atrophy
pattern in temporal lobe epilepsy with and without mesial sclerosis detected by high-resolution
MRI at 4 tesla: Preliminary results. Epilepsia 50:1474-1483.
292
Muir KW (2006) Glutamate-based therapeutic approaches: Clinical trials with NMDA
antagonists. Curr Opin Pharmacol 6:53-60.
Mullen RJ, Buck CR, Smith AM (1992) NeuN, a neuronal specific nuclear protein in vertebrates.
Development 116:201-211.
Müller C, Grötickea I, Bankstahla M, Löscher W (2009) Behavioral and cognitive alterations,
spontaneous seizures, and neuropathology developing after a pilocarpine-induced status
epilepticus in C57BL/6 mice. Exp Neurol 219:284-297.
Murashima YL, Yoshii M, Suzuki J (2000) Role of nitric oxide in the epileptogenesis of EL
mice. Epilepsia 41:195-199.
Murthy KS (2008) Inhibitory phosphorylation of soluble guanylyl cyclase by muscarinic m2
receptors via Gβ-dependent activation of c-src kinase. J Pharmacol Exp Ther 325:183-189.
Nadler JV (2003) The recurrent mossy fiber pathway of the epilpetic brain. Neurochem Res
28:1649-1658.
Naegele JR (2007) Neuroprotective strategies to avert seizure-induced neurodegeneration in
epilepsy. Epilepsia 48:107-117.
Nagao T, Alonso A, Avoli M (1996) Epileptiform activity induced by pilocarpine in the rat
hippocampal-entorhinal slice preparation. Neurosci 72:399-408.
Nakanishi S, Masu M, Bessho Y, Nakajima Y, Hayashi Y, Shigemoto R (1994) Molecular
diversity of glutamate receptors and their physiological functions. EXS 71:71-80.
Nandhagopal R (2006) Generalized convulsive status epilepticus: An overview. Postgrad Med J
82:723-732.
Napolitano CE, Orriols MA (2010) Graduated and sequential propagation in mesial temporal
epilepsy: Analysis with scalp ictal EEG. J Clin Neurophysiool 27:285-291.
Narkilahti S, Pirttilä TJ, Lukasiuk K, Tuunanen J, Pitkänen A (2003a) Expression and activation
of caspase-3 following status epilepticus in the rat. Eur J Neurosci 18:1486-1496.
Narkilahti S, Nissinen J, Pitkanen A (2003b) Administration of caspase 3 inhibitor during and
after status epilepticus in rat: Effect on neuronal damage and epileptogenesis.
Neuropharmacology 44:1068-1088.
Natsume J, Bernasconi N, Andermann F, Bernasconi A (2003) MRI volumetry of the thalamus
in temporal, extratemporal and idiopathic generalized epilepsy. Neurology 41:1964-1968.
Nayel MH, Awad IA, Luders H (1991) Extent of mesiobasal resection determines outcome after
temporal lobectomy for intractable complex partial seizures. Neurosurgery 29:55-60.
Nehlig A (2007) What is animal experimentation telling us about new drug treatments of status
epilepticus? Epilepsia 48:78-81.
293
Nevander G, Ingvar M, Auer R, Siesjo BK (1985a) Status epilepticus in well-oxygenated rats
causes neuronal necrosis. Ann Neurol 18:281-290.
Newberg AB, Alavi A, Berlin J, Mozley PD, O'Connor M, Sperling M (2000) Ipsilateral and
contralateral thalamic hypometabolism as a predictor of outcome after temporal lobectomy for
seizures. J Nucl Med 41:1964-1968.
Niessen HG, Angenstein F, Vielhaber S, Frisch C, Kudin A, Elger CE, Heinze HJ, Scheich H,
Kunz WS (2005) Volumetric magnetic resonance imaging of functionally relevant structural
alterations in chronic epilepsy after pilocarpine-induced status epilepticus in rats. Epilepsia
46:1021-1026.
Niimura M, Moussa R, Bissoon N, Ikeda-Douglas C, Milgram NW, Gurd JW (2005) Changes in
phosphorylation of the NMDA receptor in the rat hippocampus induced by status epilepticus. J
Neurochem 92:1377-1385.
Niquet J, Liu H, Wasterlain CG (2005) Programmed neuronal necrosis and status epilepticus.
Epilepsia 46:S43-S48.
Nissinen J, Halonen T, Koivisto E, Pitkänen A (2000) A new model of chronic temporal lobe
epilepsy induced by electrical stimulation of the amygdala in rat. Epilepsy Res 38:177-205.
Nissinen J, Lukasiuk K, Pitanen A (2001) Is mossy fiber sprouting present at the time of the first
spontaneosu seizures in rat experimental temporal lobe epilepsy? Hippocampus 11:299-310.
Noe KH, Manno EM (2005) Mechanisms underlying status epilepticus. Drugs Today 41:257-
266.
Okazaki MM, Evenson DA, Nadler JV (1995) Hippocampal mossy fiber sprouting and synapse
formation after status epilepticus in rats: Visualization after retrograde transport of biocytin. J
Comp Neurol 352:515-534.
Olney JW, Collins RC, Sloviter RS (1986) Excitotoxic mechanisms of epileptic brain damage.
Adv Neurol 44:857-877.
Olney JW, Labruyere J, Price MT (1989) Pathological changes induced in cerebrocortical
neurons by phencyclidine and related drugs. Science 244:1360-1362.
Olney JW, Labruyere J, Wang G (1991) NMDA antagonist neurotoxicity: Mechanism and
prevention. Science 254:1515-1518.
Ono J, Vieth RF, Walson PD (1990) Electrocorticographical observation of seizures induced by
pentylenetetrazol (PTZ) injection in rats. Funct Neurol 5:345-352.
Ormandy GC, Song L, Jope RS (1991) Analysis of the convulsant-potentiating effects of lithium
in rats. Exp Neurol 111:356-361.
Osborne NN, Tobin AB, Ghazi H (1988) Role of inositol trisphosphate as a second messenger in
signal transduction processes: An essay. Neurochem Res 13:177-191.
294
Packard MG, McGaugh JL (1996) Inactivation of hippocampus or caudate nucleus with
lidocaine differentially affects expression of place and response learning. Neurobiol Learn Mem
65:65-72.
Packard MG (2009) Anxiety, cognition, and habit: A multiple memory systems perspective.
Brain Res 1293:121-128.
Pail M, Brázdil M, Marecek R, Mikl M (2010) An optimized voxel-based morphometric study of
grey matter changes in patients with left-sided and right-sided mesial temporal lobe epilepsy and
hippocampal sclerosis (MTLE/HS). Epilepsia 51:511-518.
Pandis C, Sotiriou E, Kouvaras E, Asprodini E, Papatheodoropoulos C, Angelatou F (2006)
Differential expression of NMDA and AMPA receptor subunits in the rat dorsal and ventral
hippocampus. Neurosci 140:163-175.
Pang Z, Bondada V, Sengoku T, Siman R, Geddes JW (2003) Calpain facilitates the neuron
death induced by 3-nitropropionic acid and contributes to the necrotic morphology. J
Neuropathol Exp Neurol 62:633-643.
Papatheodoropoulos C (2007) NMDA receptor-dependent high-frequency network oscillations
(100-300 hz) in rat hippocampal slices. Neurosci Lett 414:197-202.
Parent JM, Yu TW, Leibowitz RT, Geschwind DH, Sloviter RS, Lowenstein DH (1997) Dentate
granule cell neurogenesis is increased by seizures and contributes to aberrant network
reorganization in the adult rat hippocampus. J Neurosci 17:3727-3738.
Parent JM (2007) Adult neurogenesis in the intact and epileptic dentate gyrus. Prog Brain Res
163:529-540.
Parent JM, Murphy GG (2008) Mechanisms and functional significance of aberrant seizure-
induced hippocampal neurogenesis. Epilepsia 49:19-25.
Peredery O, Persinger MA, Parker G, Mastrosov L (2000) Temporal changes in neuronal dropout
following inductions of lithium/pilocarpine seizures in the rat. Brain Res 881:9-17.
Perini GI, Tosin C, Carraro C, Bernasconi G, Canevini MP, Canger R, Pellegrini A, Testa G
(1996) Interictal mood and personality disorders in temporal lobe epilepsy and juvenile
myoclonic epilepsy. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry 61:601-605.
Persinger MA, Bureau YR, Kostakos M, Peredery O, Falter H (1993) Behaviors of rats with
insidious, multifocal brain damage induced by seizures following single peripheral injections of
lithium and pilocarpine. Physiol Behav 53:849-866.
Persinger MA, Dupont MJ (2004) Emergence of spontaneous seizures during the year following
lithium/pilocarpine-induced epilepsy and neuronal loss within the right temporal cortices.
Epilepsy Behav 5:440-445.
Peterson CJ, Vinayak S, Pazos A, Gale K (1992) A rodent model of focally evoked self-
sustaining status epilepticus. Eur J Pharmacol 221:151-155.
295
Pitkänen A, Tuunanen J, Kalviainen R, Partanen KS, T. (1998) Amygdala damage in
experimental and human temporal lobe epilepsy. Epilepsy Res 32:233-252.
Pitkänen M, Pikkarainen N, Nurminen A, Ylinen A (2000) Reciprocal connections between the
amygdala and the hippocampal formation, perirhinal cortex, and postrhinal cortex in rat. A
review. Ann NY Acad Sci 911:369-391.
Pitkänen A, Nissinen J, Nairismägi J, Lukasiuk K, Gröhn OH, Miettinen R, Kauppinen R (2002)
Progression of neuronal damage after status epilepticus and during spontaneous seizures in a rat
model of temporal lobe epilepsy. Prog Brain Res 135:67-83.
Pitkänen A, Kubova H (2004) Antiepileptic drugs in neuroprotection. Expert Opin Pharmacother
5:777-798.
Pitkänen A, Narkilahti S, Bezvenyuk Z, Haapalinna A, Nissinen J (2004) Atipamezole, an
alpha(2)-adrenoceptor antagonist, has disease modifying effects on epileptogenesis in rats.
Epilepsy Res 61:119-140.
Pitkänen A, Kharatishvili I, Narkilahti S, Lukasiuk K, Nissinen J (2005) Administration of
diazepam during status epilepticus reduces development and severity of epilepsy in rat. Epilepsy
Res 63:27-42.
Pitkänen A, McIntosh TK (2006) Animal models of post-traumatic epilepsy. J Neurotrauma
23:241-261.
Pitkänen A, Lukasiuk K (2009) Molecular and cellular basis of epileptogenesis in symptomatic
epilepsy. Epilepsy Behav 14:16-25.
Poirier JL, Čapek R, De Koninck Y (2000) Differential progression of dark neuron and fluoro-
jade labelling in the rat hippocampus following pilocarpine-induced status epilepticus. Neurosci
97:59-68.
Post RM (2004) Neurobiology of seizures and behavioral abnormalities. Epilepsia 45:4-14.
Priel MR, dos Santos NF, Cavalheiro EA (1996) Developmental aspects of the pilocarpine model
of epilepsy. Epilepsy Res 26:121.
Priel MR, Albuquerque EX (2002) Short-term effects of pilocarpine on rat hippocampal neurons
in culture. Epilepsia 43:40-46.
Prut L, Belzung C (2003) The open field as a paradigm to measure the effects of drugs on
anxiety-like behaviors. Eur J Pharmacol 463:3-33.
Racine RJ (1972) Modification of seizure activity by electrical stimulation. II. motor seizure.
Electroencephalogr Clin Neurophysiol 32:281-294.
Racine RJ, Steingart M, McIntyre DC (1999) Development of kindling-prone and kindling-
resistant rats: Selective breeding and electrophysiological studies. Epilepsy Res 35:183-195.
296
Rajasekaran K, Jayakumar R, Venkatachalam K (2003) Increased neuronal nitric oxide synthase
(nNOS) activity triggers picrotoxin-induced seizures in rats and evidence for participation of
nNOS mechanism in the action of antiepileptic drugs. Brain Res 979:85-97.
Ramos A (2008) Animal models of anxiety: Do I need multiple tests? Trends Pharmacol Sci
29:493-498.
Ratzliff AH, Howard AL, Santhakumar V, Osapay I, Soltesz I (2004) Rapid deletion of mossy
cells does not result in a hyperexcitable dentate gyrus: Implications for epileptogenesis. J
Neurosci 24:2259-2269.
Rice AC, DeLorenzo RJ (1999) N-methyl-D-aspartate receptor activation regulates refratoriness
of status epilepticus to diazepam. Neurosci 93:117-123.
Rice AC, Floyd CL, Lyeth DG, Hamm RJ, DeLorenzo RJ (1998a) Status epilepticus causes
long-term NMDA receptor-dependent behavioral changes and cognitive deficits. Epilepsia
39:1148-1157.
Rice AC, Floyd CL, Lyeth DG, Hamm RJ, DeLorenzo RJ (1998b) Status epilepticus causes
long-term NMDA receptor-dependent behavioral changes and cognitive deficits. Epilepsia
39:1148-1157.
Ridet JL, Malhotra SK, Privat A, Gage FH (1997) Reactive astrocytes: Cellular and molecular
cutes to biological function. Trends Neurosci 20:570-577.
Rigoulot MA, Leroy C, Koning E, Ferrandon A, Nehlig A (2003) Prolonged low-dose caffeine
exposure protects against hippocampal damage but not against the occurrence of epilepsy in the
lithium/pilocarpine model. Epilepsia 44:529-535.
Rigoulot MA, Koning E, Ferrandon A, Nehlig A (2004) Neuroprotective properties of
topiramate in the lithium/pilocarpine model of epilpesy. J Pharmacol Exp Ther 308:787-795.
Roch C, Leroy C, Nehlig A, Namer IJ (2002) Magnetic resonance imaging in the study of the
lithium/pilocarpine model of temporal lobe epilepsy in adult rats. Epilepsia 43:325-335.
Rodgers RJ (1997) Animal models of anxiety: Where next? Behav Pharmacol 8:477-504.
Rodgers RJ, Dalvi A (1997) Anxiety, defence and the elevated plus-maze. Neurosci Biobehav
Rev 21:801-810.
Rodgers RJ, Cao BJ, Dalvi A, Holmes A (1997) Animal models of anxiety: An ethological
perspective. Braz J Med Biol Res 30:289-304.
Rosen JB, Schulkin J (1998) From normal fear to pathological anxiety. Psychol Rev 105:325-
350.
Rosenblum K, Futter M, Jones M, Hulme EC, Bliss TV (2000) ERKI/II regulation by the
muscarinic acetylcholine receptors in neurons. J Neurosci 20:977-985.
297
Rosenow F, Hamer HM, Knake S (2007) The epidemiology of convulsive and nonconvulsive
status epilepticus. Epilepsia 48:82-84.
Rowland LM, Astur RS, Jung RE, Bustillo JR, Lauriello J, Yeo RA (2005) Selective cognitive
impairments associated with NMDA receptor blockade in humans. Neuropsychopharmacology
30:633-639.
Runke D, McIntyre DC (2008) Assessment of anxiety-like behaviors in female rats bred for
differences in kindling susceptibility and amygdala excitability. Brain Res 1240:143-152.
Ryvlin P, Cinotti L, Froment JC, Le Bars D, Landais P, Chaze M, Galy G, Lavenne F, Serra JP,
Mauguière F (1991) Metabolic patterns associated with non-specific magnetic resonance
imaging abnormalities in temporal lobe epilepsy. Brain 114:2363-2383.
Saber AJ, Cain DP (2003) Combined beta-adrenergic and cholinergic antagonism produces
behavioral and cognitive impairments in the water maze: Implications for alzheimer disease and
pharmacotherapy with beta-adrenergic antagonists. Neuropsychopharmacology 28:1247-1256.
Salmond CH, Menon DK, Chatfield DA, Pickard JD, Sahakian BJ (2005) Deficits in decision-
making in head injury survivors. Neurotrauma 22:613-622.
Sanberg PR, Fibiger HC (1979) Body weight, feeding, and drinking behaviors in rats with kainic
acid-induced lesions of striatal neurons—With a note on body weight symptomatology in
huntington's disease. Exp Neurol 66:444-466.
Sankar R (2005) Neuroprotection in epilepsy: The holy grail of antiepileptogenic therapy.
Epilepsy Rev 7:S1-S2.
Santos NF, Marques RH, Correia L, Sinigaglia-Coimbra R, Calderazzo L, Sanabria ERG,
Cavalheiro EA (2000) Multiple pilocarpine-induced status epilepticus in developing rats: A long-
term behavioral and electrophysiological study. Epilepsia 41:S57-S63.
Saraste A (1999) Morphologic criteria and detection of apoptosis. Herz 24:189-195.
Saraste A, Pulkki K (2000) Morphologic and biochemical hallmarks of apoptosis. Cardiovasc
Res 45:528-537.
Sardo P, Ferraro G (2007) Modulatory effects of nitric oxide-active drugs on the anticonvulsant
activity of lamotrigine in an experimental model of partial complex epilepsy in the rat. BMC
Neurosci 8:47-57.
Sarkisova KY, Midzianovskaia IS, Kulikov MA (2003) Depressive-like behavioral alterations
and c-fos expression in the dopaminergic brain regiosn in WAG/Rij rats with genetic absence
epilepsy. Behav Brain Res 144:211-226.
Sattler R, Charlton MP, Hafner M, Tymianski M (1998) Distinct influx pathways, not calcium
load, determine neuronal vulnerability to calcium neurotoxicity. J Neurochem 71:2349-2364.
298
Sattler R, Xiong Z, Lu WY, Hafner M, MacDonald JF, Tymianski M (1999) Specific coupling of
NMDA receptor activation to nitric oxide neurotoxicity by PSD-95 protein. Science 284:1845-
1848.
Saucier D, Cain DP (1995) Spatial learning without NMDA receptor-dependent long-term
potentiation. Nature 378:132-133.
Sayin U, Sutula TP, Stafstrom CE (2004) Seizures in the developing brain caues adverse long-
term effects on spatial learning and anxiety. Epilepsia 45:1539-1548.
Scarr E (2009) Muscarinic receptors in psychiatric disorders – can we mimic ‗health‘?.
Neurosignals 17:298-310.
Scharfman HE, Goodman JH, Sollas AL (2000) Granule-like neurons at the hilar/CA3 border
after status epilepticus and their synchrony with area CA3 pyramidal cells: Functional
implications of seizure-induced neurogenesis. J Neurosci 20:6144-6158.
Scharfman HE, Sollas AE, Berger RE, Goodman JH, Pierce JP (2003) Perforant path activation
of ectopic granule cells that are born after pilocarpine-induced seizures. Neurosci 121:1017-
1029.
Schauwecker PE, Williams RW, Santos JB (2004) Genetic control of sensibility to hippocampal
cell death induced by kainic acid: A quantitative train loci analysis. J Comp Neurol 477:96-107.
Schenk F, Morris RG (1985) Dissociation between components of spatial memory in rats after
recovery from the effects of retrohippocampal lesions. Exp Brain Res 58:11-28.
Schmidt D, Löscher W (2005) Drug resistance in epilepsy: Putative neurobiologic and clinical
mechanisms.. Epilepsia 46:858-877.
Schmued LC, Hopkins KJ (2000) Fluoro-jade B: A high affinity fluorescent marker for the
localization of neuronal degeneration. Brain Res 874:123-130.
Scholtes FB, Renier WO, Meinardi H (1994) Generalized convulsive status epilepticus: Causes,
therapy and outcome in 346 patients. Epilepsia 25:1104-1112.
Schramm J (2008) Temporal lobe epilepsy surgery and the quest for optimal extent of resection:
A review. Epilepsia 49:1296-1307.
Schwarze SR, Ho A, Vocero-Akbani A, Dowdy SF (1999) In vivo protein transduction: Delivery
of a biologically active protein into the mouse. Science 285:1569-1572.
Schwob JE, Fuller T, Price JL, Olney JW (1980) Widespread patterns of neuronal damage
followign systemic or intracerebral injections of kainic acid: A histological study. Neurosci
5:991-1014.
Scorza FA, Arida RM, Naffah-Mazzacoratti Mda G, Scerni DA, Calderazzo L, Cavalheiro EA
(2009) The pilocarpine model of epilepsy: What have we learned? An Acad Bras Cienc 81:345-
365.
299
Scott RC, King MD, Gadian DG, Neville BG, Connelly A (2003) Hippocampal abnormalities
after prolonged febrile convulsion: A longitudinal MRI study. Brain 126:2551-2557.
Scott RC, Gadian DG, King MD, Chong WK, Cox TC, Neville BG, Connelly A (2002)
Magnetic resonance imaging findings within 5 days of status epilepticus in childhood. Brain
125:1951-1959.
Segal M (1988) Synaptic activation of the cholinergic receptor in rat hippocampus. Brain Res
452:79-82.
Seifert G, Carmignoto G, Steinhäuser C (2010) Astrocyte dysfunction in epilepsy. Brain Res Rev
63:212-221.
Seino M (2006) Classification criteria of epileptic seizures and syndromes. Epilepsy Res
70S:S27-S33.
Sharma AK, Reams RY, Jordan WH, Miller MA, Thacker HL, Snyder PW (2007) Mesial
temporal lobe epilepsy: pathogenesis, induced rodent models and lesions. Toxicol Pathol 35:984-
999.
Sharma AK, Jordan WH, Reams RY, Hall DG, Snyder PW (2008) Temporal profile of clinical
signs and histopathologic changes in an F-344 rat model of kainic acid-induced mesial temporal
lobe epilepsy. Toxicol Pathol 36:932-943.
Shetty AK, Turner DA (1997) Fetal hippocampal cells grafted to kainate-lesioned CA3 region of
adult hippocampus suppress aberrant supragranular sprouting of host mossy fibers. Exp Neurol
143:231-245.
Shetty AK (2002) Entorhinal axons exhibit sprouting in CA1 subfield of the adult hippocampus
in a rat model of temporal lobe epilepsy. Hippocampus 12:534-542.
Shetty AK, Zaman V, Hattiangady B (2005) Repair of the injured adult hippocampus through
graft-mediated modulation of the plasticity of the dentate gyrus in a rat model of temporal lobe
epilepsy. J Neurosci 25:8401.
Shi L, Argenta AE, Winseck AK, Brunso-Bechtold JK (2004) Stereological quantification of
GAD-67-immunoreactive neurons and boutons in the hippocampus of middle-aged and old
fischer 344 x brown norway rats. J Comp Neurol 478:282-291.
Shorvon S (1994) The outcome of tonic-clonic status epilepticus. Curr Opin Neurol 7:93-95.
Siddiqui AH, Joseph SA (2005) CA3 axonal sprouting in kainate-induced chronic epilepsy.
Brain Res 1066:146.
Singleton RH, Povlishock JT (2004) Identification and characterization of heterogeneous
neuronal injury an ddeath in regions of diffuse brain injury: Evidence for multiple independent
injury phenotypes J Neurosci 24:3542-3553.
300
Sloviter RS (1987) Decreased hippocampal inhibition and a selective loss of interneurons in
experimental epilepsy. Science 235:73-76.
Sloviter RS (1989) Calcium-binding protein (calbindin-D28k) and parvalbumin
immunocytochemistry: Localization in the rat hippocampus with specific reference to the
selective vulnerability of hippocampal neurons to seizure activity. J Comp Neurol 280:183-196.
Sloviter RS, Sollas AL, Barbaro NM, Laxer KD (1991) Calcium-binding protein (calbindin-
D28k) and parvalbumin immunocytochemistry in the normal and epileptic human hippocampus.
J Comp Neurol 308:381-396.
Sloviter RS (1994) The functional organization of the hippocampal dentate gyrus and its
relevance to the pathogenesis of temporal lobe epilepsy. Ann Neurol 35:640-654.
Sloviter RS, Dean E, Sollas AL, Goodman JH (1996) Apoptosis and necrosis induced in
different hippocampal neuron populations by repetitive perforant path stimulation in the rat. J
Comp Neurol 366:516-533.
Sloviter RS (1999) Status epilepticus-induced neuronal injury and network reorganization.
Epilepsia 40:S34-S39.
Sloviter RS, Zappone CA, Harvey BD, Bumanglag AV, Bender RA, Frotscher M (2003)
―Dormant basket cell‖ hypothesis revisited: Relative vulnerabilities of dentate gyrus mossy cells
and inhibitory interneurons after hippocampal status epilepticus in the rat. J Comp Neurol
459:44.
Smith BN, Dudek FE (2002) Network interactions mediated by new excitatory connections
between CA1 pyramidal cells in rats with kainate-induced epilepsy. J Neurophys 87:1655-1658.
Smolders I, Khan GM, Manil J, Ebinger G, Michotte Y (1997) NMDA receptor-mediated
pilocarpine-induced seizures: Characterization in freely moving rats by microdialysis. B J
Pharmacol 121:1171-1179.
Snider BJ, Gottron FJ, Choi DW (1999) Apoptosis and necrosis in cerebrovascular disease. Ann
N Y Acad Sci 893:243-253.
Sogawa Y, Monokoshi M, Silveira DC, Cha BH, Cilio MR, McCabe BK, Liu X, Hu Y, Holmes
GL (2001) Timing of cognitive deficits following neonatal seizures: Relationship to histological
changes in the hippocampus. Brain Res Dev Brain Res 131:73-83.
Sokol DK, Demyer WE, Edwards-Brown M, Sanders S, Garg B (2003) From swelling to
sclerosis: Acute change in mesial hippocampus after prolonged febrile seizure. Seizure 12:237-
240.
Sossa M (2006) A new frontier in epilepsy: Novel antiepileptogenic drugs. J Pharmacol Sci
100:487-494.
Spencer SS, Spencer DD (1994) Entorhinal-hippocampal interactions in medial temporal lobe
epilepsy. Epilepsia 35:721-727.
301
Spencer SS, Kim J, deLanerolle N, Spencer DD (1999) Differential neuronal and glial relations
with parameters of ictal discharge in mesial temporal lobe epilepsy. Epilepsia 40:708-712.
Sperk G, Wieser R, Widmann R, Singer EA (1986) Kainic acid induced seizures: Changes in
somatostatin, substance P and neurotensin. Neurosci 17:1117-1126.
Sperling MR, Gur RC, Alavi A, Gur RE, Resnick S, O'Connor MJ, Reivich M (1990)
Subcortical metabolic alterations in partial epilepsy. Epilepsia 31:145-155.
Stafstrom CE, Chronopoulos A, Thurber S, Thompson JL, Holmes GL (1993) Age-dependent
cognitive and behavioral deficits after kainic acid seizures. Epilepsia 34:420-432.
Stafstrom CE (2002) Assessing the behavioral and cognitive effects of seizures on the
developing brain. Prog Brain Res 135:377-390.
Stafstrom CE (2006) Behavioral and cogntiive testing procedures in animal models of epilesy.
In: Models of seizures and epilepsy (Pitkanen A, Schwartzkroin PA, Moshe SL, eds), pp613-628.
Boston: Elsevier Academic Press.
Sun C, Mtchedlishvili Z, Bertram EH, Erisir A, Kapur J (2007) Selective loss of dentate hilar
interneurons contributes to reduced synaptic inhibition of granule cells in an electrical
stimulation-based animal model of temporal lobe epilepsy. J Comp Neurol 500:876-893.
Sun HS, Doucette TA, Liu YT, Fang Y, Teves L, Aarts M, Ryan CL, Bernard PB, Lau A, Forder
JP, Salter MW, Wang YT, Tasker RA, Tymianski M (2008) Effectiveness of PSD95 inhibitors in
permanent and transient focal ischemia in the rat. Stroke 39:2544-2553.
Sun QJ, Duan RS, Wang AH, Shang W, Zhang T, Zhang XQ, Chi ZF (2009) Alterations of
NR2B and PSD-95 experssion in hippocampus of kainic acid-exposed rats with behavioural
deficits. Behav Brain Res 201:292-299.
Sutherland RJ, Whishaw IQ, Regehr JC (1982) Cholinergic receptor blockade impairs spatial
localization by ues of distal cues in the rat. J Comp Physiol Psychol 96:563-573.
Sutula T (2002) Seizure-induced axonal sprouting: Assessing connectiosn between injury, local
circuits and epileptognesis. Epilepsy Curr 2:86-91.
Sutula T, Cascino G, Cavazos J, Parada I, Ramirez L (1989) Mossy fiber synaptic reorganization
in the epileptic human temporal lobe. Ann Neurol 26:321-330.
Sutula T, Zhang P, Lynch M, Sayin U, Golarai G, Rod R (1998) Synaptic and axonal remodeling
of mossy fibers in the hilus and supragranular region of the dentate gyrus in kainate-treated rats.
J Comp Neurol 390:578-594.
Sutula TP, Ockuly J (2006) Kindling, spontaneous seizures, and the consequences of epilepsy:
More than a model. In: Models of seizures and epilepsy. pp395-406.Elsevier Inc.
302
Sutula TP, Dudek FE (2007) Unmasking recurrent excitation generated by mossy fiber sprouting
in the epileptic dentate gyrus: An emergent property of a complex system. Prog Brain Res
163:541-563.
Swanson TH (1995) The pathophysiology of human mesial temporal lobe epilepsy. J Clin
Neurophysiol 12:2-22.
Swinkels WA, Kuyk J, van Dyck R, Spinhoven P (2005) Psychiatric comorbidity in epilepsy.
Epilepsy Behav 7:37-50.
Szyndler J, Wierzba-Bobrowica T, Skorzewska A, Maciejak P, Walkowiak J, Lechowicz W,
Turzynska D, Bidzinski A, Plaznik A (2005) Behavioral, biochemical and histological studies in
a model of pilocarpine-induced spontaneous recurrent seizures. Pharmacol Biochem Behav
81:15-23.
Tauck DL, Nadler JV (1985) Evidence of functional mossy fiber sprouting in hippocampal
formation of kainic acid-treated rats. J Neurosci 5:1016-1022.
Tellez-Zenteno JF, Pondal-Sordo M, Matijevic S, Wiebe S (2004) National and regional
prevalence of self-reported epilepsy in canada. Epilepsia 45:1623-1629.
Téllez-Zenteno JF, Dhar R, Wiebe S (2005) Long-term seizure outcomes following epilepsy
surgery: A systematic review and meta-analysis. Brain 128:1198.
Temkin NR (2001) Antiepileptogenesis and seizure prevention trials with antiepileptic drugs:
Meta-analysis of controlled trials. Epilepsia 42:515-524.
Temkin NR (2009) Preventing and treating posttraumatic seizures: The human experience.
Epilepsia 50:10-13.
Thivard L, Lehéricy S, Krainik A, Adam C, Dormont D, Chiras J, Baulac M, Dupont S (2005)
Diffusion tensor imaging in medial temporal lobe epilepsy with hippocampal sclerosis.
Neuroimage 28:682-690.
Thom M, Zhou J, Martinian L, Sisodiya S (2005) Quantitative post-mortem study of the
hippocampus in chronic epilepsy: Seizures do not inevitably cause neuronal loss. Brain
128:1344-1357.
Thom M, Martinian L, Catarino C, Yogarajah M, Keopp MJ, Caboclo L, Sisodiya SM (2009)
Bilateral reorgnaization of the dentate gryus in hippocampal sclerosis: A postmortem study.
Neurology 73:1033-1040.
Thom M, Liagkouras I, Elliot KJ, Martinian L, Harkness W, McEvoy A, Caboclo LO, Sisodiya
SM (2010) Reliability of patterns of hippocampal sclerosis as predictors of postsurgical outcome.
Epilepsia 51:1801-1808.
303
Thompson HJ, LeBold DG, Marklund N, Morales DM, Hagner AP, McIntosh TK (2006)
Cognitive evaluation of traumatically brain-injured rats using serial testing in the morris water
maze. Restor Neurol Neurosci 24:109-114.
Tilelli CQ, Vecchio FD, Fernandes A, Garcia-Cairasco N (2005) Different types of status
epilepticus lead to different levels of brain damage in rats. Epilepsy Behav 7:401-410.
Titlic M, Basic S, Hajnsek S, Lusic I (2009) Comorbidity psychiatric disorders in epilepsy: A
review of literature. Bratisl Lek Listy 110:105-109.
Tokuhara D, Sakuma S, Hattori H, Matsuoka O, Yamano T (2007) Kainic acid dose affects
delayed cell death mechanism after status epilepticus. Brain Dev 29:2-8.
Toplak ME, Sorge GB, Benoit A, West RF, Stanovich KE (2010) Decision-making and
cognitive abilities: A review of associations between iowa gambling task performance, executive
functions, and intelligence. Clin Psychol Rev 30:562-581.
Towne AR, Pellock JM, Ko D, DeLorenzo RJ (1994) Determinants of mormtality in status
epilepticus. Epilepsia 35:27-34.
Treiman DM (2010) Management of refractory complex partial seizures: Current state of the art.
Neuropsychiatr Dis Treat 24:297-308.
Treit D, Menard J, Royan C (1993) Anxiogenic stimuli in the elevated plus-maze. Pharmacol
Biochem Behav 44:463-469.
Turner DA, Wheal HV (1991) Excitatory synaptic potentials in kainic acid-denervated rat CA1
pyramidal neurons. J Neurosci 11:2794.
Turski WA, Czuczwar SJ, Kleinrok Z, Turski L (1983a) Cholinomimetics produce seizures and
brain damage in rats. EXS 39:1408-1411.
Turski WA, Cavalheiro EA, Schwarz M, Czuczwar SJ, Kleinrok Z, Turski L (1983b) Limbic
seizures produced by pilocarpine in rats: Behavioural, electroencephalographic and
neuropathological study. Behav Brain Res 9:315-335.
Turski WA, Cavalheiro EA, Bortolotto ZA, Mello LM, Schwarz M, Turski L (1984) Seizures
produced by pilocarpine in mice: A behavioral, electroencephalographic and morphological
analysis. Brain Res 321:237-253.
Turski WA, Cavalheiro EA, Calderazzo-Filho LS, Kleinrok Z, Czuczwar SJ, Turski L (1985)
Injections of picrotoxin and bicuculline into the amygdaloid complex of the rat: An
electroencephalographic, behavioural and morphological analysis. Neurosci 14:37-53.
Turski L, Ikonomidou C, Turski WA, Bortolotto ZA, Cavalheiro EA (1989) Review -
cholinergic mechanisms and epileptogenesis - the seizures induced by pilocarpine - a novel
experimental-model of intractable epilepsy. Synapse 3:154-171.
304
Tuunanen J, Halonen T, Pitkänen A (1996) Status epilepticus causes selective regional damage
and loss of GABAergic neurons in the rat amygdaloid complex. Eur J Neurosci 8:2711-2725.
Tuunanen J, Halonen T, Pitkänen A (1997) Decrease in somatostatin-immunoreactive neurons in
the rat amygdaloid complex in a kindling model of temporal lobe epilepsy. Epilepsy Res 26:315-
327.
Tuunanen J, Lukasiuk K, Halonen T, Pitkänen A (1999) Status epilepticus-induced neuronal
damage in the rat amygdaloid complex: Distribution, time-course and mechanisms. Neurosci
94:473-495.
Tymianski M, Charlton MP, Carlen PL, Tator CH (1993) Source specificity of early calcium
neurotoxicity in cultured embryonic spinal neurons. J Neurosci 13:2085-2104.
van Der Linden S, Panzica F, de Curtis M (1999) Carbachol induces fast oscillations in the
medial but not in the lateral entorhinal cortex of the isolated guinea pig brain. J Neurophysiol
82:2441-2450.
van Paesschen W, Revesz T, Duncan JS, King MD, Connelly A (1997) Quantitative
neuropathology and quantitative magnetic resonance imaging of the hippocampus in temporal
lobe epilepsy. Ann Neurol 42:756-766.
van Vliet EA, da Costa Araujo S, Redeker S, van Schaik R, Aronica E, Gorter JA (2007) Blood-
brain barrier leakage may lead to progression of temporal lobe epilepsy. Brain 130:521-534.
Vanlangenakker N, Vanden-Berghe T, Krysko DV, Festjens N, Vandenabeele P (2008)
Molecular mechanisms and pathophysiology of necrotic cell death. Curr Mol Med 8:207-220.
Vazquez B, Devinsky O (2003) Epilepsy and anxiety. Epilepsy Behav 4:S20-S25.
Veliskova J, Miller AM, Nunes ML, Brown LL (2005) Regional neural activity of the substantia
nigra during peri-ictal generalized seizure stages. Neurobiol Dis 20:752-759.
Veliskova J (2006) Behavioral chracterization of seizures in rats. In: Models of seizures and
epilepsy (Pitkanen A, Schwartzkroin PA, Moshe SL, eds), pp601-612. Boston: Elsevier
Academic Press.
Vingerhoets G (2006) Cognitive effects of seizures. Seizure 15:221-226.
Vinton AB, Carne R, Hicks RJ, Desmond PM, Kilpatrick C, Kaye AH, O'Brien TJ (2007) The
extent of resection of FDG-PET hypometabolism relates to outcome of temporal lobectomy.
Brain 130:548-560.
Volk HA, Arabadzisz D, Fritschy JM, Brandt C, Bethmann K, Löscher W (2006) Antiepileptic
drug-resistant rats differ from drug-responsive rats in hippocampal neurodegeneration and
GABA(A) receptor ligand binding in a model of temporal lobe epilepsy. Neurobiol Dis 21:633-
646.
305
Vorhees CV, Williams MT (2006) Morris water maze: Procedures for assessing spatial and
related forms of learning and memory. Nature Protocols 1:848-858.
Vosler PS, Brennan CS, Chen J (2008) Calpain-mediated signaling mechanisms in neuronal
injury and neurodegeneration. Mol Neurobiol 38:78-100.
Walker M (2007) Neuroprotection in epilepsy. Epilepsia 48:66-68.
Wall PM, Messier C (2001) Methodological and conceptual issues in the use of the elevated plus
maze as a psychological measurement instrument of animal anxiety-like behavior. Neurosci
Biobehav Rev 25:275-286.
Walsh RN, Cummins RA (1976) The open field test: A critical review. Psychol Bull 83:482-504.
Walter C, Murphy BL, Pun RY, Spieles-Engemann AL, Danzer SC (2007) Pilocarpine-induced
seizures cause selective time-dependent changes to adult-generated hippocampal dentate granule
cells. J Neurosci 27:7541-7652.
Wang CA, Lai MC, Lui CC, Yang SN, Tiao MM, Hsieh CS, Lin HH, Huang LT (2007) An
enriched environment improves cognitive performance after early-life status epilepticus
accompanied by an increase in phosphorylation of extracellular signal-regulated kinase 2.
Epilepsy Behav 11:303-309.
Wang S, Wang S, Shan P, Song Z, Dai T, Wang R, Chi Z (2008) Mu-calpain mediates
hippocampal neuron death in rats after lithium/pilocarpine-induced status epilepticus. Brain Res
Bull 76:90-96.
Wang Y, Qun Zh (2010 (ahead of print)) Molecular and cellular mechanisms of excitotoxic
neuronal death. Apoptosis .
Weaver DF (2003) Epileptogenesis, ictogenesis and the design of future antiepileptic drugs. Can
J Neurol Sci 30:4-7.
Weise J, Engelhorn T, Dorfler A, Aker S, Bahr M, Hufnagel A (2005) Expression time course
and spatial distribution of activated caspase-3 after experimental status epilepticus: Contribution
of delayed neuronal cell death to seizure-induced neuronal injury. Neurobiology of Disease
18:582-590.
Wendling F, Chauvel P, Biraben A, Bartolomei F (2010) From intracerebral EEG signals to
brain connectivity: Identification of epileptogenic networks in partial epilepsy. Front Syst
Neurosci 25:154.
Wess J, Eglen RM, Gautam D (2007) Muscarinic acetylcholine receptors:Mutant mice provide
new insights for drug development. Nat Rev Drug Discov 6:721-733.
West MJ, Gunderson HJG (1990) Unbiased stereological estimation of the number of neurons in
the human hippocampus. J Comp Neurol 296:1-22.
306
Whishaw IQ, Mittleman G, Bunch ST, Dunnet SB (1987) Impairments in the acquisition,
retention and selection of spatial navigation strategies after medial caudate-putamen lesions in
rats. Behav Brain Res 24:125-138.
Whishaw IQ, Tomie JA (1987) Cholinergic receptor blockade produces impairments in a
sensorimotor subsystem for place navigation in the rat: Evidence from sensory, motor, and
acquisition tests in a swimming pool. Behav Neurosci 101:603-616.
Whishaw IQ, Petrie BF (1988) Cholinergic blockade in the rat impaires strategy selection but not
learning and retention of nonspatial visual discrimination problems in a swimming pool. Behav
Neurosci 102:662-667.
Whishaw IQ (1989) Dissociating performance and learning deficits on spatial navigation tasks in
rats subjected to cholinergic muscarinic blockade. Brain Res Bull 23:347-358.
Whitman MC, Greer CA (2009) Adult neurogenesis and the olfactory system. Prog Neurobiol
89:162-175.
Wieser HG (2004) ILAE commission report: Mesial temporal lobe epilepsy with hippocampal
sclerosis. Epilepsia 45:695-714.
Williamson A, Patrylo PR (2007) Physiological studies of human dentate granule cells. Prog
Brain Res 163:183-198.
Wittner L, Huberfeld G, Clémenceau S, Eross L, Dezamis E, Entz L, Ulbert I, Baulac M, Freund
TF, Maglóczky Z, Miles R (2009) The epileptic human hippocampal cornu ammonis 2 region
generates spontaneous interictal-like activity in vitro. Brain 132:3032-3046.
Wolf HK, Buslei R, Schmidt-Kastner R, Schmidt-Kastner PK, Pietsch T, Wiestler OD, Blümcke
I (1996) NeuN: A useful neuronal marker for diagnostic histopathology. J Histochem Cytochem
44:1167-1171.
Wolf HK, Aliashkevich AF, Blümcke I, Wiestler OD, Zentner J (1997) Neuronal loss and gliosis
of the amygdaloid nucleus in temporal lobe epilepsy. A quantitative analysis of 70 surgical
specimens. Acta Neuropathol 93:606-610.
Wu CL, Huang LT, Liou CW, Wang TJ, Tung YR, Hsu HY, Lai MC (2001)
Lithium/pilocarpine-induced status epilepticus in immature rats result in long-term deficits in
spatial learning and hippocampal cell loss. Neurosci Lett 312:113-117.
Wuarin JP, Dudek FE (2001) Excitatory synaptic input to granule cells increases with time after
kainate treatment. J Neurophysiol 85:1067-1077.
Wyneken U, Smalla KH, Marengo JJ, Soto D, de la Cerda A, Tischmeyer W, Grimm R,
Boeckers TM, Wolf G, Orrego F, Gundelfinger ED (2001) Kainate-induced seizures alter protein
composition and N-methyl-d-aspartate receptor function of rat forebrain postsynaptic densities.
Neurosci 102:65-74.
307
Xu B, McIntyre DC, Fahnestock M, Racine RJ (2004) Strain differences affect the induction of
status epilepticus and seizure-induced morphological changes. Eur J Neurosci 20(2):403-418
Yakovlev AG, Faden AI (2004) Mechanisms of neural cell death: Implications for development
of neuroprotective treatment strategies. NeuroRx 1:5-16.
Yamano M, Akamatsu N, Tsuji S, Kobayakawa M, Kawamura M (2011) Decision-making in
temporal lobe epilepsy examined with the iowa gambling task. Epilepsy Res 1:38.
Yang J, Huang Y, Yu X, Sun H, Li Y, Deng Y (2007) Erythropoietin preconditioning suppresses
neuronal death following status epilepticus in rats. Acta Neurobiol Exp 67:141-148.
Yilmazer-Hanke DM, Wolf HK, Schramm J, Elger CE, Wiestler OD, Blümcke I (2000)
Subregional pathology of the amygdala complex and entorhinal region in surgical specimens
from patients with pharmacoresistant temporal lobe epilepsy. J Neuropathol Exp Neurol 59:907-
920.
Zhang X, Cui SS, Wallace AE, Hannesson DK, Schmued LC, Saucier DM, Honer WG,
Corcoran ME (2002) Relations between brain pathology and temporal lobe epilepsy. J Neurosci
22:6052-6061.
Zhou JL, Zhao Q, Holmes GL (2007) Effect of levetiracetam on visual-spatial memory following
status epilepticus. Epilepsy Res 73:65-74.
308
Appendices
Appendix I: Literature comparison
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
Appendix II: Temporal reduction in neuron densities within regions of the hippocampus, thalamus, amygdala and piriform cortex
323
324
325
326
Appendix III: Convolution analyses
3.1 Assessment of performance based on shift in strategy use
To determine the extent by which a shift in strategy contributed to improved performance
during acquisition learning, a convolution analysis was performed (Brody and Holtzman, 2006).
The convolution analysis removes the changes in performance of each strategy from the
assessment, and permits only the shift in strategy as the determinant of predicted performance.
In the calculations, the average escape latency across all 14 days for each strategy was multiplied
by the frequency with which each strategy was used on t hat day. For example, the average
escape latency across all 14 days of acquisition testing when RLDP SE rats used the direct find
strategy was 5.5 s, approaching: 8.7 s, orienting: 15.6 s, searching: 37.8 s, random searching:
54.4 s, circling: 49 s, and thigmotaxis: 56.9 s. On day 1, RLDP SE rats used the direct find
strategy 1.4% of the time, approaching: 5.7%, orienting: 15.6%, scanning: 24.3%, random
searching: 33.6%, circling: 7.1%, and thigmotaxis: 17.9%. Thus, the predicted performance for
day 1 using the convolution analysis was:
5.5 x 0.014 + 8.7 x 0.057 + 15.6 x 0.100 + 37.8 x 0.243 + 54.4 x 0.336 + 49.0 x 0.0714 + 56.9 +
0.179 = 43.3 s.
The actual performance was 47.8 ± 2.3 s. The same analysis was applied to the search strategy
use of the RLDP SE rats on day 14, and yielded a predicted performance of:
5.5 x 0.045 + 8.7 x 0.293 + 15.6 x 0.150 + 37.8 x 0.248 + 54.4 x 0.158 + 49.0 x 0.030 + 56.9 +
0.075 = 28.9 s.
The actual performance was 27.6 ± 3.3 s. Consequently, the convolution analysis predicted a
33% improvement in RLDP SE rats from day 1 to day 14. This value is close to the 40%
improvement of the actual performance derived experimentally in RLDP SE rats.
327
3.2 Assessment of performance based on improved efficacy within each strategy
The convolution analysis was also used to assess the extent of which improved performance in
each search strategies contributed to the overall improvement in performance during acquisition
learning (Brody and Holtzman, 2006). In this assessment, the frequency with which each
strategy was used across all 14 days was multiplied by the average escape latency within each
strategy for the specific day. For example, across all 14 days of acquisition learning, RLDP SE
rats used direct find 2.8% of the time, approaching: 18.6%, orienting: 15.7%, scanning: 22.1%,
random searching: 20.7%, circling: 7.3% and thigmotaxis: 12.7%. On day 1, the average latency
used in RLDP SE rats with direct find was 2.7 s, approaching: 7.3 s, orienting: 18.4 s, scanning:
42.9 s, random searching, 57.4 s, circling: 56.7 s and thigmotaxis: 59.3 s. As a result, the
predicted performance for Day 1 using convolution analysis was:
0.028 x 2.7 + 0.186 x 7.3 + 0.157 x 18.4 + 0.221 x 42.9 + 0.207 x 57.4 + 0.073 x 56.7 + 0.127 x
59.3 = 37.3 s.
The actual performance was 47.8 ± 2.3 s. The same analysis was applied to the search strategy
use of the RLDP SE rats on day 14, and yielded a predicted performance of:
0.028 x 3.1 + 0.186 x 6.8 + 0.157 x 15.6 + 0.221 x 34.9 + 0.207 x 51.2 + 0.073 x 49.9 + 0.127 x
56.0 = 32.9 s.
The actual performance was 27.6 ± 3.3 s. In these calculations, the effect of the shift in strategy
is removed from the analysis, and only the change in the efficiency for each strategy is used to
predict performance. This analysis predicted a 12% improvement in RLDP SE rats from day 1
to day 14. This value is not approximate to the 40% improvement of the actual performance
observed in RLDP SE rats.